Development Regulations and Standards
1This chapter, as repealed and replaced by Ord. 2024-012, is applicable in only noncoastal areas until adoption by the California Coastal Commission, at which point it will be effective in coastal areas.
Prior legislation: Ords. No. 2004-002, 2013-005 § 2, 2013-008 § 2.
3 Editor’s note(s): Section 3 of Ord. No. 2005-004, adopted May 2, 2005, amended Chapter 24.455 in its entirety to read as herein set out. Former Chapter 24.455 pertained to similar subject matter and derived from Ord. No. 2003-003, adopted April 28, 2003.
Cross reference(s) – Historic preservation committee, Chapter 2.430; historic downtown Ventura parking and business improvement areas, Chapter 4.310; building and construction regulations, Title 12; historic district (HD) overlay zone, Chapter 24.340.
8 Editor’s note(s): Section 2 of Ord. No. 2019-006, adopted June 10, 2019, amended Chapter 24.460 in its entirety to read as herein set out. Former Chapter 24.460 pertained to the same subject matter, and derived from Ord. No. 2006-006, adopted October 3, 2005; Ord. No. 2006-009, adopted May 1, 2006; and Ord. No. 2012-022, adopted December 17, 2012.
9 Cross reference(s): Public health and safety regulations, Title 8.
1 Cross reference(s): Business regulations, Title 6.
2 Cross reference(s): Business regulations, Title 6.
3 Cross reference(s): Business regulations, Title 6.
4 Cross reference(s): Business regulations, Title 6.
5 Cross reference(s): Hazardous materials, Chapter 14.50.
Development regulations and standards of the zoning ordinance are found in the following chapters:
General Provisions | |
Height Regulations | |
Yard Regulations | |
Off-Street Parking Regulations | |
Water Efficient Landscape Regulations | |
Sign Regulations | |
Lighting Regulations | |
Residential Condominium Conversion Regulations | |
Accessory Dwelling Unit Regulations | |
Special Residential Regulations | |
Emergency Shelter Regulations | |
Operational Standards for Day Services Facilities | |
Timeshare Resort Facility Regulations | |
Residential Density Bonus Regulations | |
Trailer Coach Regulations | |
Historic Preservation Regulations | |
Alcoholic Beverage Establishments – Use Permits | |
Nonconformity Regulations | |
Performance Standards | |
Standards for Restaurants Classified within the “Dining Establishments: Fast Service, Drive-Up” Restaurant Use Type | |
Standards for Outdoor Dining Uses in the Public Right-of-Way | |
Standards for Assembly Uses | |
Standards for the “Recycling Services” Use Type | |
Adult-Oriented Business Regulations | |
Firearm and Ammunition Sales | |
Standards for the “Hazardous Waste Facility” Use Type | |
Standards for Wireless Telecommunication Facilities |
(Code 1971, § 15.600.010; Ord. No. 2000-04, § 60, 1-24-00; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 38, 12-13-21)
The development regulations and standards are intended to specify the nature, components, and use of the development standards and criteria and to establish regulations regarding physical character, density, and other impacts of development. (Code 1971, § 15.600.020)
This chapter establishes height regulations for the determination of the maximum height of buildings and other structures. (Code 1971, § 15.605.010)
Except as provided in this chapter, the maximum height permitted for buildings and all other structures in a particular zoning district shall be the maximum height specified in the regulations for that zoning district. (Code 1971, § 15.605.020)
Except as specifically prohibited by the comprehensive plan for the H-C zone, the following structures, or portions thereof, may be permitted to extend above the maximum height limits set forth in this chapter or set forth in the regulations for the zoning district in which the subject site is located:
A. Chimneys or other required venting systems if their height is no greater than the minimums required by the Uniform Building Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, or Uniform Mechanical Code;
B. Ham radio antennas;
C. Radio and television antennas in conjunction with residential uses, other than satellite dishes and antennas attached thereto; or
D. Roof structures for the housing of required elevators, stairways, and similar access equipment. (Code 1971, § 15.605.030)
For purposes of this zoning ordinance, the height of a building or other structure is measured from the average established curb grade at the front lot line to the highest point of such building or other structure, except as provided in this section:
A. Sloping Lot. Except in the hillside area, in instances where the lot slopes up more than 10 percent, as measured from the front lot line to the rear lot line, the height of buildings or other structures, other than fences, walls, pole signs, or monument signs shall be measured from the average finished grade at the corner points of the building line to the highest point of the building or other structure.
B. Through Lot. Except in the hillside area, the height of buildings or other structures, other than fences, walls, pole signs, or monument signs, on a through lot shall be measured from the average elevation of the curb grade of the highest lot frontage to the highest point of the building or other structure.
C. R-1-B and R-2-B Zones. In the R-1-B and R-2-B zones only, the height of buildings or other structures, other than fences, walls, pole signs, or monument signs, shall be measured from the top of the curb or the edge of the street pavement nearest to the front lot line, whichever is higher, to the highest point of the building or other structure.
D. Signs. The height of pole signs and monument signs shall be measured from the average curb grade of the street nearest to the sign. (Code 1971, § 15.605.040)
A. In any R-1, R-2, or R-3 zone, or portion thereof, within the boundaries of the hillside area as defined in Chapter 24.110, the height of buildings or other structures, other than pole signs, monument signs, fences, or walls, shall be determined in accordance with this section, and the following height restrictions shall apply:
1. Rear Lot Line Highest/Slope of Lot 10 Percent or Less. Where the average elevation of the rear lot line is above the average elevation of the front lot line, and where the slope of the lot is 10 percent or less, no building or other structure shall exceed a height of 12 and one-half feet above the average natural grade of the required rear lot line, or 15 feet above the average natural grade of the required rear setback line, or 30 feet above the average natural grade at each corner point of the building for R-1 and R-2 zoned lots, or 45 feet above the average natural grade at each corner point of the building line for R-3 zoned lots, whichever of the foregoing is the lowest elevation.
2. Rear Lot Line Highest/Slope of Lot Greater Than 10 Percent. Where the average elevation of the rear lot line is above the average elevation of the front lot line, and where the slope of the lot is greater than 10 percent, no building or other structure shall exceed a height of 10 feet above the average natural grade of the rear lot line, or 15 feet above the average natural grade of the required rear setback line, or 30 feet above the average natural grade at each corner point of the building line for R-1 and R-2 zoned lots, or 45 feet above the average natural grade at each corner point of the building line for R-3 zoned lots, whichever of the foregoing is the lowest elevation.
3. Front Lot Line Highest. Where the average elevation of the front lot line is above the average elevation of the rear lot line, no building or other structure shall exceed a height of 15 feet above the average elevation of the front lot line.
4. Through Lot. No building or other structure on a through lot in the hillside area shall exceed a height of 15 feet above the average elevation of the front lot line of the highest lot frontage.
B. Preparation of Plans for Hillside Areas. For the purposes of subsection A of this section, applicants must provide complete topographical and lot survey information prepared by an architect, surveyor, or civil engineer licensed or registered to practice in the state of California, for the lot or lots involved. Such information shall include grading details of any cut or fill slopes and all elevation reference points required by this subsection B to verify height measurements, except as provided in subsection C of this section. The elevation reference points for the front and rear lot lines and the required rear yard setback line shall be shown directly on the site plan and plotted as follows:
1. Points one and two shall be the lot corners;
2. Point three shall be the midpoint between points one and two;
3. Point four shall be the midpoint between points one and three; and
4. Point five shall be the midpoint between points two and three.
C. Exception to Preparation of Survey Information. In any R-1, R-2, or R-3 zone, or portion thereof, within the boundaries of the hillside area the director may determine that the survey information set forth in subsection B of this section is not required provided it can be demonstrated, based on criteria established and adopted by separate resolution, of the council, that the height of buildings or structures or expansions thereof is in scale with surrounding development and will not unreasonably or unnecessarily interfere with scenic views from other public streets and other public areas.
D. In no case shall the height of any building or structure or expansion thereof exceed the Standards – Height set forth in the underlying zone. (Code 1971, § 15.605.050; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 39, 12-13-21)
For the purposes of this zoning ordinance, the height of a fence or wall, or of dense landscaping that serves as a fence or wall, is measured from the highest finished grade directly adjacent to the fence or wall or dense landscaping to the highest point of such fence, wall or dense landscaping. Where a portion of a fence or wall serves as a retaining fence or wall, that portion of such fence or wall shall not be included in the height calculation. (Code 1971, § 15.605.060)
Variances from the height limits established by this chapter may be permitted pursuant to the procedures and findings provided in Chapter 24.535 for the granting of variances. An application for a variance from the height limits applicable to any site, or portion thereof, in the hillside area shall include all the following information and may include additional requirements as the decision-making authority may deem necessary:
A. An application for a variance, including site and elevation plans. All survey information required by Section 24.405.050(B) shall be shown directly on the site plan;
B. Building height and elevation data for all proposed structures and proposed additions to structures;
C. Actual building height and elevation data for all existing buildings and structures on the site and for existing structures on all abutting lots;
D. “Sight-line” drawings indicating the relationship of the proposed structure or addition to any public streets or other public areas where public views may be affected by such structure or addition. (Code 1971, § 15.605.070; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 39, 12-13-21)
This chapter sets forth regulations for front, side, and rear yards within the city in order to assure light, air, privacy, adequate access to residential lots, and open areas appropriate to the use, location, and impact of structures. These regulations shall be in addition to required setbacks, and required yard standards derived therefrom, established for each zone. (Code 1971, § 15.610.010)
A. Yard regulations set forth in this chapter shall apply to all lots, and buildings and other structures thereon, unless otherwise specified in this zoning ordinance.
B. No required yard area, required landscaped area, or other required open space area shall be deemed to provide a yard area, landscaped area, or other open space area required for any adjoining lot or building site.
C. No fence, wall, structure, or landscaping shall be erected, planted or maintained within 20 feet of an intersection of public rights-of-way in a manner that is determined by the director to interfere with pedestrian or vehicular traffic visibility. (Code 1971, § 15.610.020; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 40, 12-13-21)
Projections into required yards shall only be allowed for buildings and lots used exclusively for residential purposes, and only to the extent permitted in this section as follows:
A. Belt courses, sills, canopies, awnings, buttresses, prefabricated “greenhouse” windows that do not result in an increase in floor area, or other similar architectural features may extend or project into a required side yard no closer than three feet to any side property line and may extend or project into a required front yard or required rear yard not more than three feet; provided, that:
1. No bay windows may extend or project into any required yard area; and
2. No extensions or projections into required front, rear, or side yard areas of any of the architectural features described in this subsection A are allowed in the R-1-B or R-2-B zone.
B. Eaves or cornices may project or extend into a required front yard or required rear yard not more than three feet. Eaves or cornices may extend or project into a required side yard no closer than three feet to any side lot line; provided, that no such extensions or projection of eaves or cornices into required side yards are allowed in the R-1-B or R-2-B zone.
C. Open and unenclosed stairways or balconies, not covered by a roof or canopy, may extend or project into any required rear yard not more than four feet, or may extend or project into a required front yard not more than two and one-half feet; provided, that no such extensions or projections into required front or rear yards are allowed in the R-1-B or R-2-B zone; and further provided, that no such extensions or projections are allowed into required side yard areas in any zone. No stairway or balcony that is enclosed, or that is covered by a roof or canopy, may extend or project into any required yard area in any zone. If an openwork type railing of more than three and one-half feet in height, or any enclosed railing, is installed or constructed on any such stairway or balcony, such stairway or balcony shall be deemed to be enclosed for purposes of this subsection C.
D. Open and unenclosed porches, platforms, or landing places that are not covered by a roof or canopy, and that do not extend above the level of the first floor of the building, may extend or project into any required front or required rear yard not more than six feet, and may extend or project into a required side yard not more than three feet; provided, that no such extensions or projections are allowed into any required front, rear, or side yard areas in the R-1-B or R-2-B zone. No porch, platform, or landing place that is enclosed, or that is covered by a roof or canopy, may extend or project into any required yard area in any zone. If an openwork type railing of more than three and one-half feet in height, or any enclosed railing, is installed or constructed on any such porch, platform, or landing place, such porch, platform, or landing place shall be deemed to be enclosed for purposes of this subsection D.
E. Fire escapes may extend or project into any required front or required rear yard not more than six feet, or may extend or project into any required side yard not closer than three feet to any side lot line; provided, that no such extension or projection of fire escapes is allowed into any required yard area in the R-1-B or R-2-B zone.
F. Chimneys may extend or project into a required front, side, or rear yard not more than 24 inches; provided, that any chimney extending or projecting into a required side yard shall not be closer than three feet to any side lot line.
G. Hot water heater enclosures may extend or project into a required front, side, or rear yard not more than 30 inches; provided, that any hot water heater enclosure extending or projecting into a required side yard shall not be closer than three feet to any side lot line.
H. Unless otherwise provided in this zoning ordinance, no fence or wall, or dense landscaping that serves as a fence or wall, shall be located or maintained:
1. On a front property line or anywhere within a required front yard, unless such fence, wall, or dense landscaping is three and one-half feet or less in height; or
2. On the rear property line or anywhere within the required rear yard, unless such fence, wall, or dense landscaping is six feet or less in height; or
3. On a side property line or anywhere within a required side yard, unless such fence, wall, or dense landscaping is six feet or less in height; provided, that in any instance where such fence, wall, or dense landscaping, or portion thereof, is located or maintained on a side property line, or anywhere within a required side yard, on the street side of a reverse corner lot used by a residential use type, no such fence, wall, or dense landscaping, or portion thereof, shall exceed three and one-half feet in height for a distance of a minimum of 35 feet back towards the rear of the lot from the back of the curb at the corner radius.
I. Notwithstanding Section 24.405.060 or subsection H of this section, no fence or wall shall be located or maintained on a rear property line or anywhere within the required rear yard, or on a side property line or anywhere within the required side yard, in any instance where the height of such fence or wall, as measured from the lowest finished grade directly adjacent to the fence or wall to the highest point of such fence or wall, exceeds 10 feet, unless a minor variance is first approved therefor in accordance with Chapter 24.535.
J. None of the structures, or architectural features or other portions thereof, described in subsections A through I of this section shall be located or maintained in a manner that precludes unobstructed access at all times around and about a primary building. Gates or open areas of at least two and one-half feet in width shall be provided for such required access. (Code 1971, § 15.610.030)
Where a dwelling unit is on the same lot as, but not attached to, another dwelling unit, an open yard space extending upward from areas of the site between any such unattached dwelling units, and of a minimum width equal to the sum of the areas of the required side setbacks for that lot, shall be left between such unattached dwelling units. No structural or architectural feature other than eaves or cornices shall be allowed to project into that required open yard space. (Code 1971, § 15.610.040)
Fences, walls or dense landscaping a maximum of six feet in height may be located on a property line or within a required front, side, or rear yard of a site used exclusively for nonresidential purposes except as follows:
A. If the regulations for a zoning district require a front yard setback, no fence, wall or dense landscaping exceeding three and one-half feet in height may be located on the front lot line or anywhere within the required front yard;
B. If a lot is a corner lot, no fence, wall or dense landscaping exceeding three and one-half feet in height may be located within 10 feet of the point where the front lot line and street side lot line intersect; and
C. All uses within the Recycling Services: Scrap Operations use type shall provide a fence, wall or dense landscaping pursuant to Section 24.485.020(C). (Code 1971, § 15.610.050)
This chapter establishes off-street parking regulations to lessen traffic congestion and contribute to public safety and the general welfare by providing adequate off-street areas and related landscaping for circulation and parking of motor vehicles and bicycles that are generated by land uses within the city. (Code 1971, § 15.615.010)
A. Applicability. Every use of property hereafter initiated, reinitiated, expanded, intensified, or changed, and every building hereafter erected, enlarged, or structurally altered to accommodate such uses shall be required to provide adequate off-street parking spaces and adequate provision for vehicle ingress and egress and on-site vehicle circulation to serve the parking area, in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. The off-street parking space requirements set forth in this chapter are intended to be minimums only.
B. Location of Required Parking Spaces. Off-street parking spaces required for a use shall be provided as follows:
1. Residential. For residential uses, off-street parking spaces shall be located on the same site as the dwelling units or other building(s) that they are to serve.
2. Nonresidential. For all uses other than residential, off-street parking spaces shall be located on the same site as the building or use that they are intended to serve; provided, that:
a. Off-street parking spaces may be located on a different site pursuant to a use permit, and a lease, agreement, easement or other document acceptable to the city attorney;
b. Off-site parking spaces may be approved for nonresidential uses in Parking District No. 3 pursuant to Chapter 24.512; and
c. Off-street parking space requirements within the DP overlay zone may be satisfied pursuant to Chapter 24.345.
C. Calculation of Required Parking Spaces. The total number of off-street parking spaces required shall be calculated as follows:
1. Whenever the computation of the number of off-street parking spaces required by this chapter results in a fractional parking space, each such fractional space shall be constructed a whole number if equal to or greater than one-half.
2. No off-street parking spaces are required for floor area comprised by carports, garages, parking structures or other buildings devoted exclusively to provision of required parking spaces.
3. No off-street parking spaces are required for floor area exclusively used and maintained for elevators, stairways, restrooms, unstaffed electrical or mechanical equipment rooms, and employee-only kitchens, lunchrooms, exercise, or locker rooms.
To qualify for this exemption, a complete and detailed floor plan must be submitted to the planning division. At a minimum this floor plan must include: area size dimensions, square footage calculation, and the type of use occurring in each area.
4. With respect to any Dining Establishment or Drinking Establishment use type, gross floor area does not include outdoor dining areas.
5. Within the downtown specific plan area, tandem parking will be counted toward the total number of off-street parking spaces for a family residential: single-family use type. However, unless otherwise specified in this zoning ordinance, or specifically allowed by a variance pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 24.535, or a warrant or exception pursuant to Chapter 24.537, parking spaces in tandem shall not be permitted to count toward the total minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for sites in other areas of the city.
6. The total number of off-street parking spaces required shall be the sum of the requirements for the various uses on a particular site, except as provided by Chapter 24.345 for the DP overlay zone, and except as otherwise allowed by state law.
D. Landscaping – Surplus Parking Spaces. All portions of a parking area not improved for required parking, loading, or vehicular circulation areas shall be landscaped; provided, that for any project or use requiring a discretionary decision, the decision-making authority may approve a parking area design that includes surplus parking spaces for the proposed project or use in addition to those required by this chapter.
E. Compact Spaces. Compact spaces as specified in Section 24.415.060(B)(2) may be permitted only in the following instances:
1. When a planned development permit is approved for residential projects of five or more dwelling units, compact spaces may be permitted up to a maximum of 35 percent of the required open parking spaces.
2. When nonresidential uses require a minimum of 10 parking spaces, a maximum of 35 percent of those required parking spaces may be provided as compact spaces.
3. Any surplus parking spaces approved per subsection D of this section may be compact.
F. Queuing Lanes. Drive-through queuing lanes provided in conjunction with Administrative, Business, and Professional Support, Retail Sales, and similar uses, except Dining Establishments, shall be given a parking requirement credit of one-half parking space credit for each 20 linear feet of queuing area. This is limited to credit for a maximum of 25 percent of the parking spaces required for the use the queuing lane serves. (Code 1971, § 15.615.020; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
The number of off-street parking spaces required, and the manner in which they are to be provided, for uses classified within residential use types shall be determined in accordance with this section as follows, except as otherwise allowed by state law:
A. Uses classified within the Family Residential: Mobile Home; Family Residential: Single-Family; Family Residential: Two-Family; and Residential Care use types shall provide off-street parking as follows:
1. In any zoning district other than R-1-B or R-2-B zoning districts:
a. Two spaces within a garage shall be provided for each dwelling unit for which a building permit was issued, for the initial construction of that unit after March 15, 1965.
b. Two spaces within a garage shall be maintained for any dwelling unit that is currently provided two spaces within a garage.
c. One space within a garage shall be provided for each dwelling unit for which a building permit was issued for the initial construction of that unit on or prior to March 15, 1965; provided, that if any such existing dwelling unit is structurally altered, enlarged or expanded such that the cumulative increases in gross floor area since March 15, 1965, exceed 50 percent of the gross floor area of that dwelling unit and other buildings or other structures related thereto as of March 15, 1965, then two spaces within a garage shall be provided.
2. In the R-1-B and R-2-B zoning districts, two spaces within a garage shall be provided for each dwelling unit. For each existing dwelling unit that is nonconforming as to the parking space requirements of this subsection, regardless of the date of issuance of the building permit for the dwelling unit, the off-street parking requirements of this subsection A do not need to be complied with unless and until structural alterations, enlargements, or expansions are carried out which cumulatively total 20 percent of the gross floor area of that dwelling unit and any other buildings or other structures related thereto as it was initially built, in which instance, two spaces within a garage shall be provided.
3. If any of the uses subject to this subsection A do not provide a minimum of one off-street parking space within a garage, any structural alteration, enlargement, or expansion of the dwelling unit related to such uses shall require construction of a one-car garage unless such structural alteration, enlargement, or expansion exceeds the 50 percent limitation of either subsection (A)(1) of this section or the 20 percent limitation of subsection (A)(2) of this section, in which instance, the two-car garage required by those sections shall be provided.
4. For the purposes of this subsection A, the gross square footage of garages shall be included in any calculations of gross floor area.
B. Family Residential: Caretaker, and Family Residential: Farm Employee Housing use types shall provide one off-street parking space within a garage for each dwelling unit.
C. Residential Second Unit use types shall provide one open or covered off-street parking space. The required parking space may be in tandem with one of the parking spaces provided for the primary dwelling unit.
D. Family Residential: Large Multifamily, and Family Residential: Small Multifamily use types shall provide off-street parking as follows:
1. Minimum Number of Parking Spaces Required.
a. Provision for resident parking:
For each dwelling unit with no more than one bedroom: one space.
For each dwelling unit with two or more bedrooms: two spaces.
b. Provision for guest parking: one-quarter additional space for every dwelling unit, but no less than one additional parking space for a multifamily use, shall be provided, designated, and maintained as open guest parking.
c. Covered parking: of the total number of spaces provided, one resident parking space for each dwelling unit shall be within a garage or carport.
E. Residential Condominiums use types, including, but not limited to, residential condominium conversions, shall provide off-street parking as follows:
1. Projects designed and constructed as condominiums: two and one-half spaces for each dwelling unit, two of which shall be within a garage. Of the total number of spaces provided, one-quarter space for every dwelling unit shall be provided, designated, and maintained as guest parking. Where the computation of the number of spaces to be designated for guest parking pursuant to this subsection results in a fraction, such fraction shall be rounded upward to determine the number of guest spaces.
2. Condominium conversions: two and one-half spaces for each dwelling unit, one of which shall be within a garage. Of the total number of spaces provided, one-quarter space for every dwelling unit shall be provided, designated, and maintained as guest parking. Where the computation of the number of spaces to be designated for guest parking pursuant to this subsection results in a fraction, such fraction shall be rounded upward to determine the number of guest spaces.
F. Group Residential use types shall provide one and one-half off-street parking spaces for each sleeping room. In the case of dormitories, each 100 square feet of floor area devoted to sleeping quarters shall be considered a sleeping room.
G. Mobile Home Parks use types shall provide off-street parking as follows:
1. Unit Parking. Two spaces for each mobile home unit. Such parking spaces must be located on the same lot or rental space as the mobile home. Parking spaces may be in tandem; provided, that a paved area at least 10 feet wide and at least 40 feet deep is provided.
2. Guest Parking. One additional space for every increment of four mobile home lots shall be provided, designated, and maintained as guest parking. Where the computation of the number of spaces to be designated for guest parking pursuant to this subsection results in a fraction, such fraction shall be rounded upward to determine the number of guest spaces.
3. Other Parking. One additional space shall be provided for each 300 square feet of gross floor area of community and recreational buildings. (Code 1971, § 15.615.030; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
Uses in the seaward parking corridor, as defined in Chapter 24.110, shall be subject to the parking requirements specified in underlying zone districts of commercial tourist-oriented (C-T-O) or intermediate commercial (C-1A) as applicable. The number of off-street parking spaces required, and the manner in which they are to be provided, for general use types, other than those within the seaward parking corridor, shall be determined in accordance with this section as set forth below:
Use Type | Parking Spaces Required | |
|---|---|---|
A. | Administrative, Business, and Professional Services | One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area. |
Animal Sales and Services: Grooming and Pet Stores | ||
Animal Sales and Services: Veterinary | ||
Auction Sales | ||
Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Repairs, Systems | ||
Automotive and Accessories: Cleaning | ||
Automotive and Accessories: Gasoline Sales | ||
Business and Professional Support | ||
Construction Sales and Services: Building Supply Stores | ||
Cultural and Library Services | ||
Dining Establishments: Ancillary Service | ||
Dining Establishments: Take Out | ||
Education Services, Commercial | ||
Equipment Rentals, Sales, or Services: Light | ||
Food and Beverage Retail Sales | ||
Funeral and Interment Services | ||
Government Services | ||
Medical Services: Consulting | ||
Medical Services: Mobile Equipment | ||
Oil Equipment Services: Light | ||
Personal Services | ||
Property Maintenance Services | ||
Repair Services | ||
Retail Sales | ||
Safety Services | ||
Shopping Centers: Small | ||
Transportation Services | ||
B. | Shopping Centers: Large | (1) With no Food and Beverage Retail Sales use type or with a Food and Beverage Retail Sales use type which is 10,000 square feet or less in area: One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area. (2) With a Food and Beverage Retail Sales use type greater than 10,000 square feet in area: One space for each 250 square feet of gross floor area. |
C. | Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Rentals | One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area plus one space for each 5,000 square feet of outdoor sales, display or storage area. |
Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Sales, Retail | ||
Boating and Harbor Activities: Boat Sales and Services | ||
Nursery Sales | ||
D. | Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Repair, Bodies | One space for each 500 square feet of gross floor area, except that for any portion used for warehouse/storage area, one space for each 1,000 square feet, and whatever number of spaces are required for any other principal use on the site. A total of 20 percent of an occupant’s area may be devoted to office use in support of a principal use listed in this subsection D without providing parking spaces at a ratio greater than one space per 500 square feet of gross office floor area. However, office area which supports a principal use listed in this subsection D and which exceeds 20 percent of an occupant’s area shall provide parking spaces for the entire office area at a ratio of one space per 300 square feet of gross office floor area. |
Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Sales, Wholesale | ||
Automotive and Accessories: Impound Yards | ||
Automotive and Accessories: Operable Vehicle Storage | ||
Boating and Harbor Activities: Boat Building or Repair | ||
Construction Sales and Services: Building Contractor Yards | ||
Construction Sales and Services: Lumber Yards | ||
Equipment Rentals, Sales or Services: Heavy | ||
Fish Processing: Fish Receiving | ||
Food and Fish Processing: Fish and Meat Processing | ||
Food and Fish Processing: Food Processing | ||
General Industrial | ||
Laundry Services | ||
Light Industrial | ||
Oil Equipment Services: Heavy | ||
Personal Storage | ||
Recycling Services: Recycling Transfer | ||
Recycling Services: Scrap Operations | ||
Research or Laboratory Services | ||
Wholesaling and Distribution | ||
E. | Day Care Centers | Two spaces for the first 13 children plus one space for every seven children thereafter. |
F. | Dining Establishments: Fast Service Counter | One space for each 100 square feet of gross floor area. |
Dining Establishments: Fast-Service, Drive-Up | ||
G. | Dining Establishments: Full Service Drinking Establishments | If the use comprises less than 2,500 square feet of gross floor area: One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area. |
If the use comprises 2,500 square feet or more of gross floor area and is a freestanding building, whether or not it is located in a shopping center: One parking space for each 100 square feet of gross floor area. | ||
If the use comprises 2,500 square feet or more of gross floor area and is located within a shopping center and within a building also occupied by other occupants or other businesses or any other establishments: One parking space for each 200 square feet of gross floor area. | ||
H. | Education Services: General | Elementary Schools and Middle Schools: One space for each classroom plus one space for each five fixed seats of any area utilized for auditorium purposes or, if no fixed seats, one space for each five people as determined by the Uniform Building Code Occupancy Load Provisions. |
High Schools: Five spaces for each classroom plus one space for each five fixed seats of any area utilized for auditorium purposes or, if no fixed seats, one space for every five people as determined by the Uniform Building Code Occupancy Load Provisions. | ||
Colleges: Seven spaces for each classroom plus one space for each five fixed seats of any area utilized for auditorium purposes or if no fixed seats one space for every five people as determined by the Uniform Building Code occupancy load provisions. | ||
I. | Group Care | One space for each person employed at the site plus one-quarter space for each resident bed. |
J. | Farmers’ Market, Certified | A number of spaces as determined necessary by the decision-making authority to provide adequate vehicular access while minimizing adverse impacts on the surrounding neighborhood. |
Hazardous Waste Facility | ||
Helicopter Landing Services | ||
Recreation Services: Outdoor Entertainment | ||
Recreation Services: Outdoor Sports and Recreation | ||
Recreation Services: Public Parks and Playgrounds | ||
Swap Meets | ||
K. | Lodging Services: Hotels and Motels | One space for each sleeping unit plus whatever number of spaces may be required for other principal uses (e.g., Dining Establishments, Drinking Establishments, etc.) on the site. |
L. | Lodging Services: Bed and Breakfast Inns | Two spaces within a garage. Where two spaces within a garage are already being provided for a Family Residential: Single-Family, those two spaces within a garage shall be deemed to adequately meet the requirement of this subsection L. One open or covered space for each guest room must also be provided. |
M. | Automotive and Accessories: Parking | No additional parking spaces required. |
Billboards | ||
Recycling Services: | ||
Consumer Recycling | ||
Collection Points | ||
N. | Boating and Harbor Activities: Boat Slips | Three-quarters space for each slip, plus whatever number of spaces may be required for any other principal uses on the site. |
O. | Boating and Harbor Activities: Harbor Sales and Services | One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area plus three-quarters space for each boat slip. |
P. | Boating and Harbor Activities: Commercial Boating and Fishing | One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area plus one and one-half spaces for each boat slip. |
Q. | Medical Services: Medical Care | Two spaces for each bed. |
R. | Recreation Services: Indoor Entertainment | One space for each five fixed seats or, if no fixed seats, one space for each five people as determined by the Uniform Building Code Occupancy Load Provisions, plus whatever number of spaces are required for any other principal uses on the site. |
S. | Recreation Services: Amusement Centers | Bowling alleys, tennis courts, handball courts and similar facilities having clearly designated courts or playing areas: Three spaces for each bowling lane or playing court plus whatever number of spaces are required for any other principal uses on the site (e.g., Dining Establishments, Drinking Establishments, etc.) For other participant oriented facilities, (e.g., skating rinks, amusement centers, fitness centers, billiard parlors): One space for each 200 gross square feet of floor area. |
T. | Recreation Services: Campgrounds | One space for each campsite or table, plus one space for each employee, and one additional space for each 25 campsites, and whatever number of spaces are required for other principal uses on the site (e.g., Dining Establishments, Drinking Establishments, etc.) |
U. | Community Meeting | One space for each four fixed seats or each 96 inches, or fraction thereof, of the length of bench-type seats, or 28 gross square feet where no permanent seats are maintained, in any main meeting area, auditorium, meeting room, sanctuary or place of worship. |
V. | Utility or Equipment Substation | One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area; provided, that no parking spaces are required for completely automated, unattended facilities. |
(Code 1971, § 15.615.040; Ord. No. 2002-05, § 16, 3-18-02)
The number of off-street parking spaces required and the manner in which they are to be provided for agricultural use types shall be determined in accordance with this section as follows:
A. Produce Sales: as determined necessary by the decision-making authority to provide adequate vehicular access while minimizing adverse impacts on the surrounding neighborhood.
B.
Animal Husbandry: none.
Apiculture.
Crop Production.
Horticulture: Cultivation.
Horticulture: Storage.
Indoor Production. (Code 1971, § 15.615.050)
The design and dimensions of parking spaces shall be provided as follows, unless a minor variance or warrant/exception, as applicable, is granted:
A. General Requirements. Parking lot and parking space design and dimensions shall be carried out in accordance with this section.
B. Dimensions of Parking Spaces.
1. Standard Spaces. Each parking space shall be an unobstructed rectangle not less than nine feet wide by not less than 20 feet long, exclusive of drives, aisles or, if enclosed, structural supports.
2. Compact Spaces.
a. Compact spaces shall be an unobstructed rectangle not less than eight feet wide by not less than 16 feet long, exclusive of drives, aisles or, if enclosed, structural supports.
b. Each compact space shall be individually marked or designated as a compact space.
c. Compact spaces may be permitted only to the extent allowed by Section 24.415.020(E).
3. Overhang. Where a required off-street parking space is designed to abut a landscaped area that is at least five feet wide or a sidewalk that is a minimum of two and one-half feet wider than required by the State Building Code handicap requirements, the length of any such parking spaces, except for parallel spaces, may be reduced by two and one-half feet for spaces that are perpendicular or angular to such landscaped area or sidewalk.
C. Marking. All parking spaces and directional arrows and instructions shall be clearly designated in a manner satisfactory to the director.
D. Restriping Existing Lots. Existing parking lots may be repainted to follow the exact existing striping layout, whether or not the number of spaces or the dimensions of the spaces or other aspects of the lot are in compliance with this chapter. If existing lots are restriped in any other manner, even to a more conforming manner, all provisions of this chapter shall be met including, but not limited to, numbers and dimensions of parking spaces, drive aisle dimensions, and landscaping.
E. Parking Spaces Unclear. If the parking spaces in an existing private parking lot are not clearly marked or designated, the number of parking spaces that a private parking lot will be deemed to have available for off-street parking will be the maximum number of spaces which can be accommodated in compliance with all other requirements of this zoning ordinance including, but not limited to, requirements for numbers and dimensions of parking spaces, drive aisle dimensions, and landscaping. (Code 1971, § 15.615.060; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
The design and dimensions of parking area access and aisles shall be provided as follows, unless a minor variance or warrant/exception, as applicable, is granted:
A. Vehicular access to streets and alleys will be determined to meet the requirements of this chapter only to the extent such access is in accordance with driveway locations and access design approved by the director.
B. Driveway access to off-street parking spaces for uses within the family residential: single-family or family residential: two-family use types shall be at least 10 feet in width throughout.
C. Driveway access to off-street parking spaces for sites with more than two dwelling units shall be at least 20 feet in width throughout; provided, that the director may require a greater minimum width depending on the driveway length, number of dwelling units served, turnaround needs, or other factors.
D. Driveway access to all nonresidential uses shall be not less than 14 feet in width throughout for one-way access and not less than 25 feet in width throughout for two-way, combined entrance and exit, access.
E. For all uses except family residential: single-family and family residential: two-family, a minimum 25-foot deep unobstructed back-out area shall be provided in front of every garage, carport, or open perpendicular parking space; provided, that where any of the foregoing abut an alley or private street or driveway, one-half the width of the alley or private street or driveway may count towards this required 25-foot back-out area.
F. No vehicular parking shall occur over a public or private sidewalk. (Code 1971, § 15.615.070; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
Uses classified within the Shopping Centers: Large use type must meet all of the following standards in addition to any other requirements of this zoning ordinance. The design and dimensions of parking area access and aisles shall be provided as follows, unless a minor variance or warrant/exception, as applicable, is granted:
A. Standards for Entry Areas.
1. When traffic analysis determines that a deceleration lane is necessary to provide safe and adequate right turn access to the shopping center from any adjacent arterial streets, the director may require a deceleration lane be provided and improved based on city design standards.
2. A 30-foot-wide two-way drive aisle shall be provided and maintained directly adjacent to any walkways that abut the front building elevation. No parking spaces shall be located within 30 feet of any walkway that abuts the front building elevation.
B. Standards for Parking Spaces.
1. All parking spaces within particular rows of spaces served by one-way or two-way drive aisles shall be designed with the same degree of angle.
2. No more than one-tenth of the number of parking spaces provided for the shopping center may be located behind buildings.
3. No off-street parking spaces shall be located behind buildings unless a clearly designated pedestrian walkway a minimum of 20 feet in width is provided on the site to assure adequate access and visibility to that parking area from the front of the building.
C. Other Applicable Standards.
1. Adequate temporary storage areas for shopping carts shall be provided throughout the parking lots. No such temporary storage areas shall be located on walkways.
2. Landscape planters in parking lots shall be provided and maintained at a frequency of one planter of suitable size to accommodate a mature tree per each four side-by-side parking spaces.
3. Where landscape planters are located between buildings or public sidewalks and parking lots such that pedestrians will likely traverse the planters, walk-through areas shall be provided through the planters at intervals of one walk-through area for every four parking spaces. (Code 1971, § 15.615.080; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
All driveways, drive aisles, parking areas, and accesses to such parking areas required by this chapter, as well as all outdoor display areas for vehicles and all outdoor storage areas, shall be completely surfaced with asphalt or Portland cement concrete surfacing or other acceptable surfacing materials, including permeable materials such as block pavers, as approved by the director. Adequate drainage shall be provided for all such surfaced and paved areas in accordance with the requirements of the building official and the city engineer. (Code 1971, § 15.615.090; Ord. No. 2012-023, § 2, 12-17-12; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
All parking areas for uses other than Family Residential: Single-Family and Family Residential: Two-Family shall be landscaped and screened in accordance with the requirements of this section, unless a minor variance or warrant/exception, as applicable, is granted.
A. Perimeter Landscaping.
1. A landscape strip a minimum of 10 feet wide shall be provided along the property lines adjacent to any public or private street or alley (except within the approved exit and entrance ways) wherever parking areas or drive aisles abut such streets or alleys.
2. Drive aisles and open parking areas on adjacent sites shall be separated by a planting strip a minimum of five feet in width on each site in any instance:
a. Where there are two adjacent driveways providing access to such sites; or
b. Where there are two or more open parking areas adjacent to one another which are not served by a common driveway.
B. Interior Landscaping.
1. For open parking areas containing parking spaces for at least 10 and not more than 21 vehicles, a minimum of five percent of the interior of such areas shall be landscaped.
2. For open parking areas containing parking spaces for more than 21 vehicles, a minimum of 10 percent of the interior of such areas shall be landscaped.
3. For any use that requires design review, interior landscaped areas shall be distributed throughout the entire parking area as required by the decision-making authority.
4. The total area of required interior landscaped area shall be calculated on the basis of the total amount of parking and drive aisle areas required to be provided.
C. Landscaping Construction Methods. All parking lot landscaped areas adjacent to vehicular parking or drive aisles shall be entirely enclosed within a reinforced brick or masonry planter box, or a poured-in-place Portland cement concrete curb, not less than six inches high, unless alternative designs for stormwater treatment or retention are approved by the director, except on any side of such landscaped areas adjacent to a public street or alley. Any portion of a parking lot landscaped area that abuts a public street or alley shall be constructed per the specifications of the city engineer.
D. Fences and Walls Required for Nonresidential Land Uses. Parking or circulation areas for nonresidential uses that abut property in a residential zone shall be totally screened along the length of the property line abutting the residential zone by a wood fence or masonry wall six feet in height; provided, that such fence or wall shall not exceed three and one-half feet in height in the area from the front lot line to the depth of the required front yard on the abutting residentially zoned property. Where a parking or circulation area for a nonresidential land use is located across a street or alley from property in a residential zone, such parking or circulation areas shall be totally screened along the property line abutting the street or alley by a wood fence or masonry wall three and one-half feet in height. (Code 1971, § 15.615.100; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
All off-street parking areas, other than those provided for uses within the Family Residential: Single-Family and Family Residential: Two-Family and Family Residential: Small Multifamily use types, shall be provided with exterior lighting. Such lighting shall be designed to confine the lighting to the parking area on the site such that there is no lighting splash beyond the site. The director may require photometric plans to ensure compliance with this section. (Code 1971, § 15.615.110; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
A. Plans for parking areas containing 10 or more spaces, including landscaping and lighting plans, must be considered and approved prior to construction pursuant to the design review process set forth in Chapter 24.545.
B. Plans for parking areas containing less than 10 spaces including landscaping and lighting plans, proposed in conjunction with uses that do not require design review or any other discretionary approvals from any decision-making authority other than the director, must be considered and approved by the director, prior to construction pursuant to Chapter 24.505. (Code 1971, § 15.615.120)
Any permanently maintained off-street loading and unloading spaces shall meet the following standards:
A. Location. No loading area shall be oriented to face directly to any arterial street. All loading areas shall be located so as to prevent truck back-up maneuvering within public rights-of-way.
B. Size. Each loading space shall be not less than 12 feet in width, and not less than 50 feet in depth, with a minimum overhead clearance of 14 feet.
C. Screening. All loading areas shall be adequately screened from view of public rights-of-way by walls or landscaping. (Code 1971, § 15.615.130)
A. Applicability. The requirements of this section shall apply when a building is constructed, an existing building is added to or structurally altered, or the use or occupancy of a property is intensified, expanded or changed and such construction, addition, structural alteration or change of use or occupancy requires a planned development permit, or amendment thereto, or use permit, or amendment thereto.
B. Residential Use Types. The number of required bicycle parking facilities for residential use types shall be no less than the following:
1. Family Residential: Large Multifamily: 10 percent of the number of spaces required for motor vehicle parking, but no less than five bicycle parking facilities.
2. All other residential use types: none.
C. General Use Types. The number of required bicycle parking facilities for all general use types shall be no less than 10 percent of the number of spaces required for motor vehicle parking, except for the following:
1. Education Services. Education Services use types shall provide the same number of bicycle parking facilities as the number of spaces required for motor vehicle parking.
2. Recreation Services. Indoor Entertainment; Recreation Services: Indoor Sports And Recreation; and Recreation Services: Outdoor Sports and Recreation use types shall provide at least 30 percent of the number of spaces required for motor vehicle parking.
D. Agricultural Use Types.
None.
E. Computation of Required Bicycle Parking Facilities.
1. Fractional Requirements. Where the total number of bicycle parking facilities required includes a fraction of a facility, one additional bicycle facility shall be added for each such fraction.
2. Mixed Uses. The total requirement for bicycle parking facilities on a site shall be the sum of the requirements for each of the uses occupying the site.
3. Uses Not Specified. The decision-making authority may establish bicycle parking facilities requirements for uses not set forth herein. Such determination shall be based upon the requirements for the most comparable uses specified in this section.
F. Requirements for Bicycle Parking Facilities.
1. Location. Bicycle parking facilities shall be located on the same site as the use that is subject to the requirements of this section. Bicycle facilities shall be located so as to be at least as convenient as the majority of vehicular parking areas, and as closely oriented to adjacent bikeways as is feasible.
2. Bicycle Facilities Standards.
a. Bicycle parking facilities shall include provisions for storage and locking of bicycles, either in lockers or secured racks or equivalent installations in which the bicycle frame and wheels may be locked by the user. Instructions for the proper use of the racks and/or lockers should be provided. Bicycle racks shall be designed so that the user is able to secure both wheels and the frame with a user-provided 1.8 meter six-foot cable or chain and lock. Racks or lockers shall be anchored so that they cannot be easily removed. Lockers shall be designed such that bicycles cannot be removed except by authorized persons. It is recommended that bicycle facilities be covered so that they are protected from the elements.
b. The design of bicycle parking facilities with respect to safety, convenience, and security shall be subject to the review and approval of the director. The director may specify certain types and standards for bicycle parking facilities in addition to the standards set forth herein.
c. Bicycle parking facilities required in conjunction with uses that are subject to design review shall be reviewed by the decision-making authority to ensure that they relate well to the remainder of the facilities, are architecturally consistent with the site and structures, and are located in the most appropriate location.
3. Maintenance. Bicycle parking facilities as required herein shall be provided and maintained for the duration of the use incurring the requirements therefor and shall not be used for other purposes. (Code 1971, § 15.615.140; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
Nonresidential development that is determined to have the potential to provide employment for 100 or more persons at a particular site shall provide the following:
No less than 10 percent of the cumulative total of required parking spaces for the development shall be located as close as is feasible to the employee entrance(s), and shall be reserved for use by potential carpool or vanpool vehicles, without displacing handicapped parking needs. This preferential carpool and vanpool parking area shall be identified on the site plan upon application for discretionary permit, or if no discretionary permit is required it shall be shown on plans at time of first submittal for building permit, to the satisfaction of the director. Spaces shall be signed or striped as demand warrants; provided, that at all times at least one space for projects of 50,000 square feet to 100,000 square feet of gross floor area and two spaces for projects over 100,000 square feet of gross floor area will be signed or striped for carpool or vanpool vehicles. (Code 1971, § 15.615.150; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
All new development shall comply with Title 23, Chapter 2.7, Section 490 of the California Code of Regulations, regarding water efficient landscape. The director is authorized to create and maintain specific application requirements and procedures consistent with state law. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 42, 12-13-21)
This chapter regulates the use of all signs within the city in order to:
A. Recognize the functions and importance of signs for the business sector of the community and the city as a whole;
B. Preserve and enhance the unique character and the visual appearance of the city;
C. Recognize the integral part played by signs in the overall appearance of the city;
D. Provide a reasonable set of controls that will permit and encourage creative and effective signs that adequately identify a business;
E. Provide guidance and direction for sign users and sign designers as to what constitutes appropriate signage in the city;
F. Set standards that will encourage signs to be used primarily for business identification rather than product or service advertising; and
G. To promote the safe circulation of traffic and otherwise further the purposes of this zoning ordinance. (Code 1971, § 15.620.010)
The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all signs within the city. No sign may be located, maintained, or otherwise used unless it complies with the provisions of this chapter. Any noncommercial message may be substituted for the copy on any commercial sign permitted by this chapter. This chapter may be referenced and cited as the city’s “sign ordinance.” (Code 1971, § 15.620.020)
Sign location criteria shall be as follows:
A. On the Site. All signs shall be located on the site occupied by the use to which they pertain unless otherwise provided in this chapter.
B. Visibility Obstructions. No sign may be located in a manner which may constitute a traffic hazard or create a hazardous condition for persons using a public right-of-way. (Code 1971, § 15.620.030)
The following signs may not be located in a manner that may constitute a traffic hazard or create a hazardous condition for persons using a public right-of-way but shall be otherwise exempt from the provisions of this chapter to the extent allowed by this section:
A. Signs of a duly constituted governmental entity which are located in the public right-of-way, such as traffic or similar regulatory devices, legal devices, or warnings at railroad crossings.
B. Signs placed by a public utility showing the location of underground facilities.
C. Memorial signs installed by a governmental agency including, but not limited to, historic landmarks, or districts, or markers, or points of interest.
D. Signs required to be maintained by governmental law, order, rule, regulation, or other mandate up to a total area not to exceed five square feet on any lot or parcel, unless such governmental mandate specifically requires a larger sign area.
E. Signs within a public recreational use (such as a public park) which cannot be seen from a public street.
F. Signs installed by civic, philanthropic, educational or religious organizations, temporary in nature and displayed for a maximum of 30 days per calendar year.
G. Signs displayed for the convenience of the public, located upon the property to which they pertain, such as signs identifying restrooms, public telephones, entrances, or parking restrictions. The area of any such sign shall not exceed three square feet.
H. Signs identifying acceptable credit cards, hours of operation or like information; provided, that the total area of all such signs shall not exceed two square feet.
I. Addresses and nameplates in residential zones; provided, that the area of such signs shall not exceed two square feet.
J. Street address number for all zones except residential zones. The area of such signs shall not exceed four square feet.
K. Signs located inside a building and not visible from the outside of such building.
L. Flags of duly constituted governmental entities and official flags of philanthropic or religious organizations.
M. Signs, other than temporary political signs or signs prohibited by Section 24.420.270, that display noncommercial messages erected or displayed on private property pursuant to the exercise of the constitutionally protected rights of free speech and free expression.
N. Signs installed on either public or private property to identify public transportation systems.
O. Signs in the public right-of-way. Off-site signs that are part of and accessory to bus shelters, transit shelters, pay phones, trash receptacles, and other similar street furniture located in the public right-of-way and installed by the city or in compliance with an agreement with the city. This includes street banners attached to streetlights and other similar structures. (Code 1971, § 15.620.040; Ord. No. 2008-004, § 2, 3-17-08)
The following types of signs shall be permitted without further design review approval but shall comply with all applicable provisions of this section and all other provisions of this chapter as follows:
A. Availability Sign. One availability sign shall be permitted per project or per lot, whichever is fewer in number, with a maximum area of 32 square feet and a maximum height of 10 feet above grade. All such signs, and all structural supports for such signs, shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from the face of any curb line and three feet from any property line. No part of such sign or its structural supports shall extend over a public right-of-way.
B. Construction Identification Sign. One construction identification sign shall be permitted per project or per lot, whichever is fewer in number, with a maximum area of 32 square feet and a maximum height of six feet above grade. All such signs and all structural supports for such signs shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from the face of any curb line and three feet from any property line. No part of such sign or its structural supports shall extend over a public right-of-way. No such sign may be installed until a building permit has been issued for the construction identified. All such signs shall be removed within 30 days of the issuance of the first certificate of occupancy.
C. Corporate Flag. Corporate flags are allowed only if displayed in conjunction with nonresidential uses and only if flown on the same flagpole or other similar structure with a flag of a governmental entity. No more than one corporate flag may be flown on a single flagpole or similar structure. A corporate flag may not be larger than the other flag in conjunction with which it is flown.
D. Decorative Device. Decorative devices may be permitted for a maximum of 45 days per calendar year; provided, that a director’s permit is approved prior to the display of such decorative device.
E. Feature Sign. One sign per model shall be permitted, with a maximum area of three square feet and a maximum height of four feet per sign.
F. Open House Sign. One open house sign may be located on the site of the unit for sale and a maximum of six open house signs may be located off the site to indicate directions to the unit for sale. An open house sign may have a maximum area of three square feet and a maximum height of four feet. Open house signs may be permitted only for the duration of the open house and may only be for property located within the Ventura city limits. Off-site open house signs may be located in a public right-of-way, such as within treewells, sidewalks, or parkways, but not within medians or roadways. No open house sign on private property or in a public right-of-way may be located in a manner that may constitute a traffic hazard or create a hazardous condition for persons using a public right-of-way.
G. Real Estate Sign. One real estate sign per dwelling unit shall be permitted with a maximum area of three square feet and a maximum height of four feet per sign. All real estate signs shall be located on the property which is advertised by such sign and shall be removed within three days of the close of escrow or within three days of the signing of the lease or rental agreement for that property.
H. Subdivision Sign. One subdivision sign per subdivision shall be permitted, with a maximum area of 32 square feet and a maximum height of 10 feet above grade. Any such subdivision sign shall be located within the boundaries of the subdivision which it identifies and shall not be installed until a final subdivision map has been recorded. All subdivision signs shall be removed when all units of the subdivision are sold.
I. Temporary Business Sign. Temporary signs may be displayed, pursuant to issuance of a director’s permit, for a period of a maximum of 90 days per calendar year, not to exceed 30 consecutive days.
J. Temporary Political Sign. Temporary political signs shall not be installed more than six months prior to any national election or more than three months prior to any other election, and shall be removed within 10 days of the completion of the subject election. Temporary political signs identifying campaign headquarters shall not be subject to Sections 24.420.100 through 24.420.250. Temporary political signs located on private property shall have the permission of the property owner. Temporary political signs may be located in a public right-of-way, such as within treewells, sidewalks, or parkways but not within medians or roadways. No temporary political sign on private property or in a public right-of-way shall be located in a manner that may constitute a traffic hazard or create a hazardous condition for persons using the public right-of-way.
K. Temporary Window Sign. A temporary window sign shall not exceed 40 percent of the area of any window upon which it is placed, singly, or in combination with any other temporary or permanent window signs. Temporary window signs shall be allowed on the first floor only. Temporary window signs require approval of a director’s permit and may only be used for a maximum of 90 days per calendar year. Permanent window signs are subject to design review. (Code 1971, § 15.620.050)
The following types of signs shall be permitted; provided, that such signs comply with this section and all other provisions of this chapter; and further provided, that design review approval is obtained from the decision-making authority for such signs pursuant to Chapter 24.545:
A. Architectural Projection Sign. Architectural projection signs may be permitted; provided, that:
1. Such signs are not attached to the top of any architectural projection;
2. Such signs on the face of an architectural projection do not extend above or below the face of the projection; and
3. Any such signs attached to the underside of the architectural projection are at right angles to the main building wall, do not extend beyond the edges of the architectural projection, and have a minimum of eight feet of vertical clearance from any public or private walkway.
B. Directional Sign. Directional signs may be permitted in addition to the maximum sign allowance permitted for a particular use by this chapter. The number of directional signs allowed for a particular site shall be determined on a case-by-case basis by the decision-making authority through the design review process. Directional signs may have a maximum area of four square feet each and maximum height, if a ground-mounted sign, of four feet.
C. Directory Sign. Directory signs shall be permitted to the extent allowed by Section 24.420.130.
D. Monument Sign. A monument sign may have a maximum area of 40 square feet and a maximum height of six feet as measured in accordance with Chapter 24.405. Any such monument sign and all its structural supports shall be located a minimum of three feet from all property lines and a minimum of 10 feet from the face of any curb line. No part of a monument sign or its structural supports shall extend over any public right-of-way. Monument signs may be located in a landscaped area only to the extent approved by the decision-making authority through the design review process pursuant to Chapter 24.545.
E. Mural. All murals shall be exempt from the size restrictions of this chapter. All murals shall be subject to design review, except when proposed in conjunction with the following use types: Cultural and Library Services; Government Services; Recreation Services: Public Parks and Playgrounds; Educational Services: General.
F. Pole Sign. Pole signs, and all related structural supports, shall be located a minimum of three feet from any property line and a minimum of 10 feet from the face of any curb line. No part of a pole sign or its structural supports shall extend over a public right-of-way. Pole signs shall be located in a landscape planter. Pole signs may be permitted for freeway service facilities to the extent allowed by Section 24.420.190 and may be maintained in conjunction with Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Sales, Retail use types to the extent allowed by Section 24.420.230.
G. Projecting Sign. Projecting signs shall be permitted to the extent allowed by this chapter.
H. Tenant Directory Maps. Tenant directory maps shall be permitted to the extent allowed by Section 24.420.120.
I. Wall Sign. Wall signs shall be permitted to the extent allowed by this chapter.
J. Window Sign, Permanent. A permanent window sign may be permitted in conjunction with uses for which other building-related signs are permitted; provided, that the area of a permanent window sign shall be calculated as part of the maximum permanent sign area allowed per principal use based on the requirements of this chapter. (Code 1971, § 15.620.060; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 43, 12-13-21)
The design review process required by this chapter shall be carried out in accordance with Chapter 24.545 and shall include submission of an application form, a proposed sign program, and other related materials. Review and consideration of that application and sign program by the decision-making authority shall, in addition, be carried out in accordance with this section as follows:
A. Design Review Required. No new sign that requires design review pursuant to Section 24.420.060 shall be installed, nor shall any existing sign subject to Section 24.420.060 be altered, without the prior review and approval of the decision-making authority in accordance with Chapter 24.545. Repair of all or part of an existing sign in a manner that duplicates the appearance and location of the original sign shall not require such prior review and approval. However, no change to the color, size, illumination, graphic content, location, or any other features of an existing sign shall be made without such prior review and approval.
B. Sign Design Standards. The city council may adopt sign design standards by resolution and such design standards may be amended by action of the city council from time to time.
C. The maximum sign allowances specified in this chapter shall not be reduced as a part of the required design review process.
D. Although pole signs are subject to design review pursuant to Section 24.420.060, the review and consideration of use permits for pole signs for freeway service facilities pursuant to Section 24.420.190 are not part of the design review process. Conditions may be imposed regarding the location, dimensions, and other characteristics of pole signs by the decision-making authority pursuant to the use permit procedures set forth in Chapter 24.520. (Code 1971, § 15.620.070; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 43, 12-13-21)
The sign program required by Section 24.420.070 shall be submitted and shall describe and pictorially represent the location, dimensions, color, letter style, letter height, and sign type of all signs to be installed in conjunction with any and all uses for an entire establishment or site. All new, altered, or changed signs shall conform to an approved sign program unless an amendment to that approved sign program is approved by the decision-making authority in accordance with Chapters 24.545 and 24.570. (Code 1971, § 15.620.080)
Sign area shall be determined as follows:
A. Distinct Border. For signs with a distinct border, the sign area shall be calculated as the area of the sign within the exterior limits of that border.
B. Distinct Boundary. For signs with a distinct boundary, the sign area shall be calculated as the area of the entire surface within the physical boundaries of the sign.
C. No Distinct Border or Boundary. For signs that are painted on a wall or otherwise have no distinct border or boundary, the sign area shall be determined by the area of a simple rectilinear figure superimposed over all of the lettering and illustration comprising such sign.
D. Double Sided Signs. For signs which have only two identical faces, arranged back to back in parallel planes not more than two feet apart, the sign area shall be calculated by measuring the area of one side only.
E. Multiple Sided Sign. For signs which have more than one side and are not double sided signs, the sign area shall be calculated by measuring the area of each side and totaling the sum of the areas of each side.
F. Including Sign Structure or Support. Where a sign structure or support is designed, as determined by the decision-making authority, in such a manner as to make a sign more noticeable or appear larger, the area of the structure or support shall be included in the sign area. (Code 1971, § 15.620.090)
Signs located inside a building, but primarily visible from outside the building, shall be limited to 30 percent of the window area. In no event shall a combination of signs visible in a window area or other window signs exceed 40 percent of the window area. (Code 1971, § 15.620.100)
All uses permitted in the agricultural (A) zone shall be allowed monument signs or building-related signs to the extent consistent with this section and further subject to all applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. Identification. One sign for identification purposes not to exceed 20 square feet to identify a ranch, farm, or other permitted use.
B. Produce Sales. Forty square feet of sign area in conjunction with Produce Sales use types. (Code 1971, § 15.620.110)
All residential uses in all zones shall be allowed the following signs, subject to all applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. Community Identification Sign. A maximum of two community identification signs may be permitted with a maximum area of 32 square feet allowed for each sign. Such signs shall not be internally illuminated. Such signs shall be located adjacent to a major vehicular entrance to the project. The project applicant shall make provisions for continuing sign maintenance subject to the approval of the decision-making authority, or shall be responsible for the removal of such sign.
B. Tenant Directory Map. A tenant directory map displaying the residential project, with a maximum area of six square feet and maximum height of five feet. Such signs shall not be located so as to cause traffic conflicts or hazards. (Code 1971, § 15.620.120)
All principal uses permitted in the P-O zone shall be allowed the following signs, subject to all provisions of this chapter:
A. One monument sign, not to exceed 40 square feet, or one building-related sign, not to exceed 40 square feet, for each lot or establishment, whichever is fewer in number.
B. One directory sign, not to exceed 12 square feet in area, for each building. (Code 1971, § 15.620.130)
The provisions of this section shall apply to all permitted nonresidential uses in all commercial zones, in addition to all other applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. Building-Related Signs. Building-related signs shall be permitted as follows:
1. Signs on Front Building Elevation. One square foot of sign area per one foot of building frontage shall be permitted up to 32 feet of frontage, plus one-half square foot of sign area per each foot of building frontage in excess of 32 feet; and
2. Signs on Side or Rear Building Elevation. One-half square foot of sign area per one foot of side or rear building elevation shall be permitted, but shall not exceed the sign size permitted on the front building elevation. A sign on the side or rear building elevation which is intended solely for freeway visibility shall not be permitted.
B. Monument Sign. One monument sign shall be permitted per each lot or principal use, whichever is fewer in number. One square foot of monument sign area shall be permitted per every three linear feet of front lot line, with a maximum area of 40 square feet. For the purpose of determining monument sign areas for corner lots and through lots, the front lot line is that frontage with the primary street visibility, as determined by the decision-making authority.
C. Maximum Sign Area. Notwithstanding subsections A and B of this section, no more than 100 square feet of total sign area for all permitted permanent signs shall be permitted per principal use. (Code 1971, § 15.620.140)
All uses permitted in the M-1 and M-2 zones shall be allowed the following signs, subject to all applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. A Lot, Building or Complex Occupied by One Industrial Establishment. A lot, building or complex occupied by one industrial establishment shall be allowed one monument sign not to exceed 20 square feet and one wall sign not to exceed 20 square feet.
B. A Lot, Building or Complex Occupied by Two or More Industrial Establishments. A lot, building or complex occupied by two or more industrial establishments shall be allowed one building related sign per establishment not to exceed 20 square feet and attached to that portion of the structure occupied by the establishment identified; and one monument sign to identify the lot, building, or complex not to exceed 40 square feet.
C. Commercial Uses. Commercial uses permitted in the M-1 and M-2 zones shall each be permitted building-related signs up to a maximum of 50 percent of the sign area allowance based on the provisions of Section 24.420.140(A), or a maximum of 40 square feet of sign area, whichever is less, for occupant identification purposes subject to approval of a sign program by the decision-making authority as specified in Chapter 24.545. (Code 1971, § 15.620.150)
All uses in the M-P-D zone shall be allowed the following signs subject to all applicable provisions of this chapter.
A. A Lot, Building or Complex Occupied by One Industrial Establishment. A lot, building or complex occupied by one industrial establishment shall be allowed one monument sign not to exceed 40 square feet or one wall sign not to exceed 40 square feet.
B. A Lot, Building or Complex Occupied by Two or More Industrial Establishments. A lot, building or complex occupied by two or more industrial establishments shall be allowed one building related sign for identification purposes per establishment not to exceed eight square feet, located adjacent to the establishment entrance; and one monument sign not to exceed 40 square feet to identify the lot, building or complex.
C. Retail Uses. Retail sales use types and other retail uses permitted in the M-P-D zone by Chapter 24.264 shall be permitted a sign area allowance of 50 percent of the sign allowance provided by Section 24.420.140(A), or 20 square feet, whichever is less, for occupant identification purposes subject to approval of a sign program by the decision-making authority as specified in Chapter 24.545. (Code 1971, § 15.620.160)
Uses within the Automotive and Accessories: Gasoline Sales use type shall be allowed the following signs in addition to the maximum sign allowances prescribed for the zone in which said use is located, subject to all applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. Information Board. One sign listing the services available not to exceed 10 square feet. Such sign may be self-supporting, with a maximum height of four feet, shall not be considered a portable sign for the purposes of Section 24.420.270 and shall not be subject to design review.
B. Price Sign. One sign listing prices and/or hours of operation not to exceed 10 square feet. Such sign may be attached to a building or be self-supporting. Such sign shall not be subject to design review and shall not be considered a portable sign for the purposes of this chapter. Price signs shall comply with all applicable city, county, state, and federal regulations. Price displays which are part of or are attached to another sign shall be deemed part of that sign area and shall not be considered price signs. (Code 1971, § 15.620.170)
Shopping centers shall be allowed the following signs subject to all applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. Building-Related Sign for Establishment Identification. Building-related signs up to a maximum of 100 square feet of sign area per establishment shall be permitted for identification purposes. Maximum sign size shall be further subject to Section 24.420.140(A). In addition, one four-square-foot under-canopy sign shall be permitted subject to the restrictions on signs on architectural projections set forth in Section 24.420.060.
B. Center Identification. Shopping centers less than five acres in size shall be permitted one monument sign for center identification purposes; shopping centers five acres or larger shall be permitted one monument sign for center identification purposes on each street frontage. Monument signs used for center identification shall have a maximum area of 40 square feet and maximum height of six feet, identify the center only, and not include a listing of tenants. The name of the primary tenant may serve as identification for the center. (Code 1971, § 15.620.180)
A freeway service facility may be permitted a pole sign, but only if a use permit is first approved therefor pursuant to Chapter 24.520. Pole signs permitted in conjunction with freeway service facilities must also comply with all of the following:
A. Area and Height. The area and height of a pole sign shall be determined as a part of the use permit process, but shall not exceed a maximum area of 85 square feet and a maximum height of 25 feet. The maximum pole sign area and height set forth in this subsection A may be in addition to the maximum sign allowance established for the zone in which the freeway service facility is located.
B. Number and Location. No more than one pole sign per lot or freeway service facility, whichever is fewer in number, shall be permitted. Pole signs must be located on the site identified unless the decision-making authority determines in the course of its consideration and review of the required use permit that a grouping of sign faces on one pole would serve to identify off-site uses that would otherwise be permitted to have a pole sign and would be consistent with the purposes of the zoning ordinance.
C. Required Findings. Before the decision-making authority may approve a use permit for a pole sign for a freeway service facility, the following findings must be made in addition to those required for the applicable use permit pursuant to Chapter 24.520:
1. The granting of a use permit for the proposed pole sign is consistent with the purpose and intent of this chapter;
2. The proposed pole sign is exclusively oriented to and primarily visible from the freeway rather than surface streets;
3. The proposed pole sign will not be visually obtrusive or detract from the visual quality of the city;
4. The proposed pole sign will not block or detract from the view of the city, hills, or coastline from the freeway; and
5. The proposed pole sign is in scale or in harmony with the surrounding physical environment and existing and/or proposed development. (Code 1971, § 15.620.190)
Institutional uses shall be permitted monument signs or building-related signs, or both, up to a maximum of 40 square feet of sign area per site. All or part of such signs may be used for the display of public service information. For the purposes of this section, “institutional uses” are uses classified within the following use types:
A. Community Meeting;
B. Cultural and Library Services;
C. Education Services: General;
D. Government Services;
E. Medical Services: Medical Care;
F. Transportation Services (if publicly owned);
G. Utility Services; or
H. The Recreation Services use type category (if publicly owned). (Code 1971, § 15.620.200)
The maximum sign allowance for Dining Establishments: Fast Service, Drive-Up uses shall comply with the regulations for the zone in which the fast service, drive-up restaurant is located. In addition, one menu board sign not to exceed 20 square feet shall be permitted subject to design review approval by the decision-making authority as specified in Chapter 24.545 in conjunction with such use. (Code 1971, § 15.620.210)
No more than 20 percent of the sign area of any permanent sign may be devoted to product or service advertising. (Code 1971, § 15.620.220)
Signs used in conjunction with Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Sales, Retail use types which include sales of new vehicles must comply with the following:
A. Changes of copy to legal, nonconforming pole signs may be permitted subject to design review by the decision-making authority as specified in Chapter 24.545; provided, that no increase in size or height shall be permitted;
B. Dealerships with more than one franchise shall be allowed an additional monument sign for each franchise; provided, that any such additional monument sign shall not exceed 40 square feet and six feet in height and shall display only the additional franchise name. Any further franchise identification shall be permitted only on building-related signs permitted pursuant to the provisions of this chapter; and
C. Wall- or ground-mounted directional signs may exceed four square feet in area; provided, that any directional sign area over four square feet shall be deducted from the maximum wall sign area allowed by the maximum sign allowance. (Code 1971, § 15.620.230; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 43, 12-13-21)
Sign regulations for timeshare facilities shall be those established in this chapter for commercial uses. Because timeshare facilities are considered to be a Lodging Services: Hotels and Motels use, they may be defined as freeway service facilities, but only those timeshare facilities which have a substantial percentage of their units providing conventional overnight rental lodging will be considered for approval of a pole sign for a freeway service facility pursuant to Section 24.420.190. (Code 1971, § 15.620.240)
Off-site signs providing information on the location of residential subdivisions whose lots, parcels, or units are being offered for sale shall be permitted only as follows:
A. Residential subdivisions containing 50 or more lots or units shall be permitted to have off-site directional signs in the public right-of-way subject to an approved sign program by the director;
B. The director may appoint a program manager to administer the sign program for off-site directional signs for residential subdivisions. Such sign program may contain criteria regarding size, height, location, amount, and design of off-site directional signs for residential subdivisions. (Code 1971, § 15.620.250)
Off-site signs providing information on the location of community events sponsored or sanctioned by the city or sponsored by nonprofit corporations or organizations shall be permitted. The director may appoint a program manager to administer the sign program for off-site directional signs for community events. Such sign program may contain criteria regarding size, height, location, amount and design of off-site directional signs. (Code 1971, § 15.620.260)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide a limited availability for charitable and nonprofit entities to advertise their event or a series of events using street light poles according to the criteria set forth below. It is not the intent of the city to provide a general public forum or to allow noncity entities or persons to post messages on the city’s light poles by the use of street banners. The city shall not discriminate based on the content of the requested event banner, nor based on the nature of the event; provided, that the requested banner meets all requirements of this section. In no way shall this section be construed to limit the city’s inherent right to hang city-sponsored street banners from street light poles.
B. Definitions.
“Charitable event” shall be defined as an event, or a series of events, occurring within the city where the proceeds, if any, will directly benefit a charitable organization that maintains its charitable status under Internal Revenue Code Section 501(c)(3).
“City event” shall be defined as an event, or series of events, that is organized and administered by the city or by any of its operating departments, boards, or commissions and that has been approved by the city council.
“Citywide event” shall be defined as an event for which organizers will install in excess of 200 banners.
“Community event” shall be defined as an event, or a series of events, that promotes civic pride in a local community within the city or the city as a whole, and that is not a purely commercial enterprise and where the proceeds, if any, will directly benefit either a charitable or nonprofit organization.
Each Installation. Multiple banners suspended from a single pole shall also be deemed one installation; provided, that the multiple banners comply with all other laws, rules and regulations covering street banners.
“Event” shall be defined as something that takes place within the city at a venue that is open for attendance by the city’s citizens regardless of their age, gender, race, sexual orientation, religion or physical disability. A telethon or phone-a-thon shall be considered an “event” under this definition if it meets all other requirements of this section.
“Nonevent banner” shall be defined as a banner that identifies or denotes on the banner an area, community, district or other recognized geographic portion of the city, such as a business improvement district, or contains a public service announcement from the city and meets all other requirements of this section.
“Nonprofit event” shall be defined as an event, or series of events, occurring within the city that is sponsored by an organization that is incorporated or otherwise organized as a nonprofit organization under the laws of the state of California or the Internal Revenue Code and where the proceeds, if any, will directly benefit either a charitable or nonprofit organization.
“Street banner” means any pennant, streamer, flag, sign, picture, figure or other object, regardless of the material of which it is made, which is suspended or otherwise displayed over any public street, way or place, designed for decoration or advertisement, or to attract the attention of passersby; except, however, official warning devices, public service facilities, street lights and the like.
C. Street Banners – General Prohibition. No street banners shall be installed in the public right-of-way except for street banners expressly authorized by subsection D of this section.
D. Street Banners – Exemptions From General Prohibition.
1. The city may hang, or authorize a third party to hang on its behalf, street banners that announce a city event. The city council may also authorize the hanging of city-sponsored nonevent street banners, including street banners requested by any of the city’s operating departments, boards, commissions, or requested by other governmental entities, that do not announce a specific event but that contain public service announcements or that identify or denote on the banner an area, community, district or other recognized geographic portion of the city, such as a business improvement district. All banners requested by other governmental entities, other than the city, shall be subject to the applicable fees as authorized in this code.
2. The city may issue a permit to hang event street banners that announce either a community event, a charitable event or a nonprofit event or nonevent street banners requested by a charitable or nonprofit entity that identify or denote on the banner an area, community, district or other recognized geographic portion of the city, such as a business improvement district.
E. Street Banners – Content.
1. The text on all event street banners that announce community, charitable or nonprofit events shall be limited to the following content: the name of the event; the name of the charitable or nonprofit organization who is the permit applicant, and, if the name of the organization is in a language other than English, the English translation of the name; the date of the event; the time of the event; the location of the event and, if desired by the applicant, either a telephone number or web address for persons to obtain additional information concerning the event. The name and logo of sponsoring entity may be provided as permitted in subsection P of this section. The name of any event shall be no more than eight words and contain no more than 50 letters.
2. The content of all community identity nonevent street banners shall be limited to the name of the area, community, district or other recognized geographic portion of the city such as a business improvement district and may contain an introductory word or words, such as “Welcome to” or “Entering.” City nonevent banners may contain public service information or messages.
F. Permit Required. No person shall install or maintain any street banner without a permit. A separate permit shall be required for each banner design and location, but all street banners suspended in one city block, or in a number of contiguous city blocks, by one permittee, shall be deemed to be at the same location. Permits shall not be issued for light poles on streets where the adjoining land use is primarily single-family residential.
G. Application and Fee. Applications for permits shall be made by the primary event sponsor upon forms prescribed by the city. The application must include a clear replica of the proposed banner or banners, including any text on said banners, for each proposed installation, and said application shall also include all other information required by the city for the protection of public safety, welfare and property. One application may include any number of locations; provided, that the applicant must submit replicas of all different banners proposed to be installed under the single application.
H. Insurance Policy to Be Posted. No permit shall be issued hereunder unless the commercial entity installing the street banners has on file with the city a satisfactory policy of insurance approved by the city’s risk manager.
I. Permits – Issuance – Denial. Provided that any application for a permit to hang a street banner or banners meets the eligibility requirements of this section, the city shall issue, in whole or in part, a permit authorizing the installation of the requested street banner or banners, as long as the required fees, bond, insurance policy and other protection prescribed above have been posted and approved and provided the installation of such banner or banners will not damage public property, unreasonably interfere with its proper use, or endanger public safety or welfare, as determined by the city. Each street banner permit application shall be reviewed by staff in consultation with the city attorney to determine if the request complies with all the requirements of this section. If staff determines that the request is in full compliance with this section, the permit shall be issued. If staff determines that the application is not in compliance with this section, staff shall timely notify the applicant of the reason or reasons for noncompliance and, if possible, suggest what could be done to bring the street banner request into compliance with this section. If the city ultimately denies a street banner request, staff shall provide in writing the basis of the denial to the applicant.
J. Permit Duration.
1. Single Event. The city shall specify the term of each permit on the permit. The term of the permit for street banners announcing a single event shall not exceed 60 days. A permit may be renewed or extended for up to two additional 30-day terms. A permit may not be renewed or extended at any of the 30-day intervals when the city has on file, at the time of the requested extension, a permit application from a different entity seeking a permit for the same light poles occupied by the entity seeking the permit extension. The entity seeking the permit extension may request different light poles, if available, in instances where the original light poles are used by a new permittee. Under no circumstances shall a street banner announcing a single event installed pursuant to a permit issued pursuant to this code remain on light standards for more than 90 days in a 12-month period.
2. Series of Events. The city shall specify the term of each permit on the permit. The term of the initial permit for street banners announcing a series of events shall not exceed 60 days. An initial permit may be renewed or extended for one additional 30-day term. After 90 days, pursuant to an initial permit with two renewals, a second permit application may be submitted for a term of 30 days to maintain the already installed street banners. The second permit may be renewed for up to two additional 30-day terms. A permit may not be renewed or extended at any of the 30-day intervals when the city has on file, at the time of the requested extension, a permit application from a different entity seeking a permit for the same light poles occupied by the entity seeking the permit extension. The entity seeking the permit extension may request different light poles, if available, in instances where the original light poles are used by a new permittee. Under no circumstances shall a street banner announcing a series of events installed pursuant to a permit issued pursuant to this code remain on light standards for more than 180 days in a 12-month period.
3. Nonevent. The city shall specify the term of each permit on the permit. The term of the initial permit for nonevent street banners shall not exceed 90 days. An initial permit may be renewed or extended for up to three additional 90-day terms. A permit may not be renewed or extended at any of the 90-day intervals when the city has on file, at the time of the requested extension, a permit application from a different entity seeking a permit for the same light poles occupied by the entity seeking the permit extension. The entity seeking the permit extension may request different light poles, if available, in instances where the original light poles are used by a new permittee.
K. Permits – Location of Street Banners Announcing an Event or Series of Events. All street banners announcing an event or series of events must be placed on all usable streetlight poles on one city block. Any permit to hang street banners announcing an event or series of events pursuant to this code shall be deemed a “city-wide” permit request if the number of light poles involved is 200 or more.
L. Permits – Revocation. Permits may be revoked by the city in whole or in part on one or more of the following grounds:
1. The maintenance of any street banner endangers public welfare, safety or property;
2. Failure or refusal to observe any provision of this section or any rule promulgated by the city pursuant to authority granted by this section; or
3. A material misrepresentation in the application.
M. Removal of Street Banner. Upon expiration of any permit, any street banner covered thereby must be removed by the permittee within 72 hours of the date of expiration unless the city grants a renewal or written extension. The city may remove any street banner not so removed without notice to the permittee. Upon whole or partial revocation of any permit, all street banners covered thereby must be removed on the same date of revocation unless the city grants a renewal or written extension. The city shall upon reasonable notice to the permittee, remove any street banner not so removed. Where any street banner presents an immediate threat of harm to the public health, welfare or safety, the city shall summarily cause its removal. The city shall collect the costs of all city removals from the permittee or from their surety.
N. Installation and Maintenance of Street Banners. Every street banner must be installed and maintained so as to be safe at all times; it must not include a print size for any text smaller than that adopted by the city in its administrative polices and procedures; it must not obstruct the clear view of traffic signals by pedestrians or operators of bicycles, motor bikes, cars, trucks or any other type of vehicle or mode of transportation; it must have a minimum clearance of 22 feet over rails used by freight cars, of 16 feet above roadways. The city may prescribe other needed clearance requirements.
O. Policies and Procedures. Consistent with this section, the city may adopt policies and procedures to administer the installation, maintenance and removal of street banners including rules or regulations pertaining to their location, size, suspension and construction. The city may adopt any other rule or regulation for the protection of public safety, welfare or property.
P. Commercial Content on Street Banners. Nothing in the general prohibition on street banners shall prevent a for-profit entity from receiving recognition on the street banners announcing an otherwise allowable community, charitable or nonprofit event, or on permitted nonevent street banners; provided, that the recognition of the for-profit sponsorship shall be limited to the name and/or logo of not more than one for-profit sponsoring entity per street banner and the size of said name or logo shall be limited to less than 20 percent of the total area of the street banner. The city may defray the cost of city organized and administered events, and the cost of nonevent street banners by allowing for-profit entities to co-sponsor city organized and administered events and nonevent street banners; provided, that the recognition of the for-profit entity’s co-sponsorship of city events, or nonevent street banners is limited to the same size and content as for allowable community, charitable, or nonprofit events or permitted nonevent street banners.
Q. Applicability. The provisions of this code prohibiting certain outdoor advertising structures, post signs and advertising statuary adjacent to freeways, and establishing the procedure for the consideration and issuance of permits for such structures, signs and statuary, shall also apply in the same manner and degree to “street banners.” (Ord. No. 2008-004, § 4, 3-17-08)
The following types of signs shall be prohibited:
A. Changeable copy sign.
B. Combination sign.
C. Flashing or blinking sign.
D. Mobile sign.
E. Moving sign.
F. Pole sign (except pole signs permitted by this chapter).
G. Portable sign.
H. Roof sign.
I. Sign on public right-of-way. A sign placed on or in any portion of a public right-of-way except as permitted for residential open house signs (Section 24.420.050(F)), temporary political signs (Section 24.420.050(J)), off-site directional signs for residential subdivisions (Section 24.420.250), off-site directional signs for community events (Section 24.420.260), and street banners (Section 24.420.265).
J. Signs not permitted. Any other sign not specifically exempted or permitted by this chapter is prohibited. (Code 1971, § 15.620.270; Ord. No. 2008-004, § 3, 3-17-08)
All signs lawfully existing on April 16, 1981, may continue in use, subject to the provisions of this section, even when later amendments to this zoning ordinance, or prior amendments to any provision of preceding sign ordinances recodified in this zoning ordinance, have caused such lawfully existing signs to become nonconforming under the terms of this chapter. Signs not lawfully existing on April 16, 1981, must be brought into conformance or removed.
A. Alterations Removal. At such time as a nonconforming sign is altered in any way or moved, it must be brought into conformance with the provisions of this zoning ordinance except as otherwise permitted for automobile dealerships per Section 24.420.230. The term “altered” as used herein shall include, but not be limited to, any change in the structure or sign face, including changing names or colors, deleting or adding words or symbols, or changing the appearance in any way, but shall not include normal maintenance or upkeep. If a nonconforming sign is removed for any length of time for any reason other than maintenance, it shall not be reinstalled at the subject site unless it is in full compliance with the provisions of this chapter.
B. Sign With Modifications. Signs which received sign modifications prior to April 16, 1981, but which are nonconforming as to the provisions of this chapter, may continue in use under the provisions of that sign modification until any changes, expansions, or alterations other than normal maintenance and upkeep are proposed for the sign, or until such time as the sign modification expires. At the time of such expiration or change, the modification shall become null and void and such sign shall be brought into conformance with the provisions of this chapter or removed.
C. Use Permit or Planned Development Permit. Nonconforming signs that were permitted and installed pursuant to a conditional use permit or planned development permit, prior to April 16, 1981, may continue in use until changes, expansions, or alterations other than normal maintenance and upkeep are proposed for or made to such sign. At the time of such change, any such sign must be brought into conformance with the provisions of this chapter.
D. Alterations to Existing Development. When structural alterations, additions or remodeling with a value, as determined by the building official, of 25 percent or more of the full value of the improvements as shown on the last equalized assessment roll, or $15,000, whichever is greater, are made to the exterior of a building or to a site containing a nonconforming sign, any and all such nonconforming signs must be brought into conformance with the provisions of this chapter whether or not changes or alterations are proposed for or made to the sign, or such signs must be removed. Any owner or user of such nonconforming signs wishing to maintain such a sign in its existing condition may apply to the director for a director’s permit to allow continued maintenance and use of the sign. Application shall be made within 30 days of the sign owner or user being notified of the need to bring such sign into conformance. Such director’s permit, if granted, shall establish a specific period of time for continued use and maintenance, based upon an individual assessment of the facts and circumstances relating to the particular sign. Factors to be considered in approving or denying such a director’s permit shall be the initial sign cost, the sign age, the value of the structural alterations to the existing development, and similar facts and circumstances. Failure to apply for a director’s permit within the 30 days specified herein shall constitute a waiver of the right to request any longer period for maintenance or use of an existing nonconforming sign.
E. Annexation Change of Zone. Any sign that becomes nonconforming after April 16, 1981, because of annexation, zone change, or other city action shall be subject to the provisions of this section. (Code 1971, § 15.620.280)
A. Occupancy Change. Any sign which does not identify the current establishment occupying the premises must be removed within 30 days of the date the current establishment begins using the premises. However, any sign structure or supports which are in conformance with the provisions of this chapter that apply to the current establishment may remain in place.
B. Unoccupied Premises. If a sign is located on a site and that sign was used by an establishment that has not occupied that site for a period of 90 days or more, that sign shall be removed. However, any sign structure or supports which are in conformance with the provisions of this chapter may remain in place; provided, that the sign face is removed.
C. Unsafe Signs. Unsafe signs are prohibited and shall be subject to the enforcement provisions of Chapter 24.580 and any other penalties and remedies provided by law. (Code 1971, § 15.620.290)
No sign or sign program may exceed the specifications of this chapter unless a sign variance is approved pursuant to Chapter 24.535. (Code 1971, § 15.620.300; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 43, 12-13-21)
Lighting fixtures shall be designed and selected to avoid excessive spillage of illumination onto public right-of-way and adjacent properties, by using a subdued light source in keeping with the character of the residential neighborhood, or a hooded or shielded fixture for nonresidential properties. The director may require photometric analysis to ensure compliance with this chapter. Lighting improvements shall require design review subject to Section 24.545.030. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 44, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes the residential condominium regulations to regulate development in a manner that provides a variety of housing types and neighborhoods for residents, both renters and owners. Residential condominium projects, residential condominium conversion projects, and conversions of rental mobile home parks to condominium ownership provide for individual ownership of separate dwelling units which are usually in close proximity to one another. A typical characteristic of such projects is a substantial common area which is managed and maintained by the individual owners of dwelling units through a homeowners’ association and covenants, conditions, and restrictions (CC&Rs). This type of ownership, which mixes individual ownership and ownership in common, among other things, can magnify the impact upon the public health, safety, welfare, convenience, and economic well-being of the larger community if conditions of poor land use and site planning, mismanagement, neglect and blight are allowed to occur. The regulations in this chapter are intended to minimize such impacts while providing opportunities for first-time buyers, senior citizens, and lower income households to purchase their own homes. (Code 1971, § 15.625.010)
The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all proposed residential condominium conversions. (Code 1971, § 15.625.020)
All residential condominium conversion projects shall require a planned development permit as provided in Chapter 24.525. (Code 1971, § 15.625.030)
All residential condominium conversion projects, including conversion of rental mobile home parks to ownership status (i.e., individual ownership of underlying lots or other shared ownership of lots or common facilities) shall require a planned development permit as provided in Chapter 24.525. The term “conversion of a mobile home park to ownership status” shall mean and include, by way of example but without limitation, any and all ownership changes by which an existing traditional mobile home park, wherein tenants own their individual units but rent spaces or lots within the park, is changed to a situation wherein tenants own, individually or in common, their individual underlying lots or spaces or common facilities within the park. (Code 1971, § 15.625.040)
In addition to such other application requirements as may be established, no application for a planned development permit for a residential condominium conversion project, or for conversion of a rental mobile home park to condominium-type ownership, shall be deemed complete and acceptable for processing unless the application includes the following:
A. A certified list of the names and addresses of all tenants residing in the project proposed to be converted, complete as of the time the application is filed.
B. A list of each tenant known to have children 18 years of age or younger residing in the project.
C. A list of each tenant residing within the project known to be 62 years of age or older.
D. Current rents for each unit.
E. Approximate proposed price for which each unit would be sold.
F. The pro forma budget proposed to be submitted to the state Department of Real Estate or a similar estimate of projected annual operating expenses for the project after conversion and proposed level of maintenance fees or assessments to be borne by the individual unit owners.
G. A property report prepared by a state-licensed civil engineer, architect or other qualified person approved by the building official. The report shall describe, in detail, the condition and the useful life of the roof, foundations, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, energy conservation, and structural elements of all existing permanent buildings on the property.
H. A structural pest report for all existing permanent buildings on the property, prepared by a state-licensed pest control operator.
I. An acoustical report for all existing permanent residential buildings on the property which indicates the type of construction of existing walls and ceilings and noise attenuation characteristics of such construction. The test data shall include a sampling of at least 10 percent of the dwelling units involved, but in no case fewer than two dwelling units. The reports shall include recommended methods of compliance with the noise insulation standards of the California Administrative Code Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 2035, and shall be prepared by a person experienced in the field of acoustical engineering.
J. The location and nature of all existing on-site fire protection equipment, including, but not limited to, fire hydrants, standpipes, fire sprinkler systems, and fire extinguishers, shall be indicated on the plans submitted pursuant to Chapter 24.525. (Code 1971, § 15.625.050)
All tenants residing in the project proposed to be converted shall be notified of the proposed conversion by the applicant in accordance with the requirements of the Subdivision Map Act. In addition, written notices shall be mailed by the city to all tenants residing in the project proposed to be converted not less than 10 days prior to the hearing on the planned development permit. Such notice shall specify the following:
A. The date, time, place, and purpose of the hearing.
B. That should the planned development permit be approved, tenants may be required to vacate the premises.
C. That should the planned development permit be approved, the property owner shall be required to give all tenants a minimum of 180 days’ notice to vacate; and that such notice shall not restrict the exercise of lawful remedies pertaining to, but not limited to, tenants’ defaults in the payment of rents or the defacing or destruction of all or part of the rented premises. (Code 1971, § 15.625.060)
A. In addition to those findings required for planned development permits by Chapter 24.525, and prior to approving any residential condominium conversion project, other than conversions of rental mobile home parks to ownership status, the decision-making authority must make either all of the findings in subsection (A)(1) of this section or all of the findings in subsection (A)(2) of this section:
1. That the proposed conversion will not adversely affect supply and availability of rental housing within the city or within a specific area in the city. This finding must be based upon a determination that:
a. The current vacancy rate for rental units within the city or within the specific area of the proposed conversion is not less than five percent, as determined by the most recent planning division survey or other reliable vacancy rate data acceptable to the city; and
b. If the project proposed to be converted is designed for families with children, or includes three- and/or four-bedroom units, the vacancy rates for these types of units within the city or within the specific area of the proposed conversion is not less than five percent, as determined by the most recent planning division survey or other reliable vacancy rate data acceptable to the city.
2. That mitigating circumstances exist which justify approval of the conversion when the applicable vacancy rate is lower than five percent. In addition to other mitigating circumstances that must be found, this determination must also be based on at least one of the following two findings:
a. That new rental units will be constructed by the applicant which will replace those to be converted. The number of replacement units shall equal or exceed the number of units proposed to be converted. Replacement units shall be completed and occupancy permits issued prior to recordation of the final map for the conversion; or
b. That the conversion will help meet other city housing goals by providing a substantial percentage of its units at prices affordable to low- and moderate-income households in a manner consistent with the comprehensive plan, and provision of such housing opportunities outweighs any loss of rental units.
B. In addition to those findings required by Chapter 24.525 and subsection A of this section, and prior to approving conversion of a rental mobile home park to ownership status, the decision-making authority must also find that the proposed mobile home park conversion will not adversely affect the supply and availability of rental mobile home spaces in the city, or within a specified area in the city. (Code 1971, § 15.625.070)
A. Unless otherwise provided in the planned development permit, all such permits authorizing residential condominium conversion projects, except for conversions of rental mobile home parks to ownership status, shall be subject to all of the following conditions, which shall be in addition to such other conditions deemed necessary or desirable by the decision-making authority.
1. The applicant shall provide relocation assistance equal to one and one-half times the monthly rent to any tenant household living in any unit at any time prior to tentative map approval, provided such tenant is not otherwise in default of the rental agreement. If the tenant elects to purchase a unit, such relocation assistance shall be applied to the cost of the unit.
2. The applicant shall offer a lifetime lease to households in which the head of household or spouse is 62 years of age or older at the time of the final map approval. Reasonable annual rent increases shall be allowed, but shall not exceed the increase in the housing component of the Los Angeles-Long Beach Area Consumer Price Index, or any successor index designed to determine general increases in housing costs, for the preceding 12-month period. Provisions setting forth this limitation on rent increases shall be incorporated into such lease. The applicant shall provide evidence that such offer has been made to all eligible tenants prior to filing for approval of the final subdivision map.
3. The applicant shall enter into leases, in a form approved by the city, within 30 days after final approval of the sale of units by the state of California with all tenants to whom offers of leases have been required who desire to remain as tenants pursuant to such lease.
4. The applicant shall provide alternate housing to tenant households at no additional cost to the tenant where substantial remodeling or rehabilitation occurs during conversion, and the unit being remodeled or rehabilitated is not habitable. The final determination of habitability shall be made by the building official.
5. The applicant shall submit to the building official for review and approval a complete set of plans and specifications detailing the necessary repair and upgrading required by the property report, inspection report, pest report, and acoustical report, for any new construction.
6. The applicant shall submit to the building official for review and approval a construction phasing plan providing for safe pedestrian access, lighting, and site conditions for those buildings and areas which will be occupied and used during the construction or repair. A work schedule indicating hours of construction activity, type of equipment to be used along with any proposed noise control, and a list of units which will be uninhabitable during construction, shall also be submitted to the building official.
7. The applicant shall request and receive inspection of individual dwelling units from the city’s division of building and safety. Such notice of request for inspection shall be given in a timely and efficient manner. The division of building and safety shall identify any existing substandard conditions, and notify the applicant of action required to rectify such substandard conditions.
8. The applicant shall submit a statement, signed by a person experienced in the field of acoustical engineering, certifying that the converted units conform to the noise insulation standards of California Administrative Code Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 2035.
9. The applicant shall provide a reasonable degree of on-site fire protection, as determined by the fire chief. Such protection shall include, but shall not be limited to, water supply, fire hydrant location, standpipes, and smoke detectors.
10. The applicant shall submit, prior to filing for approval of the final subdivision map, verification of compliance with the San Buenaventura building code, relating to smoke detector requirements.
B. Unless otherwise stated in the planned development permit, all such permits allowing conversions of rental mobile home parks to condominium-type ownership shall be subject to all of the following conditions, which shall be in addition to such other conditions deemed necessary by the planning commission or city council:
1. The applicant shall provide relocation assistance in an amount equal to the actual cost of moving up to a maximum of $750.00. In addition, utility connection fees shall be paid by the developer in an amount equal to the actual costs up to a maximum of $100.00. If the tenant elects to purchase a lot, such relocation assistance shall be applied to the cost of the lot. The city council may, by separate resolution, periodically adjust the maximum amount set forth in this subsection to reflect increases in costs.
2. The applicant shall offer a lifetime lease to households in which the head of household or spouse is 62 years of age or older at the time of the final approval. Reasonable annual rent increases shall be permitted but shall not exceed the increase in the housing component of the Los Angeles-Long Beach Area Consumer Price Index, or any successor index designed to determine general increases in housing costs, for the preceding 12-month period; provided further, that should any rent stabilization laws be in effect, rental increases shall be no greater than the lesser of the amount permitted under the Consumer Price Index method or the rent stabilization law. Provisions setting forth this limitation on rent increases shall be incorporated into the lease. The applicant shall provide evidence that such offer has been made to all eligible tenants prior to filing for approval of the final subdivision map.
3. The applicant shall enter into leases, in a form approved by the city, within 30 days after final approval of the sale of units by the state of California with all tenants to whom offers of leases have been required who desire to remain as tenants pursuant to such lease.
4. The applicant shall provide a reasonable degree of on-site fire protection, as determined by the fire chief. Such protection will include, but not be limited to, water supply, fire hydrant location, standpipes and smoke detectors.
5. The applicant shall submit, prior to filing for approval of the final subdivision map, verification of compliance with the San Buenaventura building code, relating to smoke detector requirements. (Code 1971, § 15.625.080)
Written notices shall be mailed to all tenants residing in the project within 10 days after the approval of any planned development permit allowing a residential condominium conversion project including conversion of a rental mobile home park to condominium-type ownership. Such notice shall state all of the conditions of approval of the planned development permit. (Code 1971, § 15.625.090)
It shall be against the public policy set forth in this chapter to attempt to evade its provisions by coercing the waiver of any rights or privileges created or protected herein.
A. Coercion. The planning commission and city council may deny any proposed conversion where there is substantial or creditable evidence that tenants have been coerced to publicly support or approve a proposed conversion, or to refrain from publicly opposing it, or to forego any assistance to which they may be entitled.
B. Waiver of Rights. Any provision of a lease or rental agreement which purports directly or indirectly to waive or require waiver of a tenant’s rights under this chapter or which requires prior consent to the conversion of the apartment building, apartment complex, or mobile home park to condominium ownership shall be null, void, and unenforceable. (Code 1971, § 15.625.100)
Limited use overnight visitor accommodation restrictions, timeshares, condominium hotels, fractional ownership hotels and other such uses are considered limited overnight visitor accommodations and are subject to the specific regulations in Section 24.310.050. (Ord. No. 2010-014, § 6, 11-22-10)
As used in this chapter, terms are defined as follows:
“Accessory dwelling unit” or “ADU” means an attached or a detached residential dwelling unit that provides complete independent living facilities for one or more persons and is located on a lot with a proposed or existing primary residence. An accessory dwelling unit also includes the following:
1. An efficiency unit, as defined by Section 17958.1 of the California Health and Safety Code; and
2. A manufactured home, as defined by Section 18007 of the California Health and Safety Code.
“Accessory structure” means a structure that is accessory and incidental to a dwelling located on the same lot.
“Complete independent living facilities” means permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same parcel as the single-family or multifamily dwelling is or will be situated.
“Director” means the community development director for the city of San Buenaventura.
“Efficiency kitchen” means a kitchen that includes all of the following:
1. A cooking facility with appliances.
2. A food preparation counter and storage cabinets that are of a reasonable size in relation to the size of the JADU.
“Junior accessory dwelling unit” or “JADU” means a residential unit that satisfies all of the following:
1. It is no more than 500 square feet in size.
2. It is contained entirely within an existing or proposed single-family structure. An enclosed use within the residence, such as an attached garage, is considered to be a part of and contained within the single-family structure.
3. It includes its own separate sanitation facilities or shares sanitation facilities with the existing or proposed single-family structure.
4. If the unit does not include its own separate bathroom, then it contains an interior entrance to the main living area of the existing or proposed single-family structure in addition to an exterior entrance that is separate from the main entrance to the primary dwelling.
5. It includes an efficiency kitchen, as defined above.
“Livable space” means a space in a dwelling intended for human habitation, including living, sleeping, eating, cooking, or sanitation.
“Living area” means the interior habitable area of a dwelling unit, including basements and attics, but does not include a garage or any accessory structure.
“Nonconforming zoning condition” means a physical improvement on a property that does not conform with current zoning standards.
“Passageway” means a pathway that is unobstructed clear to the sky and extends from a street to one entrance of the ADU or JADU.
“Proposed dwelling” means a dwelling that is the subject of a permit application and that meets the requirements for permitting.
“Public transit” means a location, including, but not limited to, a bus stop or train station, where the public may access buses, trains, subways, and other forms of transportation that charge set fares, run on fixed routes, and are available to the public.
“Tandem parking” means that two or more automobiles are parked on a driveway or in any other location on a lot, lined up behind one another.
“Very high fire hazard severity zones,” for purposes of this chapter, means very high fire hazard severity zones as shown on the Fire Hazard Severity Zone Maps prepared by the Fire and Resource Assessment Program/California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
An ADU or JADU that conforms to the standards in this chapter will not be:
A. Deemed to be inconsistent with the city’s general plan (or, for properties located in the coastal zone, with the city’s local coastal program) and zoning designation for the lot on which the ADU or JADU is located.
B. Deemed to exceed the allowable density for the lot on which the ADU or JADU is located.
C. Considered in the application of any local ordinance, policy, or program to limit residential growth.
D. Required to correct a nonconforming zoning condition, as defined in Section 24.430.020. This does not prevent the city from enforcing compliance with applicable building standards in accordance with Health and Safety Code Section 17980.12. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
The following approvals apply to ADUs and JADUs under this chapter:
A. Building Permit Only. If an ADU or JADU complies with each of the general requirements in Section 24.430.050, it is allowed with only a building permit in the following scenarios:
1. Converted on Single-Family Lot. One ADU as described in this subsection and one JADU on a lot with a proposed or existing single-family dwelling on it, where the ADU or JADU:
a. Is either: within the space of a proposed single-family dwelling; within the existing space of an existing single-family dwelling; or (in the case of an ADU only) within the existing space of an accessory structure, plus up to 150 additional square feet if the expansion is limited to accommodating ingress and egress; and
b. Has exterior access that is independent of that for the single-family dwelling; and
c. Has side and rear setbacks sufficient for fire and safety, as dictated by applicable building and fire codes;
d. The JADU complies with the requirements of Government Code Sections 66333 through 66339.
2. Limited Detached on Single-Family Lot. One detached, new construction ADU on a lot with a proposed or existing single-family dwelling (in addition to any JADU that might otherwise be established on the lot under subsection (A)(1) of this section), if the detached ADU satisfies each of the following limitations:
a. The side- and rear-yard setbacks are at least four feet.
b. The total floor area is 800 square feet or smaller.
c. The peak height above grade does not exceed the applicable height limit in Section 24.430.050(B).
3. Converted on Multifamily Lot. One or more ADUs within portions of existing multifamily dwelling structures that are not used as livable space, including but not limited to storage rooms, boiler rooms, passageways, attics, basements, or garages, if each converted ADU complies with state building standards for dwellings. Under this subsection, at least one converted ADU is allowed within an existing multifamily dwelling, up to a quantity equal to 25 percent of the existing multifamily dwelling units.
4. Limited Detached on Multifamily Lot. No more than two detached ADUs on a lot with a proposed multifamily dwelling, or up to eight detached ADUs on a lot with an existing multifamily dwelling, if each detached ADU satisfies all of the following:
a. The side- and rear-yard setbacks are at least four feet. If the existing multifamily dwelling has a rear- or side-yard setback of less than four feet, the city will not require any modification to the multifamily dwelling as a condition of approving the ADU.
b. The peak height above grade does not exceed the applicable height limit provided in Section 24.430.050(B).
c. If the lot has an existing multifamily dwelling, the quantity of detached ADUs does not exceed the number of primary dwelling units on the lot.
B. Permit Required.
1. For properties located in the coastal zone, all ADUs and JADUs shall comply with current building codes and shall require either a coastal exemption, coastal exclusion, or coastal development permit, and shall be processed pursuant to Chapter 24.515 (including in terms of public noticing and process for appeal to the California Coastal Commission) except that no public hearing is required.
2. The city may charge a fee to reimburse it for costs incurred in processing ADU permits, including the costs of adopting or amending the city’s ADU ordinance. The ADU-permit processing fee is determined by the director of community development and approved by the city council by resolution.
3. No ADU may be created without a building permit in compliance with the standards set forth in Sections 24.430.050 and 24.430.060.
C. Process and Timing of Required Permits.
1. The city must approve or deny an application to create an ADU or JADU within 60 days from the date that the city receives a completed application. If the city has not approved or denied the completed application within 60 days, the application is deemed approved unless either:
a. The applicant requests a delay, in which case the 60-day time period is tolled for the period of the requested delay; or
b. When an application to create an ADU or JADU is submitted with a permit application to create a new single-family or multifamily dwelling on the lot, the city may delay acting on the permit application for the ADU or JADU until the city acts on the permit application to create the new single-family or multifamily dwelling, but the application to create the ADU or JADU will still be considered ministerially without discretionary review or a hearing.
2. If the city denies an application to create an ADU or JADU, the city must provide the applicant with comments that include, among other things, a list of all the defective or deficient items and a description of how the application may be remedied by the applicant. Notice of the denial and corresponding comments must be provided to the applicant within the 60-day time period established by subsection (C)(1) of this section.
3. A demolition permit for a detached garage that is to be replaced with an ADU is reviewed with the application for the ADU and issued at the same time. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
The following requirements apply to all ADUs and JADUs that are approved under Section 24.430.040(A) or (B):
A. Zoning.
1. An ADU may be created on a lot in a residential or mixed-use zone.
2. In accordance with Government Code Section 66333(a), a JADU may only be created on a lot zoned for single-family residences.
B. Height.
1. A detached ADU created on a lot with an existing or proposed single-family or multifamily dwelling unit may not exceed 18 feet in height, and the ADU may be up to two additional feet in height (for a maximum of 20 feet) if necessary to accommodate a roof pitch on the ADU that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit.
2. An ADU that is attached to the primary dwelling may not exceed 25 feet in height and two stories.
3. For purposes of this subsection B, height is measured from the average established curb grade at the front lot line to the highest point of such building or other structure, except as provided in this section:
a. Sloping Lot. Except in the hillside area, in instances where the lot slopes up more than 10 percent, as measured from the front lot line to the rear lot line, the height of buildings or other structures, other than fences, walls, pole signs, or monument signs shall be measured from the average finished grade at the corner points of the building line to the highest point of the building or other structure.
b. Through Lot. Except in the hillside area, the height of buildings or other structures, other than fences, walls, pole signs, or monument signs, on a through lot shall be measured from the average elevation of the curb grade of the highest lot frontage to the highest point of the building or other structure.
c. R-1-B and R-2-B Zones. In the R-1-B and R-2-B zones only, the height of buildings or other structures, other than fences, walls, pole signs, or monument signs, shall be measured from the top of the curb or the edge of the street pavement nearest to the front lot line, whichever is higher, to the highest point of the building or other structure.
C. Fire Sprinklers.
1. Fire sprinklers are required in an ADU if sprinklers are required in the primary residence.
2. The construction of an ADU does not trigger a requirement for fire sprinklers to be installed in the existing primary dwelling.
D. Rental Term. No ADU or JADU may be rented for a term that is shorter than 30 days. This prohibition applies regardless of when the ADU or JADU was created.
E. No Separate Conveyance. An ADU or JADU may be rented but, except as otherwise provided in Government Code Section 66341, no ADU or JADU may be sold or otherwise conveyed separately from the lot and the primary dwelling (in the case of a single-family lot) or from the lot and all of the dwellings (in the case of a multifamily lot).
F. Septic System. If the ADU or JADU will connect to an on-site wastewater treatment system, the owner must include with the application a percolation test completed within the last five years or, if the percolation test has been recertified, within the last 10 years.
G. Owner Occupancy.
1. ADUs created under this section on or after January 1, 2020, are not subject to an owner occupancy requirement.
2. As required by state law, all JADUs are subject to an owner occupancy requirement. A natural person with legal or equitable title to the property must reside on the property, in either the primary dwelling or JADU, as the person’s legal domicile and permanent residence. However, the owner occupancy requirement in this subsection does not apply if the property is entirely owned by another governmental agency, land trust, or housing organization.
H. Deed Restriction. Prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy for an ADU or JADU, a deed restriction must be recorded against the title of the property in the county recorder’s office and a copy filed with the director. The deed restriction must run with the land and bind all future owners. The form of the deed restriction will be provided by the city and must provide the following:
1. Except as otherwise provided in Government Code Section 66341, the ADU or JADU may not be sold separately from the primary dwelling.
2. The ADU or JADU is restricted to the approved size and to other attributes allowed by this chapter.
3. The deed restriction runs with the land and may be enforced against future property owners.
4. The deed restriction may be removed if the owner eliminates the ADU or JADU, as evidenced by, for example, removal of the kitchen facilities. To remove the deed restriction, an owner may make a written request of the Director, providing evidence that the ADU or JADU has in fact been eliminated. The Director may then determine whether the evidence supports the claim that the ADU or JADU has been eliminated. Appeal may be taken from the Director’s determination consistent with other provisions of this code. If the ADU or JADU is not entirely physically removed, but is only eliminated by virtue of having a necessary component of an ADU or JADU removed, the remaining structure and improvements must otherwise comply with applicable provisions of this code.
5. The deed restriction is enforceable by the director, or designee, for the benefit of the city. Failure of the property owner to comply with the deed restriction may result in legal action against the property owner, and the city is authorized to obtain any remedy available to it at law or equity, including, but not limited to, obtaining an injunction enjoining the use of the ADU or JADU in violation of the recorded restrictions or abatement of the illegal unit.
I. Building and Safety.
1. Must Comply with Building Code. Subject to subsection (I)(2) of this section, all ADUs and JADUs must comply with all local building code requirements.
2. No Change of Occupancy. Construction of an ADU does not constitute a Group R occupancy change under the local building code, as described in Section 310 of the California Building Code, unless the city’s building official or city’s code enforcement officer makes a written finding based on substantial evidence in the record that the construction of the ADU could have a specific, adverse impact on public health and safety. Nothing in this subsection prevents the city from changing the occupancy code of a space that was uninhabitable space or that was only permitted for nonresidential use and was subsequently converted for residential use in accordance with this section.
J. Coastal Zone. If an ADU is proposed on a lot located in the coastal zone, the ADU shall be sited and designed to avoid adverse impacts to coastal resources, including by conforming with all applicable local coastal program policies and standards, including those that govern wetlands, streams, environmentally sensitive habitat areas, public views, public access, and coastal bluffs. ADUs and JADUs shall not be permitted in existing buildings or structures that are nonconforming as to coastal resource protection policies or development standards of the local coastal program.
K. Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zone. To protect against wildfires, maintain necessary defensible space around existing structures, and allow for better egress in an emergency, no ADUs shall be permitted in areas within designated very high fire hazard severity zones; however, JADUs are allowed. Within the very high fire hazard severity zones, for ADU applications submitted on or before May 13, 2022, an ADU shall be permitted upon satisfying all other requirements of this title. If the very high fire hazard severity zones are modified after an ADU application is submitted for a property not previously contained in the very high fire hazard severity zone, then the ADU may be permitted upon satisfying all other requirements of this title. ADUs that fall under Government Code Section 66323, as detailed in subsection A of this section, are exempt from this requirement.
L. Historic Resources. An ADU that is on or within 600 feet of real property that is listed in the California Register of Historic Resources must meet the following requirements:
1. Location. The ADU shall be located completely behind the primary dwelling units and not be visible from any public right-of-way.
2. Colors and Materials. Exterior materials and colors of the ADU must be the same as those of the primary dwelling unit.
3. Height. Newly constructed attached or detached ADUs shall not exceed the height of the existing structure.
4. Roof. Roof pitch shall match that of the primary dwelling unit.
M. Passageway. No passageway, as defined by Section 24.430.020, is required for an ADU.
N. Parking.
1. Generally. No parking is required for ADUs or JADUs.
2. No Replacement. When a garage, carport, covered parking structure, or uncovered parking space is demolished in conjunction with the construction of an ADU or converted to an ADU, those off-street parking spaces are not required to be replaced except as required in subsection (N)(3) of this section.
3. ADU Mandatory Parking Area. If the lot is located within the boundaries of the ADU mandatory parking area (AMPA), as shown in “Exhibit 1” and “Exhibit 2” attached to the ordinance codified in this chapter, one parking space is required for the ADU or JADU in addition to the parking required for the primary residence. When an existing garage, carport, covered parking structure, or uncovered space is demolished in conjunction with the construction of an ADU or JADU, or converted into an ADU or JADU within the AMPA, the required parking spaces that are displaced by the demolition or conversion shall be replaced on the same lot in order to satisfy the parking requirement of the existing primary dwelling unit, in addition to providing the required one off-street parking space for the ADU or JADU.


4. Parking Design. The parking space may be provided in setback areas or as tandem parking, as defined by Section 24.430.020. The parking space for the ADU must satisfy all of the following:
a. Required yards and open space may not be used for parking.
b. The ADU parking space may be tandem on a driveway, covered, or uncovered.
c. The dimensions of all parking spaces or driveways shall be nine feet by 20 feet. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
The following requirements apply only to ADUs that do not meet the requirement of Section 24.430.040(A):
A. Maximum Size.
1. The maximum size of a detached or attached ADU subject to this section is 850 square feet for a studio or one-bedroom unit and 1,200 square feet for a unit with two or more bedrooms.
2. An attached ADU that is created on a lot with an existing primary dwelling is further limited to 50 percent of the floor area of the existing primary dwelling.
3. Application of other development standards in this section, such as floor area ratio (“FAR”) or lot coverage, might further limit the size of the ADU, but no application of the percent-based size limit in subsection (A)(2) of this section or of a FAR, front setback, lot coverage limit, or open space requirement may require the ADU to be less than 800 square feet.
B. Site Coverage. No ADU subject to this section may cause the total site coverage of the lot to exceed the amount listed in the table below, subject to subsection (A)(3) of this section.
Zone District | Site Coverage |
|---|---|
R-1 | 35% |
R-2, R-2-B, R-3, Others not listed | 60% |
R-1-B | 40% |
C. Setbacks.
1. ADUs that are subject to this section must conform to four-foot side and rear setbacks and to the front setback established below, subject to subsection (A)(3) of this section.
Zone District | Front Setback |
|---|---|
R-1, R-2 | 20% depth of the lot, but need not exceed 25 feet |
R-1-B, R-2-B, Others not listed | 20 feet |
R-3 | 20% the depth of lot or 20 feet, whichever is less |
Other | 20 feet |
2. No setback is required for an ADU that is subject to this section if the ADU is constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure.
D. Architectural Requirements.
1. The materials and colors of the exterior walls, roof, and windows and doors must be the same as those of the primary dwelling.
2. The roof slope must match that of the dominant roof slope of the primary dwelling. The dominant roof slope is the slope shared by the largest portion of the roof.
3. The exterior lighting must be limited to down-lights or as otherwise required by the building or fire code.
4. The ADU must have an independent exterior entrance, apart from that of the primary dwelling.
5. The interior horizontal dimensions of an ADU must be at least 10 feet wide in every direction, with a minimum interior wall height of seven feet.
6. No window or door of the ADU may have a direct line of sight to an adjoining residential property. Each window and door must either be located where there is no direct line of sight or screened using fencing, landscaping, or privacy glass to prevent a direct line of sight.
E. Allowed Stories. No ADU subject to this section may have more than one story, except that an ADU that is attached to the primary dwelling may have the stories allowed under Section 24.430.050(B)(2). (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
The following requirements apply to all ADUs that are approved under Section 24.430.040(A) or (B).
A. Impact Fees.
1. No impact fee is required for an ADU that is less than 750 square feet in size. For purposes of this subsection A, “impact fee” means a “fee” under the Mitigation Fee Act (Government Code Section 66000(b)) and a fee under the Quimby Act (Government Code Section 66477). “Impact fee” here does not include any connection fee or capacity charge for water or sewer service.
2. Any impact fee that is required for an ADU that is 750 square feet or larger in size must be charged proportionately in relation to the square footage of the primary dwelling unit (e.g., the floor area of the ADU, divided by the floor area of the primary dwelling, times the typical fee amount charged for a new dwelling.)
B. Utility Fees.
1. If an ADU is constructed with a new single-family home, a separate utility connection directly between the ADU and the utility and payment of the normal connection fee and capacity charge for a new dwelling are required.
2. Except as described in subsection (B)(1) of this section, converted ADUs on a single-family lot that are created under Section 24.430.040(A) are not required to have a new or separate utility connection directly between the ADU and the utility. Nor is a connection fee or capacity charge required.
3. Except as described in subsection (B)(1) of this section, all ADUs that are not covered by subsection (B)(2) of this section require a new, separate utility connection directly between the ADU and the utility for any utility that is provided by the city. All utilities that are not provided by the city are subject to the connection and fee requirements of the utility provider.
a. The connection is subject to a connection fee or capacity charge that is proportionate to the burden created by the ADU based on either the floor area or the number of drainage-fixture units (DFU) values, as defined by the Uniform Plumbing Code, upon the water or sewer system.
b. The portion of the fee or charge that is charged by the city may not exceed the reasonable cost of providing this service. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
A. Generally. The city will not deny an ADU or JADU application due to a nonconforming zoning condition, building code violation, or unpermitted structure on the lot that does not present a threat to the public health and safety and that is not affected by the construction of the ADU or JADU.
B. Unpermitted ADUs and JADUs Constructed Before 2020.
1. Permit to Legalize. As required by state law, the city may not deny a permit to legalize an existing but unpermitted ADU or JADU that was constructed before January 1, 2020, if denial is based on either of the following grounds:
a. The ADU or JADU violates applicable building standards; or
b. The ADU or JADU does not comply with state ADU or JADU law (Government Code Title 7, Division 1, Chapter 13, Article 2) or this ADU chapter.
2. Exceptions.
a. Notwithstanding subsection (B)(1) of this section, the city may deny a permit to legalize an existing but unpermitted ADU or JADU that was constructed before January 1, 2020, if the city makes a finding that correcting a violation is necessary to comply with the standards specified in California Health and Safety Code Section 17920.3.
b. Subsection (B)(1) of this section does not apply to a building that is deemed to be substandard in accordance with California Health and Safety Code Section 17920.3. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
Any proposed ADU or JADU that would otherwise be allowed under this chapter but that does not conform to the objective design or development standards set forth in Sections 24.430.030 through 24.430.080 may be allowed by the city with a conditional use permit, in accordance with the other provisions of this title. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
This chapter establishes special residential regulations in order to provide additional regulations for Group Care use types and certain Residential use types. (Code 1971, § 15.635.010)
A. Intent. This section is intended to recognize the unique neighborhood impacts of Group Residential and Group Care uses and to enhance the quality of life for residents in such living situations. This chapter is also intended to be implemented in a manner consistent with federal and state law.
B. Findings. The applicant for a use permit for a Group Residential or Group Care use shall establish the following circumstances to the satisfaction of the decision-making authority to enable the decision-making authority to find that such circumstances exist, in addition to the findings required in Chapter 24.520 for the issuance of a use permit:
1. The establishment of the proposed Group Residential or Group Care use will not result in an overconcentration of Group Residential or Group Care uses in the neighborhood. Overconcentration will be presumed when the establishment of the proposed Group Residential or Group Care use would result in Group Residential or Group Care uses being spaced closer than 300 feet apart. This presumption shall be rebuttable upon a clear and convincing showing by the applicant that overconcentration will not result if the proposed Group Residential or Group Care use is established.
2. The applicant will provide adequate exterior maintenance to the facility and surrounding yard and setback areas. This shall include a plan demonstrating provisions for regular yard and landscape irrigation and maintenance and other items of routine maintenance.
3. The applicant has developed and will implement a parking plan indicating the maximum number of vehicles proposed to be parked on and off the site, projected needs for parking at the site, and how the projected needs are proposed to be satisfied. Group Care uses serving six or fewer persons in a single-family dwelling unit shall meet the parking requirement for single-family dwelling units. (Code 1971, § 15.635.020)
Uses classified within the Farm Employee Housing use type shall comply with all the following provisions:
A. The site upon which such a use is established shall be not less than 40 acres in area and shall include an operational Agricultural use type.
B. Such housing shall be used exclusively for the purpose of housing farm employees and their families employed for farm work where the majority of family income comes from farm work.
C. Not more than 12 dwelling units or 36 beds shall be constructed or used on a 40-acre site. For sites larger than 40 acres, no more than three dwelling units shall be constructed or used for each 10 acres of additional site area.
D. No more than one family shall occupy any dwelling unit.
E. Each detached dwelling unit and each building containing attached dwelling units shall have a front setback of not less than 20 feet, a rear setback of not less than 20 feet, and side setbacks of not less than 10 feet; provided, that the side setback required for any one detached dwelling unit or building containing attached dwelling units may be considered as part or all of the required side setback of any other detached dwelling unit or building containing attached dwelling units.
F. A minimum 300-foot setback from all active agriculture is required for farm employee dwellings.
G. The property owner must obtain a permit with the state Department of Housing and Community Development pursuant to the Employee Housing Act, Health and Safety Code Section 17000 et seq.
H. The property owner must annually complete and submit to the city’s community development director a declaration listing the number of occupants and their place of work. (Code 1971, § 15.635.030; Ord. No. 2012-017, § 14, 9-10-12)
Caretaker’s residences shall comply with all the following provisions:
A. The decision-making authority must find that the principal use on the site requires the continual supervision of a caretaker, superintendent, or watchman;
B. Such caretaker’s residence shall be occupied exclusively by the caretaker and the caretaker’s family;
C. Such caretaker’s residence shall be located upon the same site as that occupied by the use to be supervised; and
D. No more than one family shall occupy the caretaker’s residence. (Code 1971, § 15.635.040; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 45, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes emergency shelter regulations in order to provide for the potential placement of an emergency shelter to meet the city’s unmet housing need for homeless individuals, disperse shelters throughout the city and in areas close to transit and services; and encourage the creation of emergency homeless shelters as needed. (Ord. No. 2011-010, § 26, 8-1-11; Ord. No. 2017-008, § 21, 4-17-17)
All operators of emergency shelters, with minimal supportive services, are required to apply to the community development department for the sole purpose of confirming that the emergency shelter standards set forth in Section 24.437.030 are satisfied.
All operators of emergency shelters, with full supportive services, are required to apply for a use permit pursuant to Chapter 24.520, Use Permit Procedure. Emergency shelters, with full supportive services, must meet the emergency shelter standards set forth in Section 24.437.030. (Ord. No. 2011-010, § 26, 8-1-11; Ord. No. 2017-008, § 21, 4-17-17)
Emergency shelters shall comply with the criteria listed below, in addition to all applicable local and state health and safety codes such as, but not limited to, the California Building Code, California Fire Code, California Health and Safety Code, as well as any applicable zoning standards for the development and use of the property on which the emergency shelter is located.
A. Number of Beds. The maximum number of beds permitted in an emergency shelter shall not exceed 55.
1. Emergency Event Temporary Beds. The community development director with the concurrence of the city manager may authorize a temporary increase in the number of beds and the duration of stay when a severe weather event or other emergency event occurs. The exact number of additional temporary beds shall be determined during the use permit review.
B. Vehicle Parking. Off-street vehicle parking shall be provided as follows:
1. Shelter facilities within one-fourth mile of an existing bus route or rail station shall provide one space per employee (based on highest ratio of staffing on site) and one-half space per adult client.
2. Shelter facilities beyond one-fourth mile of an existing bus route or rail station shall provide one space per employee (based on highest ratio of staffing on site) and one-half space per adult client.
3. Shelter facilities that provide ongoing client transportation shall be allowed to count each client passenger seat as one-half parking space.
C. Bicycle Parking. Bicycle racks that allow for the secure storage of bicycles shall be provided. Bicycle racks shall accommodate at least one bicycle storage space for every five adult client beds. All bicycle racks are required to be on site and located in a secure area that is not visible from the public right-of-way.
D. Intake Areas. If the intake area occurs on site, an enclosed or screened waiting area, such as provided in a courtyard building configuration, shall be provided between the intake area and the public right-of-way. There shall be no queuing within the public right-of-way. Queuing within any parking lot is allowed only if the parking lot is not visible from the public right-of-way.
E. Provisions for On-Site Management.
1. On-Site Management. On-site management shall be provided 24 hours a day, seven days a week and accompanied by support staff. Clients of the shelter shall not provide on-site management.
2. On-Site Personnel. A designated area for on-site personnel shall be located near the main entry to the facility for the purpose of controlling admittance into the facility and providing security.
3. Client Restrictions. The emergency shelter manager shall not intake any person as a client of the shelter if the manager knows the prospective client has outstanding warrants for their arrest. The emergency shelter manager shall also confirm that the client has no outstanding parole violations.
F. Personal Storage. A private storage area or closet shall be provided with each on-site bed. At no time shall any client of an emergency shelter be allowed to keep on site any alcoholic beverages or store any type of illegal substances, drugs, and/or firearms of any kind. The shelter manager shall conduct routine inspections of each on-site client’s personal space to verify compliance with this chapter.
G. Shower and Toilet Facilities. Toilets, sinks, and showers shall be provided on site. The emergency shelter manager shall be responsible for ensuring that all restroom and shower facilities comply with the city’s building code requirements.
H. Separate Housing for Families With Children. Families with children shall be housed separately from other clients and be provided separate restrooms and shower facilities.
I. Food Service Areas. The emergency shelter manager shall be responsible for ensuring that any food service or on-site meal preparation areas comply with all applicable requirements of the county health department.
J. Outdoor Storage. Emergency shelters shall screen all outdoor storage areas from all public rights-of-way and on-site and adjacent parking lots. The emergency shelter manager shall ensure that all outside storage areas be maintained in a neat, clean, and orderly manner at all times.
K. Spacing. An emergency shelter, with minimal supportive services, shall not be located within 300 feet of another parcel or lot with an emergency shelter. There shall be no spacing requirement for emergency shelters, with full supportive services, located in the emergency shelter overlay zone.
L. Length of Stay. No client shall be permitted to remain at an emergency shelter for longer than six months in any 12-month period. Extensions may be provided if a client is working with social services agencies to secure alternative housing but no alternative housing is available.
M. Hours of Operation. Each emergency shelter shall establish and maintain set hours of operation for client intake and discharge. These hours shall be clearly displayed at the entrance to the shelter at all times. In the event an emergency shelter client is socially disruptive, a threat to the safety of others, or in violation of the emergency shelter facility rules during nonbusiness hours of operation, the emergency shelter manager may proceed with discharging that client immediately. Emergency shelters, with minimal supportive services, shall not operate, i.e., be open for service to clients, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.
N. Exterior Lighting. Lighting shall be provided in all parking and exterior waiting areas and along the periphery of the building without lighting adjoining properties.
O. Grandfathering. Existing emergency shelters that were established by a conditional use permit with adopted conditions of approval for its operation shall continue to operate under those adopted conditions of approval and be supplemented by the provisions of this chapter. Should any conflict(s) arise with any operational requirement, the operational requirement(s) in the conditional use permit adopted conditions of approval shall prevail.
P. Full Supportive Services. Social services offered at an emergency shelter, with full supportive services, including intake, assessment, and individualized case management services for homeless clients, shall be located on site. Full supportive social services can be offered to persons other than the residents of the shelter as part of a use permit pursuant to Chapter 24.520.
Q. Submission for Approval. The applicant or operator shall submit a management and operations plan for review and approval by the community development director in consultation with the police and fire departments. If the emergency shelter requires a use permit, then the management and operations plan shall be submitted and reviewed concurrently with that application by the decision-making authority. The plan shall remain active throughout the life of the facility, with any changes subject to review and approval of the community development director, in consultation with the police and fire departments. The city may inspect the facility at any time for compliance with the facility’s operations plan and other applicable laws and standards.
R. Minimum Qualifications. At a minimum, the plan shall contain provisions addressing the topical areas outlined below:
1. Operator Qualifications. With a list of qualifications of the shelter operator to ensure the operator has demonstrated experience and qualifications to operate a safe and secure emergency shelter;
2. Ventura Police Department Coordination Plan. To ensure sufficient beds are available for use by the Ventura police department;
3. Security Plan. With the emergency shelter operator responsible for ensuring that the approved security plan is implemented at the emergency shelter at all times and staff is fully trained to implement the plan. Security measures shall be sufficient to protect staff, clients, and neighbors;
4. Loitering Control. With specific measures regarding off-site controls to deter the congregation of homeless clients in the vicinity of the emergency shelter during hours that homeless clients are not allowed on site;
5. Management of Outdoor Areas. Including a system for daily admittance and discharge procedures and monitoring of waiting areas with a goal to prevent disruption to nearby land uses;
6. Communication Plan. With the emergency shelter operator to designate a liaison to coordinate with police, fire, city officials, local businesses, and residents on issues related to the operation of the emergency shelter;
7. Screening of Homeless Clients for Admittance Eligibility. With objectives to provide priority to Ventura homeless persons;
8. List of Services Offered and Organizations Offering Those Services Along With Any Referrals to Outside Assistance Agencies. To ensure a full range of supportive services are offered to assist the residents of the shelter;
9. Transportation Plan. That addresses bus access, parking lot use, vehicle abandonment, shuttle services, and bicycle usage/storage. The transportation plan shall include details on off-site shuttle pickup locations and times and a plan to minimize the time homeless clients spend waiting at the pickup location to reduce loitering. The selected pickup locations shall take into consideration community impact and safety considerations;
10. Litter Control. With an objective to provide for the elimination of litter attributable to the emergency shelter and/or homeless clients within the general vicinity of the emergency shelter;
11. Lock-Out Plan. That addresses how to house on-site clients that arrive at the facility inebriated or otherwise violate shelter rules with an objective of keeping both the client and general public safe by not releasing the client back out into the community;
12. Pet Shelter Plan. That addresses the care and sheltering of pets of homeless clients; and
13. Temporary Beds Plan During Emergency Event. Identify the number, location, and spacing of temporary beds and other support equipment for adequate building occupancy clearance by the fire marshal and chief building official.
S. Annual Report. A status report detailing compliance with the management and operations plan shall be submitted to the community development director annually as part of city business license renewal. (Ord. No. 2011-010, § 26, 8-1-11; Ord. No. 2017-008, § 21, 4-17-17; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 46, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes operational standards for day services facilities to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of the community. (Ord. No. 2017-008, § 22, 4-17-17)
The operational standards set forth in Section 24.438.040 hereof shall apply to all proposed day services facilities. (Ord. No. 2017-008, § 22, 4-17-17)
All day services facilities shall require a use permit as provided in Chapter 24.520. (Ord. No. 2017-008, § 22, 4-17-17)
A. The following operational standards shall apply in addition to all other applicable provisions of this code, and other provisions of law.
1. Food Service Areas. The facilities operator shall be responsible for ensuring that any food service or on-site meal preparation areas comply with all applicable requirements of the county health department.
2. Shower and Toilet Facilities. If toilets, sinks, and showers are provided on site, the facilities operator shall be responsible for ensuring that all restroom and shower facilities comply with the city’s building code requirements.
3. Hours of Operation. Each facility shall establish and maintain set hours of operation for provision of services. These hours shall be clearly displayed at the entrance to the facility at all times. Day services facilities shall not operate between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m.
4. Outdoor Areas. The facilities operator shall ensure that all outside areas of the facility are maintained in a neat, clean, and orderly manner at all times. No outdoor storage shall be allowed.
5. On-Site Management. On-site management shall be provided during the hours the facility is open and accompanied by support staff. Clients of the facility shall not provide on-site management.
6. Operations Plan. The applicant or operator shall submit an operations plan for review and approval by the community development director in consultation with the police and fire departments. The operations plan shall be submitted and reviewed concurrently with the use permit application and approved by the decision-making authority. The operations plan shall remain active throughout the life of the facility, with any changes subject to review and approval of the community development director, in consultation with the police and fire departments. The city may inspect the facility at any time for compliance with the facility’s operations plan and other applicable laws and standards.
B. At a minimum, the operations plan shall contain provisions addressing the topical areas outlined below:
1. Security Plan. With specific measures, including, but not limited to, a process to handle disruptive clients; to ensure that a security plan is implemented at the facility at all times and staff is fully trained to implement the plan. Security measures shall be sufficient to protect staff, clients, and neighbors;
2. Loitering Control. With specific measures regarding off-site controls to deter the congregation of clients in the vicinity of the facility during hours that clients are not allowed on site;
3. Litter Control. With an objective to provide for the elimination of litter attributable to the facility and/or clients within the general vicinity of the facility;
4. Management of Outdoor Areas. Including a system for daily admittance and procedures and monitoring of waiting areas with a goal to prevent disruption to nearby land uses.
5. Communication Plan. With the facilities operator to designate a liaison to coordinate with police, fire, city officials, local businesses, and residents on issues related to the operation of the facility. (Ord. No. 2017-008, § 22, 4-17-17; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 47, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes the timeshare resort facility regulations in order to establish criteria by which timeshare facilities can adequately function as lodging services. (Code 1971, § 15.640.010)
Occupancy of the same timeshare unit by any person shall be limited to 30 consecutive days or one calendar month, whichever is less. In no instance shall any person occupy one or more timeshare units in any timeshare facility for more than 90 days per calendar year. Units which do not meet this criteria shall be considered to be residential dwelling units and shall be subject to all applicable provisions of the comprehensive plan and this zoning ordinance for residential uses. (Code 1971, § 15.640.020)
A. Commercial Zones. Timeshare facilities and conversions to timeshare use may be permitted only in commercial zones and shall require the approval of a use permit or planned development permit in the same manner required for other uses classified in the Lodging Services: Hotels and Motels use type in the zoning district in which the project is located. Conversion of timeshare units to residential condominium use shall be prohibited.
B. Other Uses. Timeshare facilities may include other uses, either as other principal uses or incidental uses to the timeshare facility, so long as each such specific use is permitted by the zone regulations for the zone within which the timeshare facility is located. Such other uses shall meet all city ordinances and requirements. (Code 1971, § 15.640.030)
The following shall constitute the minimum development standards for timeshare facilities and the conversion of existing buildings or uses to timeshare use. Additional standards may be imposed as conditions to a use permit or planned development permit as found by the decision-making authority to be necessary to assure that the development meets the intent of this chapter.
A. Setback, Height, Lot Coverage. The minimum required setbacks and minimum height and lot coverage shall be those established for the zone designation in which such facility is located. Additional setbacks, height, and lot coverage requirements may be required as conditions of a use permit or planned development permit to insure that such facility is adequately buffered from surrounding uses.
B. Required Facilities. Facilities, amenities and design features usually associated with hotels (e.g., lobby, check-in area, registration desk, service closets, laundry facilities, etc.) may be required as a condition of approval of a use permit or planned development permit to insure that the timeshare facility will adequately function as lodging services. (Code 1971, § 15.640.040)
Any use permit or planned development permit approving a proposed timeshare facility or a timeshare conversion may require the project to provide units which will not be sold but which will function instead as hotel rental units available to the general public. No timeshare facility shall be approved unless it is found that the project, as proposed, would not preclude the possibility of the development of other needed types of visitor-serving facilities in the city as a whole or in a particular area of the city. No timeshare facility shall be approved unless adequate visitor-serving motel or hotel facilities are found to be available in the same comprehensive plan community as the project. (Code 1971, § 15.640.050)
Conversion of any type of existing units or facilities to timeshare facility use shall require the approval of a use permit or planned development permit as required for Lodging Services: Hotel or Motel use type in the zoning district in which such project is located. In addition:
A. All such proposed conversions to timeshare facility use shall be evaluated in terms of the physical suitability of the units or facilities for timeshare facility use. Items to be considered shall include, but not be limited to:
1. General maintenance and upkeep of the structures;
2. General physical condition of the facility;
3. Age of the structures;
4. Suitability of the units for the type of occupancy proposed;
5. Availability of kitchen facilities;
6. The age, condition, and general repair of any recreational facilities; and
7. Conformance with appropriate building, safety or fire standards.
B. Improvements to the project site or any buildings or structures thereon to mitigate any identified deficiencies may be required as a condition of approval of any use permit or planned development permit for such conversion.
C. Conversion to timeshare facility use shall also be evaluated to insure that the conversion does not create, or add to, a shortage of the particular type of facility or unit proposed to be converted in the city as a whole or in any particular area of the city. (Code 1971, § 15.640.060)
A. In addition to any information requirements established for use permit or planned development permit applications, the following information shall also be submitted as part of any application to develop or institute a timeshare facility:
1. Site plan, showing the location of all buildings, parking areas, circulation systems, landscaped areas, vehicular entrances, pedestrian entrances, recreation areas, and any ancillary uses.
2. Elevation plans in sufficient detail to indicate the type of materials to be used.
3. Typical floor plans of each timeshare unit.
4. Proposed phasing of construction of the timeshare use.
5. Description of the type of timeshare method to be used (fee simple, leasehold, etc.).
6. Identification of timeshare intervals and the number of intervals per unit.
7. Identification of which units are in the timeshare program and the use of the units not included in the program.
8. Description of amenities and any incidental uses that are proposed in conjunction with the timeshare facility.
9. Description of the availability of the timeshare project, including ancillary uses, to the general public.
10. Description of the method of management of the project and indication of a contact person or party responsible for the day-to-day operation of the project.
11. Description of the type and operation of any other uses (residential, commercial, recreational) that are to be carried out in conjunction with the timeshare facility.
12. Description of the methods to be used to guarantee the future adequacy, stability, and continuity of a satisfactory level of management and maintenance.
13. Description of the method to be used in collecting and transmitting the transient occupancy tax to the city.
B. In addition to the above information, application for conversion of an existing facility or any portion thereof to a timeshare facility must include the information required by Section 24.425.050 for residential condominium conversion projects. (Code 1971, § 15.640.070)
Public notice shall be given for all use permits or planned development permits associated with timeshare facilities pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 24.560. In addition, for apartments or residential condominiums proposed to be converted to timeshare facilities, written notice shall be mailed to all tenants residing in the project proposed to be converted not less than 10 days prior to the hearing. Such notice shall specify the following:
A. The date, time, place and purpose of the hearing;
B. That should the permit be approved, tenants may be required to vacate the premises;
C. That should the permit be approved, the property owner shall be required to give all tenants a minimum of 180 days’ notice to vacate; and that such notice shall not restrict the exercise of lawful remedies pertaining to, but not limited to, tenant’s default in the payment of rent or defacing or destruction of all or part of the rented premises. (Code 1971, § 15.640.080)
A. In addition to the findings required for approval of a use permit pursuant to Chapter 24.520 or the findings required for a planned development permit pursuant to Chapter 24.525, as applicable, and in addition to the findings required by Section 24.440.050, the following findings shall be necessary for approval of a permit for a timeshare facility:
1. That, if such project is located within the coastal zone, the proposal is in conformance with the local coastal program of the comprehensive plan.
2. That the project will not preclude the development of other needed tourist facilities, hotels or motel facilities in the city as a whole, or in a particular area of the city.
B. For apartments or residential condominiums proposed to be converted, all findings specified in Section 24.425.070 for residential condominium conversion projects shall be required. (Code 1971, § 15.640.090)
This chapter implements the state density bonus law (California Government Code Section 65915 et seq., as may be amended from time to time) and specifies the regulatory framework for providing density bonuses, incentives, waivers, and reductions in development standards for qualifying residential housing developments that propose affordable housing. In addition, this chapter establishes an inclusionary housing program aimed at promoting the development of affordable housing units within the city.
The intent of this chapter is to encourage and facilitate the development of affordable housing consistent with the state density bonus law and to implement the goals, objectives, and policies of the San Buenaventura general plan, including the current housing element and local coastal program. This chapter is structured to ensure that any ambiguities found will be interpreted in a manner consistent with the state density bonus law and other applicable state laws.
The objectives of this chapter include:
A. Housing Availability. Ensure the development and availability of affordable housing to a broad range of households with varying income levels throughout the city.
B. Affordable Housing Stock. Promote the city’s goal to add affordable dwelling units to the housing stock through both density bonuses and inclusionary housing provisions.
C. Long-Term Affordability. Ensure the long-term affordability of dwelling units and their continued availability to eligible households.
D. Distribution of Affordable Housing. Guarantee that affordable housing is dispersed throughout the city and within each residential development, and not segregated from market-rate housing, by adopting inclusionary housing requirements applicable to each residential development.
E. Replacement of Affordable Units. Ensure that housing projects that demolish existing naturally occurring affordable housing units replace those units on site when redeveloping.
By integrating these objectives, this chapter aims to provide a comprehensive approach to affordable housing. Through the combined provisions of implementing density bonuses and inclusionary housing, the city seeks to enhance the availability of affordable housing units, ensure their long-term affordability, and promote the equitable distribution of such units throughout the city. All incentives, concessions, and requirements are structured to align with the minimum standards set forth by state law, ensuring that state guidelines are met or exceeded. Any conflicts or ambiguities within this chapter will be resolved in conformity with the state density bonus law and other applicable state laws. The state law is changing at a quicker pace than this chapter can be amended to reflect the changes. Where possible, this chapter will reference state law so that it remains current. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
Terms and phrases used in this chapter are defined in Title 24, Zoning Regulations, California state law, including but not limited to state density bonus law, and as follows:
“Affordable housing agreement” means a legally binding agreement between an applicant and the city in a form and substance satisfactory to the director and city attorney and suitable for recording, setting forth those provisions necessary to ensure that the requirements of this chapter are, and will continue to be, satisfied.
“Affordable housing cost” means a sales price that results in a monthly housing cost (including mortgage, insurance, utilities, rubbish collection costs and home association costs, if any) that does not exceed the amounts specified in California Health and Safety Code Sections 50052.5(b)(2) through (b)(4), as amended, as applicable to the inclusionary unit.
“Affordable rent” has the same meaning as set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 50053, as amended.
“Affordable unit” means a dwelling unit within a housing development which will be reserved for sale or rent to very low-, low- or moderate-income households at an affordable housing cost or affordable rent.
“Childcare facility” has the same meaning as set forth in state density bonus law.
“City” means city of San Buenaventura.
“Concession” may be used interchangeably with “incentive” as those terms are defined under state density bonus law.
“Density bonus” has the same meaning as set forth in state density bonus law.
“Density bonus units” means those units that are built due to a grant of a density bonus and which exceed the otherwise maximum allowable residential density for the development site.
“Department” means the city’s community department.
“Director ” means the city’s community development director or designee.
“Eligible household” means any of the following, as applicable:
1. “Eligible moderate-income household” means a household whose income does not exceed the qualifying limits set for “persons and families of low- or moderate-income” in California Health and Safety Code Section 50093, as amended.
2. “Eligible low-income household” means a household whose annual income does not exceed the qualifying limits set for “lower-income households” in California Health and Safety Code Section 50079.5, as amended.
3. “Eligible very low-income household” means a household whose income does not exceed the qualifying limits set for “very low-income households” in California Health and Safety Code Section 50105, as amended.
“Eligible organization” means:
1. A government entity; or
2. A nonprofit corporation or nonprofit organization, or charitable organization as defined by applicable state or federal law.
“Household” means one person living alone, or two or more persons sharing residency, whose income is considered for housing payments.
“Inclusionary unit” means a dwelling unit that is designated to meet the inclusionary housing requirement, and that must be made available at an affordable cost to eligible households. Inclusionary units may include for-sale or rental units.
“Lower income household” means households whose income does not exceed the lower income limits applicable to the county of Ventura, as published and periodically updated by the State Department of Housing and Community Development pursuant to California Health and Safety Code Section 50079.5, as amended.
“Market-rate unit” means a dwelling unit in a residential development that is not an inclusionary unit.
“Maximum allowable residential density” has the same meaning as set forth in state density bonus law. In no event shall the maximum allowable residential density provided by this definition be applied to a development project in a way to produce a lower density than the minimum which would be required by California Government Code Section 65915, as amended.
“Moderate-income household” means households whose income does not exceed the moderate-income limits applicable to the county of Ventura, as published and periodically updated by the State Department of Housing and Community Development pursuant to California Health and Safety Code Section 50093, as amended.
“Protected units” has the same meaning as set forth in California Government Code Section 66300.5, as amended.
“Specific adverse impact” has the same meaning as set forth in California Government Code Section 65589.5, as amended.
“State density bonus law” means California Government Code Sections 65915 et seq., as amended.
“Very low income household” means households whose income does not exceed the very low income limits applicable to the county, as published and periodically updated by the State Department of Housing and Community Development pursuant to California Health and Safety Code Section 50105, as amended. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. General Eligibility. A proposed housing development, as defined by state density bonus law, shall be eligible for a density bonus and other regulatory incentives provided by state density bonus law, if the applicant:
1. Submits an application in accordance with Section 24.445.040; and
2. Agrees to construct a housing development that will contain at least the required percentage of affordable housing units enumerated in state density bonus law, California Government Code Section 65915(b)(1).
B. Ineligibility. An applicant is ineligible for a density bonus or other concessions or incentives if the proposed development is on property where affordable rental units were located or demolished within the previous five years and/or occupied by low-income households or are otherwise required to be replaced under state density bonus law, unless the project replaces these units pursuant to state density bonus law, California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3). (See also Section 24.445.190, Replacement housing requirement.)
C. Inclusionary Units. If affordable housing is required under the inclusionary housing program provisions of this chapter, the required number of units will count towards the number of units needed to qualify for a density bonus. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Application. A form requesting a density bonus, concession or incentive, waiver or reduction of development standards, adjusted parking ratios, or any combination thereof, shall be submitted to the city in writing, on a form approved by the director.
B. Other Entitlements and Fees. The form shall be submitted to the city concurrently with the filing of the application under Section 24.500.030 for other entitlements required for the proposed housing development as defined by state density bonus law and the required application fee(s) established by city council resolution to recover the city’s administrative costs of processing the application and performing the functions of this chapter.
C. Required Information. The form shall contain information sufficient to allow the city to fully evaluate the request under the requirements of this chapter and state density bonus law, including, without limitation, the following minimum information:
1. Requested Density Bonus.
a. Summary table showing the maximum number of dwelling units permitted by the zoning (excluding any density bonus units), number of proposed affordable units by income level, proposed bonus percentage, number of density bonus units proposed, total number of dwelling units proposed on the site, and resulting density in units per acre.
b. Indicate the subparagraph of California Government Code Section 65915(b)(1) under which the housing development qualifies for a density bonus and reasonable documentation demonstrating that the housing development is eligible for a bonus under that subparagraph.
c. A tentative map or preliminary site plan (drawn to scale) showing the number and location of all proposed units and designating the location of proposed affordable units and density bonus units.
d. The zoning designations and assessor’s parcel number(s) of the housing development site.
e. A description of all dwelling units existing on the site in the five-year period preceding the date of submittal of the application and identification of any units rented in the five-year period and whether they were rented as affordable units.
f. If dwelling units on the site are currently rented, identify the income and household size of all residents of currently occupied units, if known. If any dwelling units on the site were rented in the five-year period but are not currently rented, identify the income and household size of residents occupying the dwelling units when the site contained the maximum number of dwelling units, if known.
g. Description of any recorded covenant, ordinance, or law applicable to the site that restricted rents to levels affordable to very low-income or low-income households in the five-year period preceding the date of submittal of the application.
h. Where the application is seeking an additional bonus, indicate the subparagraph of California Government Code Section 65915(v)(1) under which the housing development qualifies for an additional density bonus and reasonable documentation demonstrating that the housing development is eligible for the additional bonus under that subparagraph.
i. The proposed phasing of the construction of the affordable housing units in relation to the nonrestricted units in the housing development.
j. Any other information the director reasonably determines necessary to process and evaluate the application consistent with state density bonus law.
2. Requested Concessions or Incentives. If concessions or incentives are requested pursuant to state density bonus law, the application shall include the applicable development standards of the base zone and overlay zones (base development standards) along with the requested concession or regulatory incentive for each development standard where requested and a narrative explanation of how the requested incentive or concession complies with California Government Code Section 65915(k)(1), (2) or (3).
3. Requested Waivers or Reductions of Development Standards. If waivers or reductions of development standards are requested pursuant to state density bonus law, the application shall include the applicable development standards of the base zone and overlay zones (base development standards) and the requested waiver or reduction of standards for each base development standard where requested, and a narrative explanation of how the requested waiver or reduction complies with California Government Code Section 65915(e).
4. Requested Adjusted Parking Ratios. If adjusted parking ratios are requested pursuant to state density bonus law, the application shall include a table showing parking proposed under state density bonus law in compliance with California Government Code Section 65915(p) and Section 24.445.090, and reasonable documentation that the project is eligible for the requested parking reduction.
5. Donation of Land. If a density bonus is requested for the donation of land to the city, the application shall include the location of the land to be dedicated, proof of site control, proof of any debt associated with the land, and reasonable documentation demonstrating that the requirements of California Government Code Section 65915(g) can be met.
6. Childcare Facility. If a density bonus or incentive is requested for a childcare facility in a housing development pursuant to California Government Code Section 65915(h), the application shall include reasonable documentation demonstrating that the requirements of Government Code Section 65915(h) can be met.
7. Condominium Conversion. If a density bonus or incentive is requested for a condominium conversion, the application shall include reasonable documentation demonstrating that the requirements of California Government Code Section 65915.5 and San Buenaventura Municipal Code Chapter 24.425 (Residential Condominium Conversion Regulations) can be met.
8. Commercial Development Bonus. If a “development bonus,” as defined by state density bonus law, is requested for a commercial development project, the application shall include reasonable documentation demonstrating that the requirements of Government Code Section 65915.7 can be met, which includes (where applicable) an agreement between the developer and a partnered affordable housing organization that allows for a contribution of affordable housing through a joint project or two separate projects encompassing affordable housing.
9. Other Information. Such other information as may be reasonably required by the city to evaluate the application, including additional requirements that are needed to evaluate projects offering qualifying land dedications. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Applicability of Coastal Act. California Government Code Section 65915(m) provides that state density bonus law does not supersede, alter, or lessen the effect or application of the California Coastal Act of 1976 (“Coastal Act”).
B. Compliance with Coastal Zone Policies. Any requested density bonus, incentives or concessions, waivers or reduction in development standards in the coastal zone shall be consistent with the city’s certified local coastal program (LCP) policies for the protection of coastal resources.
C. Density Provisions for Low- and Moderate-Income Housing. For qualifying projects that consist of low- and moderate-income housing, as defined in California Government Code Section 65589.5(h)(3):
1. LCP provisions that reduce residential densities below those sought by an applicant shall not apply if the requested density falls within the range permitted by the underlying zone and the additional density permitted by California Government Code Section 65915 et seq.
2. An exception applies if there is a finding, based on substantial evidence, that the density sought by the applicant cannot be feasibly accommodated on the site in a manner that is in conformity with Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 30200) of the Coastal Act or the other provisions of the LCP applicable to the project. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Review Concurrent with Planning Application. All requests under state density bonus law shall be part of the planning application and shall be applied for, reviewed, and acted upon concurrently with the planning application by the approval body with the authority to approve the development, within the timelines prescribed by California Government Code Section 65950 et seq. or other applicable statute. Appeals of the density bonus components of a project shall be made concurrently with any allowable appeals for the underlying planning application in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 24.565 (Appeal Procedure).
B. State Law Compliance. To ensure that an application for housing development conforms with the provisions of state density bonus law and the Coastal Act, the report to the decision-making body shall state whether the application conforms to the following requirements, as applicable:
1. The housing development provides the housing required by state density bonus law to be eligible for the density bonus and any requested incentive or concession, waiver or reduction of development standards, adjusted parking ratios, or any combination thereof, including the replacement of units as required by California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3).
2. If applicable, the housing development provides the housing required by state density bonus law to be eligible for an additional density bonus under California Government Code Section 65915(v)(1).
3. If an incentive or concession is requested, that any requested incentive will result in identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5, or for affordable rents, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 50053; except that, if a mixed-use development is requested, the application must instead meet all of the requirements of California Government Code Section 65915(k)(2).
4. If a waiver or reduction of development standards is requested, that the housing development project is eligible for a waiver, and the development standards for which a waiver is requested would have the effect of physically precluding the construction of the housing development at the densities or with the concessions or incentives permitted by state density bonus law.
5. If parking reductions are requested, that the housing development is eligible for any requested parking reductions under California Government Code Section 65915(p).
6. If the density bonus is based, all or in part, on donation of land, that all requirements in California Government Code Section 65915(g) have been met.
7. If the density bonus or incentive is based, all or in part, on the inclusion of a childcare facility, that all requirements in California Government Code Section 65915(h) have been met.
8. If the density bonus or incentive is based, all or in part, on the inclusion of a condominium conversion, that the requirements in California Government Code Section 65915.5 and Chapter 24.425 (Residential Condominium Conversion Regulations) have been met.
9. That the requested density bonus, and any requested incentive or concession, waiver or reduction of development standards, adjusted parking ratios, or any combination thereof, is consistent with all applicable requirements of the certified local coastal program.
C. Findings for Denial of Incentive/Concession. The decision-making body shall grant an incentive or concession requested by the applicant unless it makes a written finding to deny, based upon substantial evidence of any of the following:
1. The proposed incentive or concession does not result in identifiable and actual cost reductions consistent with state density bonus law to provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5, or for affordable rents, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 50053;
2. The proposed incentive or concession would have a specific, adverse impact upon public health or safety or on any real property listed in the California Register of Historic Resources, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without rendering the housing development unaffordable to low- and moderate-income households; or
3. The proposed incentive or concession would be contrary to state or federal law.
D. Findings for Denial of Waiver/Reduction. The decision-making body shall grant the waiver or reduction of development standards requested by the applicant unless it makes a written finding to deny, based upon substantial evidence of any of the following:
1. The proposed waiver or reduction would have a specific adverse impact upon health or safety, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact;
2. The proposed waiver or reduction of development standards would have an adverse impact on any real property listed in the California Register of Historic Resources;
3. The proposed waiver would be contrary to state or federal law; or
4. The development standards for which a waiver or reduction is requested do not physically prevent the construction of the housing development at the densities or with the concessions or incentives allowed under state density bonus law.
E. Findings for Denial of Childcare Facility. If a childcare facility complies with the requirements of California Government Code Section 65915(h), the decision-making body may deny a density bonus or incentive that is based on the provision of a childcare facility only if it makes a written finding, based on substantial evidence, that the city already has adequate childcare facilities. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Affordable Housing Agreement Requirement.
1. Agreement Execution. If a density bonus, incentive or concession, waiver or reduction of development standards, or adjusted parking ratio is approved pursuant to this chapter, the applicant shall enter into an affordable housing agreement with the city using a form approved by the city.
2. Agreement Recording. After execution by all parties, the agreement shall be recorded by the applicant as a deed restriction against the property where the project is located.
3. Binding Nature. The agreement shall run with the land and bind all future owners and successors in interest of the property.
4. Timing. Approval and recording of the agreement shall occur before final map approval, or if no map is processed, before the issuance of any building permit for the property.
5. The following requirements in subsections B and C of this section shall be in addition to (and applied consistently with) the provisions of state density bonus law (including without limitation California Government Code Section 65915(c)).
B. Requirements for Rental Projects.
1. Affordability Period. The affordability of all rental units qualifying for a density bonus, incentive or concession, waiver or reduction of development standards, or adjusted parking ratio must be maintained for a minimum of 55 years or longer if required by the construction or mortgage financing assistance program, mortgage insurance program, or rental subsidy program.
2. Agreement Details. The agreement shall identify the type, size and location of each affordable unit; specify the eligible occupants; and specify phasing of the affordable units relative to market-rate units.
3. Rent Setting. Rents for the affordable units shall be set at an affordable rent as defined by state density bonus law.
C. Requirements for For-Sale Projects.
1. Initial Purchase Requirement. For-sale units qualifying for a density bonus, incentive or concession, waiver or reduction of development standards, or adjusted parking ratio shall initially be sold to persons and households of very low, low, or moderate income. If not purchased by lower- or moderate-income households within 180 days after the final certificate of occupancy is issued, the units must be sold pursuant to a recorded contract that satisfies the requirements of California Revenue and Taxation Code Section 402.1(a)(10) to a qualified nonprofit housing corporation as defined by state density bonus law. The units must then be offered at an affordable housing cost, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5.
2. Equity Sharing Agreement. The city shall require and enforce an equity sharing agreement consistent with state density bonus law unless it is in conflict with the requirements of another public funding source or law.
3. Affordability Period. The affordability of all for-sale units qualifying for a density bonus, incentive or concession, waiver or reduction of development standards, or adjusted parking ratio must be maintained for a minimum of 45 years or the time period required by any applicable federal or state law or regulation, if different.
D. Requirements for Senior Housing Developments. Applicants must enter into a restrictive covenant with the city, running with the land, ensuring that the housing development operates as a senior citizen housing development or a mobile home park that limits residency based on age requirements for housing for older persons, as applicable, consistent with state density bonus law and state and federal fair housing laws.
E. Additional Terms. The affordable housing agreement shall include:
1. The number of units approved for the housing development, including the number and type of affordable and density bonus units;
2. The location, unit size(s) (square footage), and number of bedrooms of affordable units;
3. Schedule for production of affordable units;
4. Details on incentives, concessions or waivers, or reduction of development standards provided by the city;
5. Where applicable, limits on tenure and conditions for the initial sale of affordable units;
6. Where applicable, tenure and conditions establishing rules and procedures for qualifying tenants, setting rental rates, filling vacancies, and operating and maintaining units for affordable rental dwelling units;
7. Compliance with state and federal laws;
8. Prohibition against discrimination;
9. Indemnification of city;
10. City’s right to inspect units and documents;
11. Remedies; and
12. Any additional information or documentation that may be required by the city. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Rounding of Density Calculations. In determining the total number of units to be granted, each component of any density calculation, including base density and density bonus, resulting in fractional units shall be separately rounded up to the next whole number. When calculating the number of affordable units needed for a given density bonus, any fractions of affordable dwelling units shall be rounded up to the next whole number.
B. Entitlement and Selection of Density Bonus. Except where a housing development is eligible for an additional bonus pursuant to California Government Code Section 65915(v), each housing development is entitled to only one density bonus. If a housing development qualifies for a density bonus under more than one category, the applicant shall identify the category under which the density bonus is requested.
C. Exclusion of Density Bonus Units in Calculations. In determining the number of affordable units required to qualify a housing development for a density bonus pursuant to state density bonus law, units added by a density bonus are not included in the calculations. Any on-site units that satisfy the city’s inclusionary housing requirements in this chapter and are required to be constructed concurrently with the housing development may qualify the housing development for a density bonus if those units meet the requirements of state density bonus law.
D. Acceptance and Limitations of Density Bonus. The applicant may elect to accept a lesser percentage of density bonus than the housing development is entitled, or no density bonus at all. No reduction will be permitted in the percentages of required affordable units contained in California Government Code Sections 65915(b), 65915(c), and 65915(f). Regardless of the number of affordable units provided, no housing development shall be entitled to a density bonus higher than what is authorized under state density bonus law.
E. No Obligations for Financial Incentives. Nothing in this chapter requires the provision of direct financial incentives from the city for the housing development, including, but not limited to, the provision of financial subsidies, publicly owned land, fee waivers, or waiver of dedication requirements. The city, at its sole discretion, may choose to provide such direct financial incentives. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Number of Incentives. The number of incentives that may be requested shall be based upon the number the applicant is entitled to pursuant to state density bonus law.
B. On-Site Vehicular Parking Ratios. If a housing development is eligible for a density bonus pursuant to state density bonus law, the applicant may request an on-site vehicular parking ratio in accordance with California Government Code Section 65915(p). (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Inclusionary Requirements. Development projects consisting of seven or more dwelling units shall provide and designate at least 10 percent of the total for-sale dwelling units as inclusionary units, and at least 15 percent of the total rental dwelling units as inclusionary units, or 20 percent of the total dwelling units as inclusionary units when the inclusionary units are provided via rehabilitation, acquisition, or preservation per Section 24.445.140.
B. Targeted Income Groups. The targeted income group for the for-sale inclusionary units is 10 percent for moderate-income households and the targeted income group for rental inclusionary units is 10 percent for low-income households and five percent for very low-income households. At the discretion of the applicant and with the approval of the city, the project may provide a deeper level of affordability.
C. Density Bonus Units. When calculating the number of required inclusionary units, any additional dwelling units granted as a density bonus under this chapter or state law will not be considered as part of the required number of inclusionary units.
D. Fractional Units. Any fractional number of inclusionary units required in a residential development shall be provided by payment of an in-lieu fee in the amount determined pursuant to Section 24.445.140 unless the applicant elects to round up to the nearest whole number of units and provide that unit.
E. Combination For-Sale and Rental Development. When a residential development includes a combination of for-sale and rental dwelling units, the number and income levels for inclusionary units required for the residential development is calculated for each category of dwelling units (i.e., for-sale and rental) individually and then combined to comprise the residential development’s total inclusionary housing requirement under this chapter.
F. Other Incentives. Depending on the number of inclusionary units provided, the applicant may be eligible for one or more other regulatory incentives set forth in this chapter. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
The inclusionary housing requirements of this chapter shall not apply to:
A. Residential developments of six dwelling units or less.
B. Residential units constructed pursuant to the city’s accessory dwelling unit (ADU) provisions as set forth in Chapter 24.430.
C. The reconstruction of any structures that have been destroyed by fire, flood, earthquake or other act of nature; provided, that the reconstruction of the site does not increase the number of dwelling units by seven or more.
D. Residential building additions, repairs or remodels; provided, that such work does not increase the number of existing dwelling units by seven or more. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Timing of Construction. The location of the inclusionary units within a housing development must be designated before issuance of building permits for the development. Inclusionary units shall be constructed and occupied concurrently with or prior to the construction and occupancy of market-rate units. In phased developments, inclusionary units may be constructed and occupied in proportion to the number of dwelling units in each phase of the development.
B. Location. Inclusionary units shall be dispersed throughout a housing development and not clustered in a particular area of the development. Inclusionary units within developments that share a common entrance shall not have separate entrances for market-rate and inclusionary units.
C. Design. Inclusionary units shall be comparable in design to market-rate units, with comparable infrastructure (including sewer, water, and other utilities), construction quality, and exterior design. The number of bedrooms in inclusionary units shall be equivalent to the number of bedrooms in corresponding market-rate units, but the inclusionary units may be smaller in size than the market-rate units. Inclusionary units may have different interior finishes and features than market-rate units, so long as the interior features are durable, of good quality and consistent with contemporary standards for new housing, such as those applied by the low-income housing tax credit program.
D. Access to Common Amenities. Residents of inclusionary units shall have the same rights and access to common amenities in the development, such as parking, open space, storage, and recreational space, as residents in market-rate units.
E. Professional Rental Management Company. The applicant must employ and utilize a professional rental management company approved by the director for the management of all rental inclusionary units. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Inclusionary Housing Plan.
1. The applicant for a housing development subject to the inclusionary housing program shall submit an inclusionary housing plan in conjunction with its application for any development permit required under this title (Zoning Regulations) or any specific plan or community plan adopted by the city council.
2. The inclusionary housing plan shall include an acknowledgment that a recordable affordable housing agreement shall be entered into by the applicant, the owner (if not the applicant), and any other necessary party, and that resale restrictions, deeds of trust, and related documents may be recorded against inclusionary units.
3. The inclusionary housing plan shall be submitted on a separate plan sheet and shall include all necessary information to evaluate the plan for compliance with the requirements of this chapter, including a phasing plan for phased developments.
4. If the inclusionary housing plan is deemed incomplete, it will be returned to the applicant, along with a list of the deficiencies or the information required for completion.
B. Community Development Director Decision.
1. In conjunction with the processing of any underlying project approvals, the director shall approve, conditionally approve, or reject the inclusionary housing plan within 30 days of the date that the inclusionary housing plan is deemed complete by the director.
2. If the director rejects an inclusionary housing plan, the applicant may resubmit a plan that addresses and corrects all of the director’s original reasons for rejection.
3. An application for a housing development subject to this chapter will not be deemed complete until a complete inclusionary housing plan is submitted to the city.
4. At any time during the review process, the director may require the applicant to submit additional information reasonably necessary to clarify and supplement the inclusionary housing plan or determine the consistency of the inclusionary housing plan with the requirements of this chapter.
C. Affordable Housing Agreement.
1. Form. The affordable housing agreement form and any related declarations, resale restrictions, deeds of trust, and other documents authorized by this section shall be in a general form as prescribed by the city. The affordable housing agreement shall be approved by the director, and approved as to form by the city attorney, prior to being executed with respect to any housing development subject to the inclusionary housing program.
2. Recording. Affordable housing agreements approved by the city shall be recorded against inclusionary units prior to the issuance of any building permit for the development. Resale restrictions, deeds of trust, and/or other documents comprising or related to the affordable housing agreements specified by the director shall also be recorded against for-sale inclusionary units.
D. Building Permits. The city shall not issue a building permit for a housing development subject to the inclusionary housing program without an affordable housing agreement executed by the owner, the applicant (if not the owner) and the city manager, and approved as to form by the city attorney, and recorded against the property.
E. Implementation and Compliance Monitoring Fees.
1. The city council may, by resolution, establish fees and deposits for the reasonable cost of preparing documents and processing applications as required for the inclusionary housing program.
2. The city council may, by resolution, additionally establish compliance monitoring fees to recover the city’s reasonable costs for ongoing implementation of the inclusionary housing program. The city council shall establish separate compliance monitoring fees for for-sale and rental inclusionary units. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. In-Lieu Fees.
1. The payment of in-lieu fees may be used to satisfy the inclusionary housing requirement for the following residential developments:
a. Any fractional number of inclusionary units required in residential development.
b. For-sale developments.
c. Rental developments with 20 or fewer dwelling units.
d. Rental developments with more than 20 dwelling units; provided, that the decision-making authority for the housing development finds that constructing the required inclusionary units on site would be an extreme hardship, based on factors such as project size, site constraints, and/or excessively large affordability gaps. One way this can be achieved is for the applicant to demonstrate that the imposition of the affordable housing production requirement would violate the California and/or United States Constitution.
e. For the developments described in subsections (A)(1)(b) through (A)(1)(d) of this section, the applicant may alternatively satisfy the inclusionary housing requirement by providing a portion of the inclusionary units required pursuant to this chapter, and satisfying the remainder of the inclusionary housing requirement through payment of in-lieu fees.
2. In-lieu fees shall be paid according to a fee schedule adopted by the city council and adjusted annually based on the percentage change in new home prices and average apartment rent increases in Ventura County.
3. In-lieu fees shall be paid prior to the issuance of the first building permit for the housing development. For phased developments, the applicant may pay a pro rata share of the in-lieu fee concurrently with the issuance of building permits for each development phase.
4. Unless otherwise required by law, all in-lieu fees and any other funds collected under this chapter must be deposited into a separate account to be designated as the city of San Buenaventura inclusionary housing fund. The moneys in the inclusionary housing fund and all earnings from investment of the moneys in the inclusionary housing fund may only be expended to provide housing affordable to extremely low-income, very low-income, low-income, and moderate-income households in the city leveraging funds, and administration and compliance monitoring of the city’s inclusionary housing program set forth in this chapter.
B. Off-Site Construction. The inclusionary housing requirement may be satisfied by the construction of inclusionary units off site as follows:
1. Irrespective of whether the market-rate units are for-sale units or rental units, the inclusionary units constructed off site shall be rental units for eligible very low-income households.
2. Off-site construction of accessory dwelling units (ADUs) shall not qualify as off-site inclusionary units.
3. Location of Off-Site Inclusionary Units.
a. The off-site inclusionary units shall be located within one-half mile of the market-rate development that is subject to the inclusionary housing requirement, unless the units are located within a moderate or higher resource area as defined by the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee (TCAC) Opportunities Mapping.
b. The development shall not create an overconcentration of deed-restricted affordable dwelling units in any specific neighborhood unless the units are located within a moderate or higher resource area as defined by the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee (TCAC) Opportunities Mapping.
c. “Overconcentration” means more than 50 deed-restricted dwelling units for eligible very low- or low-income households within one-quarter mile of the land, or more than 200 deed-restricted dwelling units for eligible very low- or low-income households within one-half mile of the land.
4. Building design, quality, and maintenance standards shall be of good quality and consistent with contemporary standards for new housing, such as those applied by the low-income housing tax credit program.
5. The number of bedrooms in the off-site inclusionary units is not required to be equivalent to the number of bedrooms in the market-rate development. However, the off-site inclusionary units shall meet the following requirements:
a. No more than 15 percent of the off-site inclusionary units shall be studios.
b. At least 40 percent of the off-site inclusionary units shall include two or more bedrooms.
6. A market-rate developer may enter into an agreement with an affordable housing developer to construct, own, and operate the off-site inclusionary units required to fulfill the inclusionary housing requirement, provided:
a. The affordable housing developer is approved by the city.
b. The affordable housing developer has recent relevant experience as determined by the city.
c. The affordable housing developer does not request any financial assistance from the city.
d. The inclusionary units are constructed prior to or concurrently with the market-rate development that triggered the inclusionary housing requirement. For phased developments, the inclusionary units shall be completed during the first phase of the market-rate development.
e. The affordable housing developer may apply pursuant to state density bonus law and the provisions of this chapter for a density bonus and the statutorily established number of incentives or concessions to construct the units.
C. Land Dedication. At the discretion of the decision-making authority for the development, the inclusionary housing requirement may be satisfied by the dedication of land as follows:
1. The land shall be conveyed to the city at no cost.
2. Payment in full of all property taxes and special taxes shall be made when the proposal for land dedication is submitted, and again prior to conveyance of the land to the city.
3. The inclusionary housing units constructed on the land shall be rental units affordable to eligible very low-income households.
4. Location of land to be dedicated and units on that land.
a. The land to be dedicated shall be located within one mile of the market-rate development that is subject to the inclusionary housing requirement, unless the units are located within a moderate or higher resource area as defined by the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee/California Department of Housing and Community Development (TCAC/HCD) Opportunities Mapping.
b. The inclusionary units constructed on the land to be dedicated shall not create an overconcentration of deed-restricted affordable dwelling units in any specific neighborhood, unless the units are located within a moderate or higher resource area as defined by the TCAC/HCD Opportunities Mapping.
c. “Overconcentration” means more than 50 deed-restricted dwelling units for eligible very low- or low-income households within one-quarter mile of the land to be dedicated, or more than 200 deed-restricted dwelling units for eligible very low- or low-income households within one-half mile of the land to be dedicated.
5. Upon submittal of a proposal for land dedication, evidence shall be provided that:
a. The developer has control of the land to be dedicated.
b. The land to be dedicated is free of any liens.
c. The developer has disclosed any encumbrances or easements that adversely impact the land’s title, and these have been factored into the estimated value of the land dedication.
d. The land to be dedicated does not contain any hazardous materials, and:
i. The developer has disclosed whether any hazardous materials were previously contained on the site.
ii. If any hazardous materials were previously remediated on the site, the developer has provided evidence that cleanup was performed in accordance with applicable law.
e. The land has not been improved with any residential use for at least five years prior to the submission of the land dedication proposal.
f. The land’s existing general plan and zoning allows for residential use at a density sufficient to permit the development of the required number of inclusionary units. The land is suitable in terms of size, configuration, and physical characteristics to allow cost-efficient development of the required number of inclusionary units.
g. The land is fully served by the necessary infrastructure to support the required number of inclusionary units.
6. The developer shall submit all necessary information to evaluate the proposal for compliance with the requirements of this chapter.
7. City staff shall review land dedication proposals prior to consideration by the decision-making authority, to ensure they meet the requirements of this section.
D. Rehabilitation, Acquisition, and Preservation. At the discretion of the decision-making authority for the development, the inclusionary housing requirement may be fulfilled through:
1. The rehabilitation of existing residential units to ensure they meet current building and health codes. Rehabilitation means the process of repairing or improving existing residential dwelling units to meet current health, safety, and building code standards. This includes structural fixes, updates to electrical and plumbing systems, and any repairs necessary to ensure the dwelling is habitable and meets modern standards of safety and accessibility.
2. The acquisition of existing residential units to be designated as affordable housing units. Acquisition means the purchase of existing residential dwelling units by a developer to make them available as inclusionary units. The acquired units must then be designated as affordable housing units with long-term affordability covenants.
3. The preservation of existing affordable housing units. Preservation means the act of maintaining existing affordable residential dwelling units to ensure they remain available for very low-income households. Preservation includes extending or renewing affordability covenants, maintaining the physical and structural integrity of the units, and ensuring that the units comply with current building and health standards.
4. Affordability Covenants and Restrictions.
a. The inclusionary units shall have long-term affordability covenants and restrictions that require them to be available to, and occupied by, very low-income households for at least 55 years or the time period required by any applicable federal or state law or regulation.
b. The rents charged for the inclusionary units shall be equal to or less than the rents stipulated by California Health and Safety Code Section 50053 for very low-income households.
c. The developer shall commit an identified amount of financial assistance to the rehabilitation, acquisition, or preservation of the inclusionary units. This commitment must be documented and submitted to the decision-making authority for approval.
d. The developer shall demonstrate that the inclusionary units meet the requirements of California Government Code Section 65583.1(c), which specifies criteria for the provision of affordable housing.
e. If there are more dwelling units in the development than are required to fulfill the inclusionary housing requirement, those additional dwelling units may be rented at unrestricted market-rate rents. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Eligibility. The developer shall designate and offer for-sale inclusionary units to eligible households based on the inclusionary housing program.
B. Sale and Resale.
1. The initial sales price and resale price of for-sale inclusionary units shall be set to an affordable housing cost calculated by the city on the first day of each calendar quarter.
2. A resale restriction shall be entered into on each change of ownership to maintain the household income restriction on the for-sale inclusionary unit for at least 45 years or the time period required by any applicable federal or state law or regulation.
C. Transfer of Title. Upon the death of a joint owner of a for-sale inclusionary unit, title in the inclusionary unit may transfer to the surviving joint owner without respect to the income-eligibility of the household. Upon the death of a sole owner or all owners, and inheritance of the inclusionary unit by a non-income-eligible child or stepchild of one or more owners, there will be a one-year compassion period between the time when the estate is settled and the time when the inclusionary unit must be sold to an eligible household. Inheritance of an inclusionary unit by any other person whose household is not income-eligible shall require resale of the inclusionary unit to an eligible household as soon as is feasible but not more than 180 days from when the estate is settled.
D. Owner Occupancy. Owners of inclusionary units shall:
1. Use and occupy the inclusionary unit as the owner’s principal residence for at least 10 months out of any 12-month period, or as determined appropriate by the director.
2. Not lease or rent any part of the inclusionary unit unless the city has given its prior written consent to such lease or rental on the basis of a demonstrated hardship by the owner.
E. Annual Report. The city may require owners of inclusionary units to provide an annual written report with information to certify continuing occupancy, as well as additional information deemed reasonably necessary by the city. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Eligibility. The developer shall designate and offer rental inclusionary units to eligible low- and very low-income households based on the inclusionary housing program.
B. Maximum Rent. The maximum allowable rent of inclusionary units will be affordable rents established by the city on at least an annual basis.
C. Duration of Affordability Requirement. The household income restriction on rental inclusionary units shall be maintained for at least 55 years or the time period required by any applicable federal or state law or regulation.
D. Income Certification. The owner of rental inclusionary units shall certify each tenant household’s income to the director at the time of initial rental. The owner shall obtain and review documents that demonstrate the prospective renter’s total income, such as income tax returns, and submit such information on a form approved by the city.
E. Annual Report. The owner shall submit an annual report summarizing the occupancy of each rental inclusionary unit for the year and demonstrating the continued income-eligibility of the tenant. The city may require additional information if deemed necessary.
F. Changes in Tenant Income.
1. If the income of a tenant of eligible very low-income rental inclusionary unit changes to exceed the very low-income limit, but not the low-income limit:
a. The owner may allow the tenant to remain in the original unit at the affordable rent for low-income households; provided, that the next vacant rental unit shall be redesignated as an inclusionary rental unit for eligible very low-income households; or
b. The tenant shall be given one year’s notice to vacate the unit. If, during the year, an inclusionary unit affordable to low-income households becomes available, the owner shall allow the tenant to submit an application for that unit.
2. If the income of a tenant of eligible low-income rental inclusionary unit changes to exceed the income limits for that unit:
a. The owner may raise the tenant’s rent to market rate and allow the tenant to remain in the original unit; provided, that another unit in the development is redesignated as an inclusionary rental unit affordable to eligible very low- or low-income households within one year.
b. If the owner does not want to redesignate another unit as an inclusionary rental unit, the tenant shall be given one year’s notice to vacate the unit.
G. Condominium Conversions.
1. A developer or eligible organization may convert rental inclusionary units to for-sale inclusionary units as follows:
a. Rental developments that include a tentative map for future conversion to for-sale units may pay in-lieu fees for for-sale inclusionary units at the time of map approval.
b. Existing rental inclusionary units may be maintained with affordable rents, while market-rate rental units may be converted to for-sale units.
c. Relocation benefits may be provided to tenants in the rental inclusionary units, and converted units may be offered for sale at an affordable housing cost to eligible moderate-income households.
2. In the event a developer or eligible organization wishes to change the initial designation of a rental inclusionary unit to a for-sale inclusionary unit for the purposes of offering the inclusionary unit for sale, the city must be sent notice, and must have acknowledged said notice prior to the inclusionary unit being offered for sale. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
Developer must use commercially reasonable efforts to market the inclusionary units to eligible residents of the city, including but not limited to the following:
A. No later than 90 days after the issuance of building permits for the first of the inclusionary units, notifying local government and nonprofit agencies serving income qualified households in the city (a list of such organizations provided by the city) of the availability of any low or very low-income units and requesting that these organizations assist in publicizing the availability of such units to their members and clients;
B. Placing a sign at the housing development advertising the availability of the inclusionary units and providing contact information throughout the marketing period; and
C. Advertising the availability of the inclusionary units on social media outlets and local newspapers in multiple languages, consistent with the direction of the city, that cater to city residents (a list of which will be provided by the city). (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Application. The requirements of this chapter may be modified or waived by application submitted pursuant to this section if the applicant demonstrates to the director that applying these requirements, considered together with any variances, or regulatory concessions or incentives that may be applied to the proposed development, would take property in violation of the United States or California Constitution.
B. Constitutional Requirement. Any adjustments or waivers may only modify the inclusionary housing requirement to the extent necessary to avoid an unconstitutional result. If the director determines no violation of the United States or California Constitution would occur through application of this chapter, the requirements of this chapter shall remain applicable.
C. Decision.
1. The director shall review the application received pursuant to this section and issue a written decision.
2. In making a determination on the requested adjustment or waiver, the decision-maker shall consider each of the following:
a. Application of the inclusionary housing requirement to the residential development;
b. Application of any applicable inclusionary or density bonus concessions or incentives;
c. Utilization of the most cost-efficient product type for the inclusionary units; and
d. The potential for external funding, including, but not limited to, governmental grants, loans, or subsidies of any nature where reasonably likely to occur.
D. Appeals. Determinations and decisions made pursuant to this chapter may be appealed to the city council in the manner and within the time set forth in Chapter 24.565. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. No Net Loss of Dwelling Units. Notwithstanding any other law and notwithstanding density limitations on a site, no permit shall be issued for a housing development project that will require demolition of one or more residential dwelling units unless the project will create at least as many residential dwelling units as will be demolished. For purposes of this section, “housing development project” has the same meaning as defined in California Government Code Section 65905.5(b)(3), which is the same as the term is defined in California Government Code Section 65589.5(h)(2), as amended from time to time, except that it also includes projects that involve no discretionary approvals and projects that include a proposal to construct a single dwelling unit.
B. Affordable Replacement Housing Units. Notwithstanding any law, the city shall not approve any housing development project that will require the demolition of occupied or vacant protected units, or that is located on a site where protected units were demolished in the previous five years, unless all of the following requirements are satisfied:
1. Units occupied on the date of application shall be replaced according to the size and cost as those households in occupancy pursuant to California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3)(B)(i). Units that have been demolished or vacated on the date of application shall be replaced based upon the high point in occupancy during the previous five years pursuant to California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3)(B)(ii).
a. If the incomes of the individuals and households are not known, the rebuttable presumption in California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3)(B)(i) regarding lower-income households shall be inclusive of the percentage of extremely low-income, very low-income and low-income households in the same proportion as their share of all renter households within the city of San Buenaventura, as determined by the director utilizing the most recently available data from the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development’s Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy database. If a housing development project is utilizing an affordable housing incentive program that does not include an option to include one of these income levels, the income category will not be required.
b. Units subject to California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3)(C) deemed or presumed to be occupied by persons or families above the lower-income category shall be replaced with low-income units pursuant to Section 65915(c)(3)(C)(i), as determined by the department.
2. Any protected units replaced pursuant to this subsection shall be considered in determining whether the housing development project satisfies the requirements of California Government Code Section 65915 or any locally adopted requirement that requires, as a condition of the development of residential rental units, that the project provide a certain percentage of residential rental units affordable to, and occupied by, households with incomes that do not exceed the limits for moderate-income, lower-income, very low-income, or extremely low-income households, as specified in Sections 50079.5, 50093, 50105, and 50106 of the California Health and Safety Code.
3. Notwithstanding the requirements above, the replacement requirements of this section shall not apply to the following:
a. The project is an industrial use.
b. The project site is entirely within a zone that does not allow residential uses.
c. The zoning applicable to the project site that does not allow residential uses was adopted prior to January 1, 2022.
d. The protected units that are or were on the project site are or were nonconforming uses.
4. Owners of a housing development project subject to the above requirements must complete an application for a replacement unit determination with the department. Information provided by the owner and existing tenant(s), as well as information gathered by the department, will be used to determine whether any protected units exist.
C. Existing Occupant Protections.
1. Right to Remain. Any existing occupants shall be allowed to occupy their units until six months before the start of construction activities with proper notice, subject to Chapter 16 (commencing with Section 7260) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the California Government Code. A housing developer shall provide written notice to existing occupants of the planned demolition, the date they must vacate, and their rights under this section. Notice shall be provided at least six months in advance of the date that existing occupants must vacate. Housing developers must agree to the right to remain requirement on a form provided by the department.
2. Right to Return if Demolition Does Not Proceed. Any existing occupants that are required to leave their units shall be allowed to return at their prior rental rate if the demolition does not proceed and the property is returned to the rental market. A housing developer shall agree to this requirement on a form provided by the department.
3. Right to Relocation. Any existing occupants of any protected units that are lower-income households shall be provided with relocation benefits equivalent to those required to be paid by public entities pursuant to Chapter 16 (commencing with Section 7260) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the California Government Code and any implementing regulations.
4. Right of First Refusal. Any existing occupants of any protected units that are lower income households shall be given a right of first refusal for a comparable unit available in the new housing development affordable to the household at an affordable rent or an affordable housing cost. A comparable unit contains the same number of bedrooms but is not required to have the same or similar square footage or the same number of total rooms. In cases when a single-family home with four or more bedrooms is being replaced, a comparable unit may have three bedrooms. This requirement shall not apply to any of the following:
a. A development project that consists of a single residential unit located on a site where a single protected unit is being demolished.
b. Units in a housing development in which 100 percent of the units, exclusive of a manager’s unit or units, are reserved for lower income households, except when protected units occupied by an occupant who qualifies for residence in the new development and for whom providing a comparable unit would not be precluded due to unit size limitations or other requirements of any funding source of the housing development, as determined by the department. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Administrative Regulations. The city manager and the director may prepare and promulgate administrative regulations to implement this chapter.
B. Density Bonus Units for Inclusionary Housing Program. Except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law, affordable units that qualify a development for a density bonus count toward satisfying any obligation under the city’s inclusionary housing program.
C. Automatic Incorporation of State Law Amendments. This chapter implements the state density bonus law. In the event that state density bonus law and any other applicable state laws are amended, those amended provisions shall be incorporated into this chapter. Should any inconsistencies exist between the state law as now written or as amended, and the provisions set forth in this chapter, state law shall prevail.
D. Enforcement. The city may institute any appropriate legal actions or proceedings necessary to ensure compliance with this chapter pursuant to the procedures of Title 1, including:
1. Actions to revoke, deny or suspend any development approval or permit, including a building permit, certificate of occupancy, or discretionary approval.
2. Actions to recover from any violator of this chapter, civil fines, restitution to prevent unjust enrichment from a violation of this chapter, and/or enforcement costs, including attorneys’ fees.
3. Actions to enforce the provisions of this chapter, including the terms of any density bonus and/or inclusionary housing agreement or documents prepared to administer the affordability and eligibility requirements.
4. Eviction or foreclosure.
5. Any other appropriate action for injunctive relief or damages.
E. No Waiver. Failure of any city official, employee, or agent to fulfill the requirements of this chapter shall not excuse any person, owner, household, or other party from the requirements of this chapter.
F. Remedies Are Cumulative. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and not exclusive and do not preclude the city from any other remedy or relief to which it otherwise would be entitled under law or equity. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
This chapter establishes regulations governing the use of trailer coaches, as defined in Chapter 24.110. This chapter provides for the use of trailer coaches on certain sites for limited periods of time. (Code 1971, § 15.650.010)
Trailer coaches may be used for the purposes described in subsections A through C of this section; provided, that a director’s permit is approved pursuant to Chapter 24.505 prior to the initiation of the trailer coach use. Unless the use is approved for a use permit in accordance with Section 24.450.030, the use may not be maintained longer than 12 months from the date of issuance of the director’s permit authorizing the trailer coach use. The following uses may be authorized:
A. Real Estate Sales Office. The sales office must be located at the site of the dwelling units offered for sale and may remain at the site for a maximum of 12 months or until all units in the development are sold, whichever occurs first;
B. Temporary Office. One temporary office, other than a real estate sales office, at any one site in all zones except residential zones, the parks (P) zone, and the agriculture (A) zone;
C. Caretaker’s Residence. A caretaker’s residence may be authorized to provide temporary security for a site if deemed necessary and reasonable by the director, such as during construction. (Code 1971, § 15.650.020)
Trailer coaches, as defined in Chapter 24.110, may be used as indicated for the following purposes for longer than 12 months; provided, that a use permit is approved and all conditions imposed on the use permit pursuant to Chapter 24.520 are complied with:
A. Real Estate Sales Office. Any such real estate sales office must be located at the site of the dwelling units offered for sale. The maximum time limit that may be allowed for this use shall not exceed two years inclusive of any extensions;
B. Temporary Office. A temporary office at any one location or premises in all zones except residential zones, the parks (P) one, and the agriculture (A) zone. The maximum time limit that may be allowed for this use shall not exceed two years inclusive of any extensions. (Code 1971, § 15.650.030)
A trailer coach may be used as a temporary residence for the homeless only to the extent allowed by this section:
A. A trailer coach may be used as a temporary residence for the homeless only if:
1. Such trailer coach is located on a premises which has an existing, valid use permit for a Community Meeting use type;
2. Only if the sole purpose of such residence is to provide temporary housing for otherwise homeless individuals; and
3. Only if the underlying zone permits residential use types.
B. A trailer coach that complies with subsection A of this section may be approved as a temporary residence by the director as a minor change to an existing use permit in accordance with Chapter 24.505, but only for a maximum period of 12 months. Any use of a trailer coach as a temporary residence for the homeless for more than 12 months requires approval of an amendment to the existing use permit in accordance with Chapters 24.520 and 24.570. The maximum period of time that may be allowed for this use pursuant to an amendment to a use permit shall not exceed five years inclusive of any extensions. (Code 1971, § 15.650.040)
This chapter establishes regulations for nonconforming lots, nonconforming structures, and nonconforming uses, including uses that are nonconforming as to required off-street parking. This chapter is intended to allow nonconforming lots, structures, uses, and off-street parking arrangements to continue to the extent consistent with the health, safety and public welfare purposes of this zoning ordinance, with the ultimate goal being to bring such nonconforming lots, structures, and uses into compliance with applicable zoning regulations. (Code 1971, § 15.665.010)
Lots which are nonconforming as to area or width are regulated as follows:
A. Change to Configuration. The lot lines of a nonconforming lot may be changed or adjusted if and only if:
1. The resulting reconfiguration brings the nonconforming lot into, or closer to, conformity with the requirements of this zoning ordinance; and
2. Any and all other lots affected by the change or adjustment remain in compliance with zoning regulations.
B. Occupation by Use. A nonconforming lot may be occupied by any use permitted in the zoning district in which the lot is located; provided, that any and all other requirements of this chapter and this zoning ordinance are met. A nonconforming lot may be occupied by a nonconforming use only to the extent allowed by Sections 24.465.040, 24.465.050, and 24.465.060 and the provisions of Chapter 24.445.
C. Construction Activities. The following construction activities may be carried out on a nonconforming lot; provided, that all buildings or other structures, or portions thereof, that are the subject of such construction shall comply with all other requirements of this zoning ordinance including, but not limited to, requirements for setbacks, yards, height, and lot coverage and off-street parking:
1. Construction of new buildings or other structures; or
2. Additions to existing buildings or other structures. (Code 1971, § 15.665.020)
Buildings or other structures that are nonconforming as to setback, yard, height, lot coverage, or other zoning regulations may be repaired, replaced, or added to only to the extent permitted by this section:
A. Additions. A conforming building or other structure may be added to; provided, that the portion of the building or other structure comprising such addition complies with all requirements of this zoning ordinance including, but not limited to, setback, yard, height, and lot coverage.
B. Restoration of Building or Other Structure. If a nonconforming building or structure is damaged or partially destroyed by fire, flood, wind, earthquake, or other calamity or act of God or the public enemy, structural alterations or other repairs for purposes of reconstruction may be carried out to the extent allowed by this subsection B:
1. If the extent of such damage or partial destruction to the nonconforming building or other structure by fire, flood, wind, earthquake, or other calamity or act of God or the public enemy is more than 50 percent of the value of the structure that was destroyed or partially destroyed, as determined by an appraisal by a qualified appraiser who is acceptable to the director, at the time of such damage or partial destruction, no structural alterations or other repairs for the purposes of reconstruction may be made unless every portion is made to conform to all regulations for new construction in the zone in which it is located including, but not limited to, setback, yard, height, and lot coverage regulations. The use or uses occupying or otherwise using such building or other structure must also be brought into compliance with the off-street parking regulations of Chapter 24.415 unless such nonconforming building or other structure is in the downtown parking overlay zone, in which instance, the use or uses must comply with Chapter 24.445.
2. However, if the total cost of such structural alterations and other repairs required for reconstruction does not exceed 50 percent of the value of the building or other structure at the time of such damage, such structural alterations and other repairs may be carried out to such damaged or partially destroyed portions of the nonconforming building or other structure without bringing all portions of the building or other structure into conformance with all regulations for new construction in the zone in which it is located.
C. Other Repair. Repair of nonconforming buildings or other structures, other than structural alterations and other repairs required for restoration of damaged or partially destroyed buildings, may be carried out; provided, that:
1. No structural alterations may be carried out unless those structural alterations are determined by the building official to be required for protection of the public health or safety, and
2. No like-for-like reconstruction of nonconforming buildings or other structure may be carried out unless such reconstruction is determined by the building official to be required for protection of the public health or safety.
D. Remodels, and Other Additions or Alterations. Notwithstanding any provisions of subsections A and C of this section to the contrary, in any instance where a person proposes to, or commences to, alter, expand, or add to an existing nonconforming building or structure and nonconforming portions of the nonconforming building or structure are demolished in the course of such alterations, expansions, or additions, all nonconforming portions of the building or structure so demolished shall be reconstructed in compliance with all height, setback, yard, lot coverage and other regulations applicable for the zone in which the nonconforming building or structure is located. The requirements of this subsection D shall apply regardless of whether such demolition is determined by the building official to be necessary to comply with the Uniform Building Code or required for the protection of the public health and safety. (Code 1971, § 15.665.030; Ord. No. 2001-10, § 7, 6-18-01)
A nonconforming use, including any uses incidental thereto, may continue provided such use is not intensified, expanded or extended in any way. Nonconforming uses shall not be changed to any other use, in whole or in part, except to a conforming use which is permitted in the zoning district in which the subject site is located. Once a nonconforming use on a site, or a portion of a site, has been discontinued for an uninterrupted period of six months, or changed to a conforming use which is permitted in the zoning district in which the site is located for any period of time, no such nonconforming use may be reestablished anywhere on that site.
However, any use classified within the Family Residential: Two-Family use type which lawfully exists in an R-1-6 or R-1-7 subzone may be added to; provided, that the portion of the building or structure comprising such addition complies with the requirements of this zoning ordinance, including, but not limited to, requirements for setbacks, yards, height; and lot coverage for the R-1 zone, and the off-street parking requirements of Chapter 24.415 for a Family Residential: Two-Family use type. (Code 1971, § 15.665.040)
A. Continuation of County Permits. Whenever property is annexed to the city and such property has a building, structure, or use of land that was lawfully established or maintained in Ventura County pursuant to a valid permit granted by Ventura County, or any agency or political subdivision thereof, any and all conditions or requirements placed on such permit must be complied with in order to continue or maintain such building, structure, or use of land in compliance with this zoning ordinance. Violation of any such conditions or requirements shall constitute a violation of this zoning ordinance and shall be subject to the enforcement provisions as specified in Chapter 24.580 in addition to any and all other penalties and remedies provided by law.
B. Inhabited Annexation. Any property developed with an existing residential use type that becomes nonconforming as to any zoning regulation contained in this zoning ordinance as a result of an inhabited annexation, wherein a vote of the inhabitants of the area annexed was held prior to April 27, 1977, shall be deemed to be a legal nonconforming residential use with respect to such zoning regulations. Any such nonconforming residential use may be continued indefinitely, but the use may not be intensified, enlarged, expanded, or in any other manner changed or altered, except to bring the use into conformity or closer to conformity with existing regulations. However, any such nonconforming residential use that has been intensified, enlarged, expanded or otherwise changed or altered since the date the inhabited annexation occurred, and prior to December 31, 1976, may be altered or restored to the nature and scope of residential use that existed on the date of annexation, or to a use that is permitted in the zoning district in which the subject site is located, at the election of the property owner. Repairs may be carried out on buildings or other structures occupied by such nonconforming residential uses if the director determines that such repairs do not enlarge or expand the legal nonconforming use.
C. Inhabited Montalvo Area Annexation. Any property developed with an existing residential use type or structure that becomes nonconforming as to any zoning regulation contained in this zoning ordinance as a result of an inhabited annexation of Montalvo, effective on September 1, 2012, shall be deemed to be a legal nonconforming residential use or structure with respect to such zoning regulations. Any such nonconforming residential use may be continued indefinitely, but the use or structure may not be intensified, enlarged, expanded, or in any other manner changed or altered, except to bring the use or structure into conformity or closer to conformity with existing regulations. However, any such nonconforming residential use or structure that has been intensified, enlarged, expanded, or otherwise changed or altered since the date the inhabited annexation occurred, and prior to September 1, 2012, may be altered or restored to the nature and scope of residential use or structure that existed on the date of annexation, or to a use or structure that is permitted in the zoning district in which the subject site is located, at the election of the property owner. Repairs may be carried out on buildings or other structures occupied by such nonconforming residential uses if the director determines that such repairs do not enlarge or expand the legal nonconforming use or structure.
D. Animal Livestock Within Montalvo Area Annexation. Any number of chickens or miniature goats that existed within the Montalvo area prior to September 1, 2012, may remain on a legal residential lot for the life of the animal(s); provided, that a resident applies for a director’s permit by July 1, 2014. Any new chickens or miniature goats brought into the Montalvo area after September 1, 2012, are allowed with a director’s permit in the Montalvo area’s single-family lots within the R-1, R-2 zone subject to the following requirements:
1. Chickens.
a. No rooster shall be kept on a legal residential lot.
b. Up to a maximum of five chickens may be kept on a legal residential lot within the rear yard; provided, that the chicken coop is located no closer than 40 feet from any habitable residential structure on an adjacent property. The chicken coop and enclosure may directly abut the habitable residential structure(s) on site.
c. No slaughtering is allowed to occur on the property.
d. Every household keeping chickens must obtain a director’s permit and must renew the permit annually.
2. Miniature Goats.
a. Miniature goats are those commonly known as pygmy, dwarf and miniature goat.
b. No more than two miniature goats shall be kept on a legal residential lot within the rear yard, except that offspring may be kept on site for up to 12 weeks from birth; provided, that the goat shed is located no closer than 40 feet from any habitable residential structure on an adjacent property. The goat shed and enclosure may directly abut the habitable residential structure(s) on site.
c. No slaughtering is allowed to occur on the property.
d. Every household keeping miniature goat(s) must obtain a director’s permit and must renew the permit annually. (Code 1971, § 15.665.050; Ord. No. 2014-001, § 1, 1-13-14)
The provisions of this section shall apply, in addition to the provisions of Section 24.465.040, to all uses that are nonconforming as to the off-street parking requirements of Chapter 24.415 in all areas of the city, except for sites within the downtown parking overlay zone:
A. Repair of Buildings. Where the off-street parking provided for a use does not meet the requirements of Chapter 24.415, repair of any buildings on the site occupied by that use may be carried out; provided, that no structural alterations may be carried out unless the building official determines those structural alterations to be necessary for the protection of the public health and safety. If structural alterations are carried out which are not determined by the building official to be necessary for the protection of the public health or safety, all off-street parking requirements of Chapter 24.415 must be met by any and all uses occupying, or otherwise using, any buildings on the subject site.
B. Additions to Building. Where the off-street parking provided for a use does not meet the requirements of Chapter 24.415, additions to buildings on the site occupied by that use may be carried out only if all requirements of Chapter 24.415 are met by any and all uses occupying, or otherwise using, any buildings on the subject site.
C. Vacancy. In addition to the provisions of Section 24.465.040 regarding discontinuance of nonconforming uses and change of a nonconforming use to a conforming use, where any nonresidential use does not meet the off-street parking requirements of Chapter 24.415, and the building which the nonresidential use occupies becomes and remains vacant for an uninterrupted period of 12 months, the building may not be reoccupied, nor may any new land use be initiated anywhere on the site, unless all requirements of Chapter 24.415 are met. (Code 1971, § 15.665.060)
A. Where no buildings are occupied or otherwise used in connection with a nonconforming use, that use shall be terminated within five years from the date it became nonconforming; provided, that:
1. For any use that becomes nonconforming as a result of annexation from Ventura County, the five-year period of time specified by this subsection A for the termination of the nonconforming use shall be computed from the effective date of the annexation;
2. For any use that becomes nonconforming as a result of a zone change, the five-year period of time specified by this subsection A for the termination of the nonconforming use shall be computed from the effective date of the zone change.
B. Billboards which do not have a valid use permit shall be removed no later than May 13, 1971. (Code 1971, § 15.665.070)
Nonconforming signs are regulated by Chapter 24.420. (Code 1971, § 15.665.080)
This chapter establishes performance standards for the further regulation of uses permitted in industrial zones which abut uses permitted in residential zones in order to further protect the public health, safety, and welfare. (Code 1971, § 15.670.010)
The performance standards set forth in Section 24.470.030 shall apply to all uses, and expansions of existing uses, permitted in any industrial zone except those uses which were in operation prior to November 9, 1981, which abut any use permitted in any residential zone which is in conformance with the city’s comprehensive plan future land use designation. (Code 1971, § 15.670.020)
The following performance standards shall apply in addition to all other applicable provisions of this zoning ordinance, this code, and other provisions of law:
A. Impacts Upon Residential Uses and Zones. The following performance standards shall be measured on the property line of any residential dwelling or permitted use in an area with residential zoning and which is in conformance with the comprehensive plan future land use designation:
1. Noise. The noise level generated by any industrial facility subject to this chapter shall at no time exceed 65 CNEL (community noise equivalent level) at the property line; nor shall any noise be of an objectionable character so as to interfere with the free use, operation, and enjoyment of uses permitted in any residential zone.
2. Odors. Objectionable odors generated by an industrial use subject to this chapter shall not be noticeable at the property line.
3. Glare. Any objectionable continuous or periodic intense glare from any industrial zone use shall not be visible at the property line.
4. Heat. Heat from any industrial zone use shall not be discernible at the property line.
5. Vibration. Any objectionable continuous or periodic vibration resulting from any industrial zone use shall not be noticeable at the property line.
6. Electricity. Any industrial zone use involving electromagnetic forces shall not cause electrical disturbances or interference at the property line.
B. Air Contaminants. Visible emissions of air contaminants such as smoke, gases, or dust generated by any industrial zone use shall not last more than four minutes per hour.
C. Hazardous or Noxious Gases Liquids, Materials or Waste. Manufacture or storage of hazardous or noxious gases shall not be undertaken or carried on in a manner which permits unauthorized release into the air or ground. Hazardous or noxious liquids shall not be manufactured or stored in any manner which permits unauthorized seepage into the ground, release into sewers or open waters, or evaporation into the air. Manufacture or storage of hazardous solid matter shall not be undertaken or carried on in any manner which permits unauthorized mixture of such matter with the soil, runoff into sewers or open waterways, or introduction into the air (e.g., windblown dust). Production, storage, handling, or use of hazardous wastes or other hazardous materials shall be separated from residential or other sensitive uses by an adequate buffer. (Code 1971, § 15.670.030)
A. Application. During the initial study, the director will evaluate, to the extent feasible, conformance of proposed or expanded industrial facilities to the industrial performance standards set forth in this chapter. The director may require the project applicant to submit such evidence as is needed to make an objective determination of the effects of the project. The information which may be required to protect the public health and the environment from significant hazards may include, but is not limited to:
1. Plans of construction and development.
2. A description of machinery, processes, and products.
3. Measurements of the amount of, or rate of, emission of any dangerous and objectionable materials.
4. Specifications for the mechanisms and techniques used or proposed to be used in restricting the emission of any dangerous or objectionable materials as set forth in these regulations.
B. Expert Services. The director may require the applicant to solicit the advice of a qualified engineer or expert consultant regarding measures to bring the project into compliance with the performance standards. Such engineer(s) or consultant(s) shall be a person or firm mutually agreeable to the director and the applicant. The cost of the consultant’s or engineer’s services shall be borne by the applicant. Failure to submit such data required by the director within a specified time period shall render the application for other city licenses or permits incomplete and no further action need be taken thereon. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 58, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes development and operational standards for the Dining Establishments: Fast Service, Drive-Up use type. (Code 1971, § 15.675.010)
Uses classified within the Dining Establishments: Fast Service, Drive-Up use type, as defined in Chapter 24.115, shall be required to meet all the following development and operational standards; provided, that where a more restrictive standard is required by any other provision of this zoning ordinance, the more restrictive standard shall apply:
A. Front Setback. A front setback of not less than 20 feet is required;
B. Rear Setback. A rear setback of not less than 20 feet is required;
C. Side Setback. Side setbacks of not less than 10 feet are required for each side yard; provided, that in any instance where the proposed use is located adjacent to property used for residential purposes, a side setback of not less than 20 feet shall be required between the fast service drive-up restaurant use and the residential use;
D. Drive-Up Lanes. Drive-up lanes shall be designed and maintained as follows:
1. Drive-up lanes and order and pick-up stations shall not be oriented toward any adjacent properties located in a residential zone or any adjacent properties used for residential purposes.
2. Drive-up lanes shall not be located closer than 20 feet to any property line in order to minimize any adverse air quality impacts on nearby properties.
3. Drive-up lanes shall be oriented to minimize any potential adverse effects of speaker box noises, automobile engine noises, gas fumes, or the glare of approaching vehicle lights on adjacent properties.
4. Drive-up lanes shall be of sufficient length to accommodate, on the site, at least three waiting vehicles at a pickup station (approximately 60 feet) and five waiting vehicles at an order station (approximately 100 feet) without blocking access to parking or ingress or egress to adjacent streets.
5. Two separate internal customer traffic routes, one for drive-up customers and one for parking, sit-down customers, shall be provided. Each of these traffic routes shall be designed to minimize cross traffic between vehicles entering the site for parking and vehicles utilizing the drive-up facilities.
6. Where the proposed fast service drive-up restaurant use is developed as an integral part of a shopping center or other commercial complex, drive-up lanes shall not be closer than 30 feet to any building other than the fast service drive-up restaurant providing the drive-up lane;
E. Internal Circulation. On-site traffic circulation and parking shall be developed in a manner that minimizes conflicting traffic movements between ingress and egress lanes. In order to maximize the efficiency of the internal circulation system, access widths greater than those required by Chapter 24.415 may be required and a one-way internal traffic system may be required. Access lanes may be required to be demarcated with lines or Bott’s dots;
F. Parking. Off-street parking spaces shall be located so as to minimize conflicts with drive-up lanes and on-site traffic circulation. In addition, at least two of the required parking spaces shall be located near the drive-up lane order area to provide a place for vehicles to be parked as their occupants wait for their orders to be processed;
G. Landscaping. A minimum width of 10 feet of landscaping shall be provided adjacent to all elevations of the building except for walkways, drive-up lanes, or approved service accesses. A minimum width of five feet of landscaping shall be installed and maintained around the perimeter of the site, unless otherwise provided in this zoning ordinance;
H. Lighting. Ground-mounted light fixtures shall have a maximum height of 20 feet. Such light fixtures and all other lighting provided in conjunction with the use shall be shielded to prevent splash of light onto adjacent properties. The director may require photometric analysis to confirm compliance with this standard;
I. Trash Storage Areas. Trash storage areas shall be designed and integrated into the building and site so as to minimize adverse impacts on adjacent sites and streets. The design of such trash storage areas shall provide for easy access without interfering with pedestrian or vehicular traffic on site;
J. Restrooms. All restrooms shall be accessible from inside the building only; and
K. Arcade Games. No arcade games shall be permitted either inside or outside the building. (Code 1971, § 15.675.020; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 59, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes development and operational standards for the review of outdoor dining uses in the public right-of-way in commercial, industrial or parks zones. (Code 1971, § 15.677.010)
“Outdoor dining uses in the public right-of-way” means any uses classified within the Dining Establishments: Full Service use type which have areas in or on a public right-of-way. (Code 1971, § 15.677.020)
No person may establish an outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way unless a director’s permit is first approved therefor pursuant to Chapter 24.505. The standards set forth in Section 24.477.040 shall apply to the operation, development, or use of any proposed or existing outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way and to any expansion of, or change to, a proposed or existing outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way that is commenced in a commercial, industrial or parks zone pursuant to a director’s permit on or after the effective date of this chapter. (Code 1971, § 15.677.030)
No director’s permit for an outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way may be approved unless all of the following development and operational standards are met in addition to the findings and requirements of Chapter 24.505:
A. No director’s permit for an outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way may be approved for a proposed use in a street or alley.
B. To provide for adequate pedestrian circulation, outdoor dining uses in the public right-of-way shall maintain a minimum of four feet of clearance between dining furnishings and any curbline, street furniture or above ground utilities. A minimum of 50 feet of clearance shall be maintained between dining furnishings and the centerline of intersecting perpendicular driveways, alleys or streets to provide for adequate vehicle sight, unless a lesser distance is determined by the director to be adequate for the protection of the public safety.
C. Outdoor dining uses in the public right-of-way shall not be required to provide any additional parking spaces for their outdoor dining area.
D. Tables and chairs used for outdoor dining shall be of substantial materials. Tables shall be a maximum of three feet in diameter if round and three feet along the longest side if rectilinear. All such furnishings shall be stored indoors after hours of operation.
E. In addition to whatever signage may be permitted for the dining establishment use by the sign ordinance, and notwithstanding any provisions of Chapter 24.420 to the contrary, one portable sign, such as a menu board/chalk board or “A” board sign, shall be permitted; provided, that said sign is attractively designed, maintains adequate pedestrian and vehicle sight clearance per subsection B of this section, does not block the visibility of display windows or signage of any adjacent business, is stored indoors after hours of operation, and is limited to no more than 10 square feet in area. Additional signage on umbrellas may also be permitted. The director shall have design review authority for signs used in conjunction with outdoor dining uses and shall carry out such design review authority in conjunction with the overall review of the outdoor dining use pursuant to Chapter 24.505.
F. No outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way, including furnishings and signs, shall block visibility of display windows or signage of adjacent businesses, unless written consent of any affected adjacent business owner to block visibility is obtained by the applicant and provided to the director.
G. The outdoor dining use operator shall maintain the outdoor dining area in a clean and safe condition at all times, including properly disposing of all trash generated by the operation.
H. Approval of a director’s permit for outdoor dining in the public right-of-way shall be valid for an initial one-year period. Permittees may apply for an unlimited term permit renewal, unless a limited term is deemed appropriate by the director. Applications and renewals shall be subject to an application fee of $50.00, or fee as may otherwise subsequently be set by amendment of city council Resolution No. 92-44, to include a separate fee for outdoor dining uses in the public right-of-way.
I. The outdoor dining use operator shall provide an executed city hold harmless waiver and proof of liability insurance to the satisfaction of the city risk manager. (Code 1971, § 15.677.040)
The city council may further adopt a public right-of-way rental fee by resolution. (Code 1971, § 15.677.050)
Applications for a director’s permit for an outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way shall be filed by the operator of the dining use, or by an agent, trustee or attorney for the operator, pursuant to the provisions of Section 24.500.030 and Chapter 24.505. (Code 1971, § 15.677.060)
This chapter establishes development and operational standards for the review of assembly uses in industrial zones. (Code 1971, § 15.680.010)
Assembly uses are those uses classified within the following use types:
Auction Sales.
Community Meeting.
Day Care Centers.
Education Services: Commercial.
Education Services: General.
Recreation Services: Indoor Entertainment.
Recreation Services: Indoor Sports and Recreation. (Code 1971, § 15.680.020)
The standards set forth in Section 24.480.040 shall apply to the operation, development, or use of any proposed or existing assembly use and to any expansion of or change to, a proposed or existing assembly use that is commenced in an M-1, M-2, or M-P-D zone pursuant to a use permit on or after April 23, 1992. (Code 1971, § 15.680.020)
No use permit for an assembly use may be approved unless all of the following development and operational standards are met in addition to the findings and requirements of Chapter 24.520:
A. The applicant shall submit written verification from the fire department that there are no incompatible hazardous occupancies located on, or immediately adjacent to, the subject site. For purposes of this chapter, “hazardous occupancies” means any uses which are subject to the provisions of Chapter 14.50, Sections 14.50.110 et seq., Hazardous Material Storage, as it may be amended from time to time, or its successor regulation. If a hazardous occupancy is already present on, or on a site adjacent to, the site proposed to be occupied by the assembly use, or if the proposed assembly use is to be located in a multi-tenant building, then all of the following requirements which apply, singly or in combination, must be met:
1. If the site proposed to be occupied by an assembly use is already occupied by a hazardous occupancy, written verification from the fire department shall be submitted by the assembly use applicant stating that there is no conflict between the two uses. If the fire department determines a conflict exists or would exist and the applicant for the assembly use chooses to pursue occupying the site, the assembly use applicant shall be required to assure that any and all changes, alterations, or other mitigation measures required by the fire department to lower the risk factor to the assembly use are carried out prior to the assembly use’s occupation of the site and continuously maintained thereafter for the duration of the assembly use.
2. If the site proposed to be occupied by an assembly use is immediately adjacent to a site occupied by a hazardous occupancy, written verification from the fire department shall be submitted by the assembly use applicant stating that there is no conflict between the two uses. If the fire department determines a conflict exists or would exist and the applicant for the assembly use chooses to pursue occupying such a site, the assembly use applicant shall be required to assure that any and all changes, alterations or other mitigation measures required by the fire department to lower the risk factor to the assembly use are carried out prior to the assembly use’s occupation of the site and continuously maintained thereafter for the duration of the assembly use.
3. When an assembly use is located, or proposed to be located, in a multi-tenant building, an agreement that adequately provides for limitation of any subsequent hazardous occupancies on the site to hazardous material users that meet fire department standards shall be executed between the property owner, applicant, and the city. The required agreement shall adequately provide for the site’s continuing compliance with this chapter and shall include, at minimum, a provision that, if the property owner elects to thereafter lease a portion of the site to a hazardous occupancy, at any time during which the site continues to be occupied by an assembly use, the property owner shall be required to assure that there will be no conflict between the existing assembly use and the proposed hazardous occupancy. Further, the property owner shall agree to notify the city planning division and any on-site assembly use when a hazardous occupancy has leased, or is otherwise occupying, a portion of the site that is occupied by an assembly use. In order to obtain occupancy clearance for any such later proposed hazardous occupancy, written verification from the fire department must be submitted to the planning division stating that there is no conflict between the two uses. If the fire department determines a conflict exists or would exist and the property owner chooses to lease to the hazardous occupancy, the property owner shall be required to assure that any and all changes, alterations, or other mitigation measures required by the fire department to lower the risk factor to the assembly use are carried out prior to the initiation of the hazardous occupancy on the site and continuously maintained thereafter for the duration of the assembly use.
B. The applicant shall submit an emergency evacuation program which includes monthly drills and training of key personnel for the proposed assembly use. Said program shall be submitted for review and approval by the planning commission as a part of the use permit application. (Code 1971, § 15.680.040; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 60, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes development and operational standards for the Recycling Services use type category. (Code 1971, § 15.685.010)
Use types within the Recycling Services use type category, located in any zoning district permitting such use type, shall be required to meet the following development and operational standards in addition to all other requirements imposed pursuant to this zoning ordinance or any other provision of law:
A. Recycling Services: Consumer Recycling Collection Points. Recycling Services: Consumer Recycling Collection Points uses shall be so located on a site that they do not occupy or displace required parking spaces or required landscaped areas. No more than six collection bins, containers, or reverse vending machines, not to exceed a total of 200 square feet in area, may be located on any one site.
B. Recycling Services: Recycling Transfer. In addition to all terms and conditions of the use permit authorizing the use, Recycling Services: Recycling Transfer uses shall be designed to provide for adequate mitigation of noise, odor, and similar physical impacts. Adequate landscaping, walls, fences, or other screening shall be incorporated into any such facility to visually screen the facility from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way.
Use of a site for Recycling Services: Recycling Transfer purposes shall be limited to the collection, sorting and temporary holding of recycled materials. Such recycled materials may remain on the site for no more than 30 days.
In the M-P-D zone, Recycling Services: Recycling Transfer uses must be conducted within a completely enclosed building, except for ancillary open storage not to exceed 10 percent of the total area of the site.
C. Recycling Services: Scrap Operations. In addition to all terms and conditions of the use permit authorizing the use, Recycling Services: Scrap Operations uses shall be designed to provide for adequate mitigation of noise, odor, and similar physical impacts. All such uses shall be screened from view from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way and shall be enclosed by a solid fence or wall a minimum of eight feet in height. No materials shall be stored above the height of the required solid fence or wall enclosure. Landscaping shall be provided to aesthetically modulate the required solid fence or wall from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way. (Code 1971, § 15.685.020)
It is the purpose and intent of this chapter of the San Buenaventura Municipal Code to regulate the location of adult businesses, which tend to have judicially recognized adverse secondary effects on the community, including, but not limited to, increases in crime in the vicinity of adult businesses; degradation of the city’s commercial and industrial base; increases in vacancies in residential areas in the vicinity of adult businesses; interference with residential property owners’ enjoyment of their properties when such properties are located in the vicinity of adult businesses as a result of increases in crime, litter, noise, and vandalism; and the deterioration of neighborhoods. Special regulation as to the location of these businesses is necessary to prevent these adverse secondary effects and the blighting or degradation of the neighborhoods in the vicinity of adult businesses while at the same time protecting the First Amendment rights of those individuals who desire to own, operate or patronize certain adult businesses. (Code 1971, § 15.692.010; Ord. No. 2017-011, § 2, 8-7-17)
This chapter establishes regulations governing the establishment and operation of adult-oriented businesses as defined in this chapter. This chapter provides for the regulation of adult businesses by allowing the concentration of adult-oriented businesses only in certain areas of the city in order to, among other things, minimize deleterious effects on adjoining properties zoned for residential uses and other sensitive uses and otherwise further the purpose and intent set forth in Section 24.492.010. (Code 1971, § 15.692.020)
The words and phrases included in this chapter shall employ the definitions found in Chapter 6.900 et seq. entitled “Adult Business Licenses and Operating Regulations” unless it is clearly apparent from the context that another meaning is intended.
In addition to those definitions set forth in Section 6.900.015, the following definitions shall apply to this chapter:
“Day care center” means such a facility as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 1596.76, and includes any child day care facility other than a family day care home and includes infant centers, preschools, extended day care facilities and school age child care facilities, which involves the supervision of more than 14 children under 18 years of age for a period less than 24 hours per day. “Day care center” does not include any adult day care facility.
“Park” means the land and easements owned or leased by the city of San Buenaventura which, by ordinance, resolution, regulation or agreement, are dedicated to or operated by the city for purposes of public recreation be it active or passive but does not include trails, bikeways or the like. The term shall include the buildings, parking lots, streets and sidewalks within the territorial boundaries establishing the park.
“Religious institution” means a stand-alone structure where people regularly attend to participate in or hold religious services and incidental religious education, but not including private schools as defined in this section. Any storefront religious institution that does not occupy the majority of a multi-tenant facility is not included in this definition.
“Residentially zoned property” means any property within the city carrying a zoning classification that allows residential use as of right or allows for residential use with a planned development permit when no other use permit is required.
“School” means any child or day care facility, or an institution of learning for minors, whether public or private, offering instruction in those courses of study required by the California Education Code and maintained pursuant to standards set by the State Board of Education. This definition includes nursery school, kindergarten, elementary school, middle or junior high school, senior high school, or any special institution of education for grades K through 12, but it does not include a vocational or professional institution of higher education, including a community or junior college, college, or university, nor does it include tutoring centers such as Kumon or Mathnasium. (Ord. No. 2017-011, § 2, 8-7-17)
Adult-oriented businesses may be established, subject to all other provisions of this chapter and this title, only in M-1 or M-2 zones. For purposes of this chapter, the “establishment” of any adult-oriented business shall include the locating and opening of such a business as a new business, the relocation of such business, the conversion of an existing business location to any adult-oriented business use, or the expansion or intensification of an existing adult-oriented business use. (Code 1971, § 15.692.040)
A. Adult businesses, as defined in Chapter 6.900, shall be:
1. Located exclusively in the M-1 or M-2 zones.
2. Distanced 500 feet from any residentially zoned property. The distance between the adult business and the residentially zoned property shall be measured from the closest exterior wall of the adult business and the nearest property line included within the residential zone, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures.
3. Distanced 500 feet from any park, day care center, religious institution or school. The distance between the adult business and the noted sensitive uses shall be measured from the closest exterior wall of the adult business and the nearest property line of the noted sensitive uses, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures. The sensitive uses called out in subsections (A)(2) and (A)(3) of this section shall be referred to collectively as “the sensitive uses.”
4. Distanced 200 feet from another legally authorized adult business. The distance between the adult businesses shall be measured from property line of one adult business to the nearest property line of the other adult business, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures.
B. The sites of all sensitive uses that exist as of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter shall permanently remain as designated on the map and list of sites both of which are included as exhibits to the staff report. Any subsequent establishment of a sensitive use shall not eliminate any potential adult business site(s) which meets the locational requirements of the ordinance as of its effective date.
C. Any person violating or causing the violation of any of these locational provisions regulating adult businesses shall be subject to the remedies of Section 24.492.130. (Code 1971, § 15.692.050; Ord. No. 2017-011, § 2, 8-7-17)
Editor’s note(s): Section 5 of Ord. No. 2015-009, adopted September 14, 2015, repealed Section 24.492.060, supplemental application required, and derived from Section 15.692.060 of the 1971 Code.
Editor’s note(s): Section 5 of Ord. No. 2015-009, adopted September 14, 2015, repealed Section 24.492.070, which pertained to supplemental application requirements, and derived from Section 15.692.070 of the 1971 Code.
Editor’s note(s): Section 6 of Ord. No. 2017-011, adopted August 7, 2017, repealed Section 24.492.080, which pertained to adult-oriented business standards, and derived from Section 15.692.080 of the 1970 Code.
Editor’s note(s): Section 6 of Ord. No. 2017-011, adopted August 7, 2017, repealed Section 24.492.090, which pertained to the time frame for review and consideration of the supplemental application by the director, and derived from Section 15.292.090 of the 1970 Code.
Editor’s note(s): Section 5 of Ord. No. 2017-011, adopted August 7, 2017, repealed Section 24.292.100, which pertained to the time frame for review of building permits, and derived from Section 15.692.100 of the 1970 Code.
It is further the intention of the city council that, insofar as the proposed establishment of an adult-oriented business use requires a business tax certificate for operation, the determination by the collector whether a business tax certificate shall be issued for the adult-oriented business should be made in a timely manner in accordance with the rights of the applicant while remaining consistent with the provisions of this chapter, the zoning ordinance, and all other applicable provisions of law. Therefore, the collector shall issue any such business tax certificate no later than 21 days following the date on which the applicant demonstrates compliance with the licensing requirements set forth in Chapter 4.155 (Sections 4.155.110 et seq.). (Code 1971, § 15.692.110)
A. Any adult business lawfully operating on June 23, 1994, that is in violation of this chapter is hereby declared a legal nonconforming adult business. A legal nonconforming adult business may be permitted to continue, but any such nonconforming business shall be subject to the nonconformity regulations set forth in Chapter 24.465.
B. An adult business shall not be rendered a nonconforming use based upon location of any of the sensitive uses as noted in Sections 24.492.050(A)(2) and (A)(3) after the acceptance of a completed adult business regulatory permit application. (Code 1971, § 15.692.120; Ord. No. 2017-011, § 3, 8-7-17)
A. Any owner, operator, manager, employee or independent contractor of an adult business violating or permitting, counseling or assisting the violation of any of these provisions regulating adult businesses shall be subject to any and all civil remedies, including license revocation. All remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and not exclusive. Any violation of these provisions shall constitute a separate violation for each and every day during which such violation is committed or continued.
B. In addition to the remedies set forth in subsection A of this section, any adult business that is operating in violation of these provisions regulating adult business is hereby declared to constitute a public nuisance and, as such, may be abated or enjoined from further operation. (Ord. No. 2017-011, § 4, 8-7-17)
The city council of the city of San Buenaventura finds, having reviewed land use studies concerning the effects of firearm and ammunition sales in other cities including, but not limited to: Sacramento, California; Los Angeles, California; Sunnyvale, California, that the violence and harm caused by and resulting from both the intentional and accidental misuse of firearms constitutes a clear and present danger to the populace, and find that sensible firearm safety measures provide some relief from that danger and are of benefit to the entire community.
It is not the intent of the city council of the city of San Buenaventura to establish community standards on gun control or to restrict free expression, but to enact a content-neutral ordinance which provides appropriate areas where firearm and ammunition sales can be operated without endangering nearby properties and the public.
It is further the intent of the city council of the city of San Buenaventura that firearm and ammunition sales shall exhibit the same high standards of site planning, architecture, landscape, and exterior design required of all commercial or industrial developments, while minimizing general public view of firearm and ammunition related materials or activities. (Ord. No. 2019-001, § 9, 3-18-19)
This chapter establishes regulations governing the establishment and operation of firearm and ammunition sales as defined in this chapter. This chapter provides for the regulation of firearm and ammunition sales by allowing the concentration of firearm and ammunition sales only in certain areas of the city in order to, among other things, minimize deleterious effects on adjoining properties zoned for residential uses and other sensitive uses and otherwise further the purpose and intent set forth in Section 24.494.010. (Ord. No. 2019-001, § 9, 3-18-19)
Words and phrases used in this chapter shall be defined as follows:
“Ammunition” means any cartridge or encasement containing a bullet or projectile, propellant, or explosive charge, and a primer that is used in the operation of a firearm.
“Day care center” means such a facility as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 1596.76, and includes any child day care facility other than a family day care home and includes infant centers, preschools, extended day care facilities and school age child care facilities, which involves the supervision of more than 14 children under 18 years of age for a period less than 24 hours per day. “Day care center” does not include any adult day care facility.
“Firearm” shall mean any device, designed to be used as a weapon or modified to be used as a weapon, that expels a projectile by the force of an explosion or other form of combustion.
“Firearm and ammunition sales” means the selling, leasing, or transferring of any firearm or firearm ammunition in quantity, in series, in individual transactions, or in any other manner indicative of trade; or the preparation for such conduct as evidenced by the securing of applicable federal or state licenses; or the holding of one’s self out as engaging in such conduct. Only conduct or activities which constitute a regular and substantial course of conduct shall qualify for purpose of this section.
“Firearms dealer” means any person, corporation, partnership or other entity engaged in the business of selling, leasing, or otherwise transferring any new or used firearm or ammunition, which person or entity has obtained a law enforcement permit to sell, lease, or transfer firearms or ammunition.
“Park” means the land and easements owned or leased by the city of San Buenaventura which, by ordinance, resolution, regulation or agreement, is dedicated to or operated by the city for purposes of public recreation be it active or passive but does not include trails, bikeways or the like. The term shall include the buildings, parking lots, streets and sidewalks within the territorial boundaries establishing the park.
“Regular and substantial course of conduct” means:
1. Devoting more than 20 percent of the total display area to the display of firearms and/or ammunition; or
2. Deriving at least 50 percent of gross receipts from the sale, trade, display, or presentation of services and/or products pertaining to firearms and/or ammunition; or
3. Having 10 percent or more of its stock in trade consisting of firearms and/or ammunition.
“Religious institution” means a stand-alone structure where people regularly attend to participate in or hold religious services and incidental religious education, but not including private schools as defined in this section. Any storefront religious institution that does not occupy the majority of a multi-tenant facility is not included in this definition.
“Residentially zoned property” means any property within the city carrying a zoning classification that allows residential use as of right or allows for residential use with a planned development permit when no other use permit is required.
“School” means any child or day care facility, or an institution of learning for minors, whether public or private, offering instruction in those courses of study required by the California Education Code and maintained pursuant to standards set by the State Board of Education. This definition includes nursery school, kindergarten, elementary school, middle or junior high school, senior high school, or any special institution of education for grades K through 12, but it does not include a vocational or professional institution of higher education, including a community or junior college, college, or university, nor does it include tutoring centers such as Kumon or Mathnasium. (Ord. No. 2019-001, § 9, 3-18-19)
Firearm and ammunition sales may be established, subject to all other provisions of this chapter and this title, only in M-1, M-2, and M-P-D zones. For purposes of this chapter, the establishment of any firearms sales shall include the locating and opening of such a business as a new business, the relocation of such business, the conversion of an existing business location to any firearm and ammunition sales use, or the expansion of an existing firearm and ammunition sales use. (Ord. No. 2019-001, § 9, 3-18-19)
In the M-1, M-2, and M-P-D zones, where the firearm and ammunition sales regulated by this chapter are permitted, no firearm and ammunition sales may be established:
A. Within 500 feet of any daycare center, as defined in Section 24.494.030. The distance between the firearm and ammunition sales business and the daycare center shall be measured from the closest exterior wall of the firearm and ammunition sales business and the nearest property line of the daycare center, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures;
B. Within 500 feet of any park, as defined in Section 24.494.030. The distance between the firearm and ammunition sales business and the park shall be measured from the closest property line of the park and the closest exterior wall of the firearm and ammunition sales business, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures;
C. Within 500 feet of any religious institution, as defined in Section 24.494.030. The distance between the firearm and ammunition sales business and the religious institution shall be measured from the closest exterior wall of the firearm and ammunition sales business and the nearest property line of the religious institution, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures;
D. Within 500 feet of any residentially zoned property, as defined in Section 24.494.030. The distance between the firearm and ammunition sales business and the residentially zoned property shall be measured from the closest exterior wall of the firearm and ammunition sales business and the nearest property line included within the residential zone, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures;
E. Within 500 feet of any school, as defined in Section 24.494.030. The distance between the firearm and ammunition sales business and the school shall be measured from the closest exterior wall of the firearm and ammunition sales business and the nearest property line of the school, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures; or
F. Within 200 feet of another legally authorized firearm and ammunition sales business. The distance between the firearm and ammunition sales businesses shall be measured from property line of one firearm and ammunition sales business to the nearest property line of the other firearm and ammunition sales business, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures.
G. The sites of all uses that exist as of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter shall permanently remain as designated on the map and list of sites both of which are included as exhibits to the staff report. Any subsequent establishment of a use shall not eliminate any potential firearm and ammunition sales business site(s) which meets the locational requirements of this chapter and the ordinance adopting the same as of its effective date. (Ord. No. 2019-001, § 9, 3-18-19)
A. Any firearm and ammunition sales business lawfully operating on the date the locational standards for firearm and ammunition sales businesses set forth in Section 24.494.050 become effective is hereby deemed a nonconforming use. A nonconforming use may be permitted to continue, but any such nonconforming use shall be subject to the nonconformity regulations set forth in Chapter 24.465, excepting that amortization shall not apply.
B. A firearm and ammunition sales business lawfully operating as a conforming use shall not be rendered a nonconforming use by the location, subsequent to the grant or renewal of a business license for that firearm and ammunition sales business, of a church, synagogue, mosque, or temple, or any other noncommercial establishment operated by a bona fide religious organization, public or private school, educational facility, preschool, nursery, day care center, residential zone, or residential use within 500 feet of the firearm and ammunition sales business. This subsection applies only to the renewal of a valid business license and does not apply when an application for a business license is submitted after a business license has expired or has been revoked or otherwise terminated. (Ord. No. 2019-001, § 9, 3-18-19)
This chapter establishes siting, development, and operational standards for Hazardous Waste Facility use types. (Code 1971, § 15.695.010)
All uses classified within the Hazardous Waste Facility use type shall be required to meet the following siting, development, and operational standards:
A. Siting Standards. All uses classified within the Hazardous Waste Facility use type shall be permitted only when located, developed, and operated in conformance with the hazardous waste facility siting criteria listed in the comprehensive plan safety element technical appendix.
B. Development and Operational Standards. In addition to the terms and conditions of the use permit authorizing the use, all uses classified within the Hazardous Waste Facility use type shall be designed to provide for adequate mitigation of noise, odor, risk of upset, release of hazardous substances, ease of emergency access, and other similar factors. All uses classified within the Hazardous Waste Facility use type shall be operated within a completely enclosed building. (Code 1971, § 15.695.020)
This chapter establishes development and operational standards for the review of Wireless Telecommunications Facilities use. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
The provisions set forth in this chapter are to:
A. Provide for the siting and development of wireless telecommunications facilities to serve city of Ventura residents, businesses, industry, schools, and other institutions and to set forth specific permit regulations for those facilities.
B. Promote orderly development and ensure that wireless telecommunications facilities are compatible with surrounding land uses in order to preserve the unique visual character of the city.
C. Provide a public forum to ensure a balance between public concerns and private interests in establishing wireless telecommunications facilities.
D. Protect the visual character of the city from the potential adverse effects of wireless telecommunications facilities and prevent visual blight within or along the city’s scenic corridors and ridgelines through careful design, siting, landscaping, and various innovative camouflage techniques.
E. Avoid potential damage to adjacent properties from tower/monopole failure through careful engineering and siting of such structures.
F. Maximize the use of any existing wireless telecommunication tower or monopole and the use of well-camouflaged sites to minimize the need to construct new towers or monopoles within the city.
G. Maximize and encourage the use of minor camouflaged wireless telecommunications facilities or co-location with existing wireless telecommunications facilities structures as a primary option rather than construction of new single-use towers or monopoles.
H. Protect the visual and other environmental resources of Ventura. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Prior to the installation of Wireless Telecommunications Facilities use types, the type of permit required shall be:
A. Wireless Telecommunication Facilities, Mini. A zoning clearance must be obtained prior to the installation of a Wireless Telecommunications Facilities, Mini use type as defined in Section 24.115.3460(A).
B. Wireless Telecommunication Facilities, Minor. A director’s permit pursuant to Chapter 24.505 shall be obtained prior to installation of a Wireless Telecommunications Facilities, Minor use type as defined in Section 24.115.3460(B).
C. Wireless Telecommunication Facilities, Major. Depending on the requirements applicable to the underlying zoning district in which a Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Major use type as defined in Section 24.115.3460(C) is proposed to be located, a use permit or planned development permit, or both, shall be obtained pursuant to Chapters 24.520 and 24.535, prior to the installation of the wireless telecommunication facility, major. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 61, 12-13-21)
In addition to any requirements established for the submittal of an application, including materials, plans and fees, the applicant may be required to submit one or more of the following as determined desirable by the community development director to make the required findings:
A. The name, address, telephone number and title of the officer, agent or employee responsible for the accuracy of the applicant’s materials and who will serve as a contact for the city regarding the siting of new wireless telecommunications facilities in the city.
B. A project description fully describing the proposed facility, including a description of proposed lighting and noise-generating equipment, and the projected useful life of the facility.
C. A site plan of the proposed project including existing and proposed walls and fences, proposed lighting and access to the facility.
D. A landscape plan showing all existing vegetation and identifying landscaping that is to be retained on the site and any additional vegetation that is proposed to screen the facility from adjacent land uses and public views.
E. If ground mounted, a topographic map showing existing and proposed contours, including access.
F. A narrative and map description of all the other applicant’s existing and proposed wireless telecommunications facilities within the city.
G. Visual impact assessment, including existing site photos and photo simulations from a minimum of four vantage points. The photo simulation is to be an accurate representation that includes a worst case impact on the view from the public realm and shall encompass a radius of at least 1,000 feet from the proposed site. The assessments shall consider views from public areas as well as from nearby private residences.
H. An alternate site analysis presenting various locations considered, which would minimize the number, size, and adverse visual impacts of facilities necessary to provide telecommunication services to the public. When the decision-making authority determines that an alternate location is more desirable, the burden of proof shall be on the applicant to show that the alternate location is not feasible or reasonable for signal access.
I. Retention of an appropriate technical consultant, by the city, at the applicant’s expense to verify the need for any requested administration variance.
J. Such other information as the director may reasonably require. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Regardless of the zoning district in which wireless telecommunications facilities are proposed to be located, the following development and operational standard shall be met:
A. Sufficient entry-deterrent measures shall be incorporated into the facility design, if needed, to reduce the potential for trespass and injury.
B. Mobile or immobile equipment not used in direct support of a wireless telecommunications facility shall not be stored on the site of a wireless telecommunications facility, unless repairs to the facility are being made.
C. The use of any portion of a wireless telecommunications facility for signs or advertising purposes is prohibited, unless it is part of the camouflage design or primary structure upon which the wireless telecommunications facility is affixed.
D. Accessory facilities (i.e., vaults, equipment rooms, utilities and equipment enclosures) shall be constructed out of nonreflective materials (visible exterior surfaces only) or shall be placed in underground vaults if feasible.
E. Ground-mounted accessory facilities which cannot be practically placed in underground vaults, such as security lighting or screening walls, shall be no taller than six feet in height unless approved otherwise by the decision-making authority and shall be designed to be compatible with a structure or facility typically found in the area and zone where it is located. Existing vegetation removed by construction of support utilities shall be replaced. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
In addition to the requirements of Chapter 24.545, Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Major use types as defined in Section 24.115.3460(C) shall incorporate the following design elements to the greatest extent possible:
A. The height shall be the minimum necessary without compromising reasonable reception or transmission.
B. The design, finish, colors and texture shall be nonreflective and blend with the surrounding natural and/or human-made environment.
C. Screening of the facility by existing and/or proposed structures and landscaping to the extent possible without unduly compromising reception when not of a camouflage design.
D. Fencing, landscaping, and other screening shall be integrated and compatible with surrounding improvements.
E. If it is necessary, painted components shall be repainted with “flat” (nongloss) paint to maintain continuous coverage at all times. The color selected shall be one that will minimize the visual impact to the greatest extent feasible. Facilities that will be primarily viewed against soils, trees, grasslands or sky shall be painted or repainted colors matching these landscapes during the predominant season.
F. All utilities servicing the facilities shall be placed underground unless existing overhead lines currently servicing the site will be used to service the facilities. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Wireless telecommunications facilities shall be located so as to minimize their visibility and the number of separate, individual, distinct facilities required. Unless specified otherwise as part of a required permit, all of the following standards shall be followed in the siting of wireless telecommunications facilities:
A. Wireless telecommunications facilities shall be located on a site in such a manner that they do not occupy or displace the minimum required parking spaces or minimum required landscape areas.
B. Wireless telecommunications facilities shall be installed so that they are not visible from any scenic drive or scenic approach as identified in the community design element of the comprehensive plan unless sufficiently screened or camouflaged.
C. Wireless telecommunications facilities and their appurtenances shall not be situated between the primary building on the parcel and any public or private street adjoining the parcel unless sufficiently screened or camouflaged.
D. Wireless telecommunications facilities located in hillside areas of high visibility shall be sited below the ridgeline or otherwise designed to mitigate their impact on the ridgeline profile and are sufficiently screened or camouflaged.
E. Wireless telecommunications facilities shall not be installed on an exposed ridgeline, in or at a location readily visible from Highway 101, Highway 33 or the 126 Freeway, a public trail, public park or other outdoor recreation area unless it is placed underground, depressed, or located behind earth berms or blends with the surrounding existing natural and human-made environment in such a manner as to be camouflaged.
F. Wireless telecommunications facilities shall not be installed in the floodplain (FP), coastal bluff (CB), or sensitive habitat (SH) overlay zones.
G. Wireless telecommunication facilities shall not be installed in the coastal zone unless the requirements set forth in Section 24.515.070(C) have been met.
H. Wireless telecommunications facilities shall not be installed at a location where special painting or lighting will be required by the FAA regulations, unless technical evidence acceptable to the decision-making authority is submitted showing that this is the only technically feasible location for this facility. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
To the extent feasible, wireless telecommunications facilities shall be designed to promote site sharing and co-location. Accordingly, wireless telecommunications facilities shall comply with the following standards:
A. Accessory facilities, including, but not limited to, poles, towers, parking areas, access roads, utilities and equipment buildings, shall be shared by the site users.
B. The facility shall make available unutilized or underutilized space for co-location of other wireless telecommunications facilities, including space for those entities providing similar, competing services.
C. All new Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Major shall be designed to accommodate co-location.
D. Application permits required for Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Major shall include the following in addition to the information as applicable:
1. Documentation identifying the total capacity of the structure, including the number and types of antennas that can be accommodated over the life of the project; and
2. A written statement of willingness to lease space on the proposed support structure to other users or a written explanation why the subject facility is not a candidate for co-location. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Major and freestanding Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Minor shall be limited to the maximum height allowed by the underlying zone in which the facility is to be located. Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Mini or Minor located on or attached to a building or structure shall be subject to the following height restrictions:
A. The height shall not exceed that building’s height limit as determined by the city’s zoning ordinance.
B. The height shall not exceed the height of the building or structure that is legally nonconforming to height.
C. Notwithstanding any provision of this section or Chapter 24.405 to the contrary, if the height of any Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Mini or Minor exceeds the overall height limitations of the zone district within which it is sited, or exceeds the legally nonconforming height, that facility shall require approval of an administrative variance. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Building-mounted Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Mini shall meet the existing legal or legally nonconforming setbacks of the structure or building to which they are attached. Freestanding Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Minor and Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Major shall be limited to the same setbacks as those required by the underlying zone in which the facility is to be located. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Exterior lighting for wireless telecommunications facilities shall be limited to the following:
A. A manually operated or motion-detector controlled light above any accessory structure which shall be kept off except when personnel are actually present at night.
B. The minimum tower lighting required by FAA regulations.
C. Lighting shall be shielded or directed to the greatest extent possible in such a manner as to minimize the amount of light that falls onto nearby properties, particularly residences.
D. Requirements of subsection A or C of this section may be waived by the decision-making authority if the wireless telecommunications facilities is designed as a light pole. In such instance, lighting intensity, direction, and shielding shall be the same as other pole-mounted lights in the vicinity, the design of which has been duplicated for construction of the wireless telecommunications facilities. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
All ground-mounted wireless telecommunications facilities shall be installed in such a manner to maintain and enhance existing vegetation and shall include additional suitable landscaping to screen the facility to the extent feasible. To that end, the following shall apply to all ground-mounted wireless telecommunications facilities:
A. All areas disturbed during project construction, other than the access travelway and parking shall be revegetated with plants compatible with the surrounding area.
B. Landscaping shall be required to screen new access grading from public viewpoints. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
All wireless telecommunications facilities shall be constructed and operated in such a manner as to minimize the amount of disruption caused to nearby residents, businesses and users of nearby recreational areas such as public parks and trails. Operation of backup generators and batteries shall be limited to power outages or testing and maintenance purposes only. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Off-street parking spaces for wireless telecommunications facilities shall be provided as follows:
A. One parking space shall be provided in close proximity to each facility, unless:
1. The wireless telecommunications facilities is affixed to a building or structure and the minimum number of parking stalls have been provided on site in accordance with the zoning ordinance, or any nonconforming parking is legally nonconforming as a result of previous zoning ordinance standards or construction prior to zoning ordinance standards, and is not required to conform to current standards; or
2. On-street parking is available immediately adjacent to the facility, so that service vehicles can access and maintain the site from the on-street parking; or
3. The wireless telecommunications facilities proposed would be co-locating with an existing facility, and parking has already been provided for the existing wireless telecommunications facilities.
B. If parking is required, sufficient turn-around space shall be provided on site, so that service vehicles are not required to back out directly onto streets. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
In addition to the findings required for approval of a director’s permit, use permit, planned development permit or design review approval, prior to approval of a wireless telecommunications facility, the decision-making authority shall make the following additional findings:
A. The proposed site results in fewer or less severe impacts than any alternative sites that have been considered;
B. Special design considerations have been incorporated into or applied to the wireless telecommunications facilities to ensure that the facility will not result in an adverse visual impact to the surrounding properties or public views;
C. The proposed wireless telecommunications facilities will be substantially screened from the view of surrounding properties and public view or will otherwise be substantially camouflaged;
D. All applicable development standards for wireless telecommunications facilities have been met, or an administrative variance has been granted. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
The director may approve minor additions or reconfigurations to existing or approved wireless telecommunications facilities as allowed in Sections 24.570.090 and 24.505.020; provided, that the addition or reconfiguration does not significantly alter the appearance of the facility. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Exceptions to dimensional requirements specified within this chapter, as limited through Section 24.535.070, may be granted through issuance of a minor variance. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 61, 12-13-21)
All wireless telecommunications facilities legally operating on the effective date of this chapter, but not complying with the provisions of this chapter, shall be allowed to continue their present usage as a legal nonconforming use and structure and shall be treated as a legal nonconforming use and structure in accordance with Chapter 24.465. A wireless telecommunications facilities that has received approval from the city in the form of either a building permit or discretionary permit, but has not yet been constructed or placed in operation prior to the effective date of this chapter, shall be considered an existing wireless telecommunications facility so long as such approval is current and has not expired. New construction, other than routine maintenance to an existing wireless telecommunications facility, shall comply with the requirements of this chapter. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
If, after becoming operational, a wireless telecommunications facility has been out of use for 12 continuous months, the facility and all appurtenant structures shall be deemed abandoned. If the director determines that the facility has been abandoned, the applicant may be required to remove all equipment from the premises within 60 calendar days of receipt of written notice from the city to abate and restore the site to its original preconstruction condition. If such facilities are not removed within 60 days, the city may remove the facility at the last operator’s expense. For facilities located on city property, this removal requirement shall be incorporated within the terms of the lease. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
No approval granted under this chapter is intended to confer, or shall be construed to confer, any right, privilege, license or franchise to occupy or use the public rights-of-way of the city for delivery of telecommunication services or for any other purposes. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
This chapter is adopted pursuant to the municipal affairs provisions of the City Charter for the purpose of establishing procedures for identifying, designating and preserving historic landmarks or points of interest that were the site of a historic event, that are connected with the life of an important person, or that contain a building, structure, or other object that is architecturally significant, representative of a type, period or particular method of construction, or is associated with a significant builder, architect, designer or artist. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
Unless the contrary is stated or clearly appears from the context, the following definitions shall govern the construction of the words and phrases used in this chapter:
“Historic district” means a geographically definable area possessing a significant concentration, linkage or continuity of site, buildings, structures and/or objects united by past events, or aesthetically by plan or physical development, regardless of whether such a district may include some buildings, structures, sites, objects, or open spaces that do not contribute to the significance of the district.
A historic district can generally be distinguished from surrounding areas (1) by visual change such as building density, scale, type, age, or style; or (2) by historic documentation of different associations or patterns of development. The number of nonsignificant properties a historic district can contain yet still convey its sense of time and place and historical development depends on how these properties impact the historic district’s integrity.
“Landmark” means any real property such as building, structure, or archaeological excavation, or object that is unique or significant because of its location, design, setting, materials, workmanship or aesthetic feeling, and is associated with:
1. Events that have made a meaningful contribution to the nation, state or community;
2. Lives of persons who made a meaningful contribution to national, state or local history;
3. Reflecting or exemplifying a particular period of the national, state or local history;
4. Embodying the distinctive characteristics of a type, period or method of construction;
5. The work of one or more master builders, designers, artists or architects whose talents influenced their historical period, or work that otherwise possesses high artistic value;
6. Representing a significant and distinguishable entity whose components may lack individual distinction; or
7. Yielding, or likely to yield, information important to national, state or local history or prehistory.
“Point of interest” means any real property or object:
1. That is the site of a building, structure or object that no longer exists but was associated with historic events, important persons, or embodied a distinctive character of architectural style;
2. That has historic significance, but was altered to the extent that the integrity of the original workmanship, materials or style is substantially compromised;
3. That is the site of a historic event which has no distinguishable characteristics other than that a historic event occurred there and the historic significance is sufficient to justify the establishment of a historic landmark. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
A. The director may require applications for any development proposal involving buildings or structures over 40 years of age that are not designated or have not been identified in a previous historic resources survey adopted by the city council to provide a historic resources assessment report (or “Phase I”) prepared by a city-designated historic preservation professional and funded by the applicant. The director will base this decision on the following considerations:
1. The building or structure appears to retain historic integrity; and
2. There is evidence that the building or structure embodies the distinctive characteristics of an architectural style or type, or is associated with someone on the city’s list of significant architects and builders; or
3. There is evidence that the building or structure is associated with important historical events or persons.
B. If the director determines a building or structure is a potential historic resource, then historic design review is required based on Section 24.545.030(A)(3) subject to the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards and Guidelines for the Treatment of Historic Properties and any other applicable historic resource design guidelines. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 48, 12-13-21)
The city council shall have the sole authority to declare landmarks or points of interest and to remove such designations. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
Unless otherwise provided in this chapter, the procedures for historic preservation applications and decisions will adhere to Section 24.500.060 as it relates to initiation, decision-making authority, notice and hearing, appeals, failure to comply with conditions and amendments. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 49, 12-13-21)
Editor’s note(s): Section 49 of Ord. No. 2021-017 , adopted December 13, 2021, amended Section 24.455.140 in its entirety to read as herein set out. Former Section 24.455.140 pertained to notices and derived from Ord. No. 2005-004, adopted May 2, 2005.
Designation of a landmark or historic point of interest is not intended, and shall not be construed, to infringe upon the rights of a private property owner to make any and all reasonable uses of such landmarks consistent with the purpose of this chapter. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
An application to designate a landmark, point of interest, or historic district shall include sufficient materials to justify the potential designation, to the satisfaction of the director. Applications to create historic districts shall require proposed architectural and development standards. The historic preservation committee will review applications for designation of landmarks, points of interest and historic districts at a public hearing. The committee shall, by resolution, recommend to the city council that, pursuant to the standards set forth in this chapter, a subject be declared a landmark or point of interest or otherwise acquired or made such by application by any person, entity, group, or body.
However, the property owner’s consent must be obtained prior to any such recommendation.
A. Landmarks and Points of Interest. The city council’s action on the historic preservation committee’s recommendation shall be by resolution, and subject to all of the following findings:
1. The landmark or point of interest shall meet the definitions of “landmark” or “point of interest.”
2. The landmark or point of interest shall have significance to the people of the city.
3. The landmark or point of interest shall not require the expenditure by the city of any amount of money not commensurate with the actual or aesthetic value of the subject to be preserved.
Resolutions approving a landmark or point of interest designation will include a legal description of the property involved including lot and block number and the name of the property owner and will be duly recorded by the city clerk in the county recorder’s office.
B. Historic District. For applications to establish a historic district, the planning commission shall receive the historic preservation committee’s recommendation, hold a public hearing, and adopt a resolution forwarding a recommendation to the city council. The city council shall consider the recommendation pursuant to Chapters 24.340 and 24.540. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 50, 12-13-21)
From the time the application is made for potential designation of a landmark until the time the city council either declares, or decides not to declare, that property a landmark, the time period involved not to exceed the time period specified in this chapter for the city council to begin consideration thereof, and including any continuances, it shall be unlawful for the property owner or any other person to carry out or to cause the defacing, demolishing, altering, or removing of, or constructing of any additions to, the proposed landmark and any such act shall constitute a misdemeanor. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 50, 12-13-21)
A. The city council may, but is not required to, convene a public hearing within 90 days from the date of adoption by the planning commission of a resolution recommending the declaration of a landmark or point of interest.
B. The city council may continue the public hearing, or, following the close of the public hearing, may continue its consideration of the proposed declaration of a landmark a point of interest, for a period of time deemed reasonable and appropriate by the city council taking into account, among other things, the continuing development prohibitions imposed on the property by this chapter. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
If the city council does not convene a public hearing, it shall consider the planning commission’s recommendation at the next available regularly scheduled city council meeting. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
The city council’s action on the planning commission’s recommendation shall be subject to the following standards:
A. The landmark or point of interest shall be substantially in accordance with the definitions of “landmark” or “point of interest.”
B. The landmark or point of interest shall have significance to the people of the city.
C. The landmark or point of interest shall not require the expenditure by the city of any amount of money not commensurate with the actual or aesthetic value of the subject to be preserved. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
A. If the city council decides to declare any real property or object to be a landmark or point of interest, such declaration shall be by city council resolution and may be based upon the planning commission’s recommendation.
B. Resolutions approving a landmark or point of interest designation will include a legal description of the property involved including lot and block number and the name of the property owner and will be duly recorded by the city clerk in the county recorder’s office. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
It shall be unlawful for the property owner or any other person to carry out, cause, or to permit the demolition, including demolition by neglect, or relocation of a designated historic landmark without approval by the city council at a public hearing. Any such act shall constitute a misdemeanor and:
A. The owner shall pay to the city the greater of $10,000 or the appraised value of the landmark before demolition occurred minus the appraised value after such action; and
B. No building permits shall be issued for new development on the property for a period of five years from the date of demolition. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 52, 12-13-21)
Notwithstanding other provisions of this article, the demolition or relocation of a historic landmark shall not constitute a misdemeanor as prescribed in Section 24.455.510 if prior approval of the action was received from the historic preservation committee or, on appeal, from the planning commission or, on appeal, the city council. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
It shall be unlawful for the property owner or any other person to carry out or to cause the defacing, altering, or reconstruction of, or the construction of additions to, or any other changes to, the exterior of a designated historic landmark or property that has been identified as eligible in a historic resources survey adopted by the city council, without prior design review approval pursuant to Chapter 24.545. Any such act without design review approval shall constitute a misdemeanor and shall be abated by reconstructing or restoring the property to its original condition prior to the performance of work. All plans prepared for such required reconstruction or restoration must obtain design review approval.
If restoration or reconstruction is not possible, the owner shall pay to the city the greater of $10,000 or the appraised value of the landmark before defacing, altering, or reconstruction of, or the construction of additions to, or any other changes to, occurred to the exterior of a designated historic landmark minus the appraised value after such action. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 53, 12-13-21)
Notwithstanding other provisions of this article, exterior changes to a landmark shall not constitute a misdemeanor if the property owner or other person obtained prior design review approval in accordance with this title. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
Decisions of the design review committee pursuant to this article shall be appealable pursuant to the procedures set forth in this title. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
The city council may make any reasonable arrangements to preserve landmarks. These may include establishment of a private or public fund for preservation of historic landmarks or contractual agreements with property owners for the maintenance and preservation of facade easements or public access to the structure. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 54, 12-13-21)
A. Upon declaration of a landmark or point of interest by the city council, the director may determine which landmarks or points of interest shall be marked with uniform and distinctive markers and specify the form thereof, subject to consent of the owner.
B. The director shall maintain and make available to the general public a list of all such declared landmarks or points of interest. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 54, 12-13-21)
The removal of a designation shall follow the same procedure as the designation, except the city council’s action on the historic preservation committee’s recommendation for removal of designation shall be by resolution, and subject to one of the following findings:
A. The landmark or point of interest does not substantially conform with the definitions of “landmark” or “point of interest,” based on information that was not available at the time of the original designation;
B. The landmark or point of interest no longer has significance to the people of the city;
C. The landmark or point of interest requires the expenditure by the city of an amount of money not commensurate with the actual or aesthetic value of the subject to be preserved.
Resolutions removing a landmark or point of interest designation will include a legal description of the property involved including lot and block number and the name of the property owner and will be duly recorded by the city clerk in the county recorder’s office. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 55, 12-13-21)
This chapter is adopted pursuant to the municipal affairs provisions of the City Charter for the purpose of establishing regulations and standards for locating and operating businesses that are engaged in the sale of alcoholic beverages within the territorial jurisdiction of the city. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
The city council finds that hospitality, entertainment, recreation, and related businesses are a significant part of the city’s economy, and that alcoholic beverage sales are often important to the operation of these businesses. However, inappropriate conduct within and around these businesses caused by inebriated patrons often creates environments that jeopardize the continued success of these businesses and seriously affects the health, safety and general welfare in surrounding areas, particularly residential neighborhoods. In addition, patrons that leave these businesses after consuming excessive amounts of alcoholic beverages or purchasing alcoholic beverages for consumption at some other place often cause serious health and safety problems on the city’s streets and highways, or at their home or other destinations.
The regulations and standards adopted by this chapter are intended to reduce problems arising out of the operation of businesses engaged in the sale of alcoholic beverages, including, but not limited to, public inebriation, batteries, assaults, domestic abuse, driving under the influence of alcoholic beverages, and other traffic violations, littering, loitering, noise, obstruction of pedestrian traffic, interference with children on their way to and from school, interference with shoppers using the streets, and defacement and damaging of public and private property.
The regulation and standards adopted by this chapter seek to accomplish that objective by requiring the owners and operators of alcohol establishments, as defined in this chapter, to secure a use permit in the manner provided herein in order to lawfully engage in the sale of alcoholic beverages from premises located in the city after the effective date of this chapter; and by requiring such persons to manage such premises in accordance with the requirements of such use permit, including the operational standards and any training requirements incorporated as conditions of the use permit.
In addition, the regulations adopted by this chapter provide for the city council to adopt an annual permit fee to be imposed on all alcoholic beverage establishments issued a use permit pursuant to this chapter for the purpose of providing the revenues necessary to fund the costs incurred by the city police department to monitor and enforce the provisions of this chapter, including, but not limited to, compliance with the requirements and conditions of the use permits issued pursuant to this chapter, and to formulate and implement programs that promote the responsible consumption of alcoholic beverages by persons patronizing city businesses engaged in the sale of alcoholic beverages. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
The definitions hereinafter set forth in this section shall govern the meaning and construction of the words and phrases used in this chapter except where the context of such words or phrases clearly indicates a different meaning or construction.
“Alcoholic beverage” means a fermented or distilled beverage including alcohol, spirits, liquor, wine, beer, and any other liquid or solid that contains one-half of one percent or more of alcohol by volume and that is fit for beverage purposes either alone or when diluted, mixed, or combined with other substances.
“Alcoholic Beverage Control (ABC)” means the California State Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control.
“Alcoholic beverage establishment” means the business premises of any holder of a license, permit, certification or authorization by ABC to make, produce, manufacture, sell, give, or provide alcoholic beverages. Reference to an alcoholic beverage establishment shall include any immediately adjacent area that is owned, leased, licensed, rented, or controlled by the permittee. It shall also include any facility or building, or a portion thereof, which is rented out for special event functions wherein alcoholic beverages are made, sold, or provided on the premises. A nonretail license establishment is not an alcoholic beverage establishment.
“Alcohol server” shall have the same meaning as California Business and Professions Code Section 25680 as it may be amended from time to time.
“Deemed approved establishment” means any legal nonconforming alcoholic beverage establishment in existence and lawfully operating in the city immediately prior to the initial effective date of this chapter and in conformance with the standards set forth in Chapter 24.465.
“Nonretail license establishment” means the business premises of any holder of a license, permit, certification or authorization by ABC categorized as a nonretail license by ABC. However, the following ABC license types when the establishment is permitted by ABC to have direct consumer contact shall be considered an alcoholic beverage establishment and shall not be a nonretail license establishment: Type 01 – Beer Manufacturer, Type 02 – Winegrower, Type 23 – Small Beer Manufacturer, and Type 74 – Craft Distiller.
“Undue concentration” shall have the same meaning as California Business and Professions Code Section 23958.4 as it may be amended from time to time. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. The community development department, under direction of the community development director, shall be responsible for issuing the use permits required by this chapter, and carrying out such other responsibilities expressly delegated to the community development department by the provisions of this chapter.
B. The police department, under direction of the police chief, shall be responsible for monitoring compliance by the owners, operators and employees of an alcoholic beverage establishment with the provisions of any use permit issued pursuant to the provisions of this chapter, including any use permit issued to a deemed approved establishment, and for initiating appropriate enforcement action in the event of noncompliance with or any use permit issued pursuant to this chapter.
C. The finance and technology department, under direction of the chief financial officer, shall be responsible for collecting all annual permit fees imposed pursuant to the provisions of this chapter. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. Except as otherwise provided herein, no person shall establish a new alcoholic beverage establishment without first obtaining a use permit in the manner provided by this chapter.
B. Any modification to an existing use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment, including changing the alcoholic beverage establishment’s type of ABC alcohol license or the modification of any condition in the existing use permit for the alcoholic beverage establishment, shall require the processing of a new use permit application in compliance with this chapter.
C. A use permit shall not be required for a special event function, provided all of the following criteria are met:
1. The person, group, business, or organization sponsoring the event obtains all permits required by any other applicable city regulation in order to lawfully conduct the special event; and
2. The person, group, business, or organization sponsoring the event obtains the appropriate temporary license or authorization from ABC for each of the dates the event will be held. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
An application for a new alcoholic beverage establishment use permit or to modify a use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment shall be in the form prescribed by the community development director, shall contain all of the information required by Section 24.500.030, and shall also include all of the following additional information:
A. The name of the person(s) or entity(ies) applying for an alcohol license from ABC;
B. The type of ABC license the applicant is seeking for the alcoholic beverage establishment;
C. The name of the proposed alcoholic beverage establishment;
D. The true and complete name and address of each lender or shareholder with a five percent or more financial interest in the proposed business or any other person to whom a share or percentage of the income of the alcoholic beverage establishment is to be paid;
E. The name and address of all existing schools, churches, hospitals, parks, playgrounds or other alcoholic beverage establishments within 300 feet of the proposed alcoholic beverage establishment as measured from the closest exterior wall of the proposed alcoholic beverage establishment and the nearest property line of the above referenced uses, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures;
F. The alcoholic beverage establishment’s proposed operations and training plan; and
G. An application for modification of an existing use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment shall identify the requested modification(s) to the conditions and, where applicable, the new type of ABC alcohol license. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
An application for a new use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment or a modification of a use permit for an existing alcoholic beverage establishment, or any modification of a deemed approved establishment, shall be accompanied by an application fee in an amount established by resolution of the city council, based on the estimated costs of reviewing and acting on such applications. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. The director of community development or their designee shall consider each application for a use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment, provided such use permit is for an alcoholic beverage establishment within the time and in the manner provided for by Chapter 24.520.
B. The decision-making authority may approve issuance of the use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment only if all of the following findings can be made in an affirmative manner:
1. The proposed alcoholic beverage establishment conforms to the general plan and is consistent with the purposes and requirements of this zoning ordinance;
2. The proposed alcoholic beverage establishment will not contribute to an undue concentration of alcoholic beverage establishments in the area, unless a finding of public convenience or necessity is made;
3. The proposed alcoholic beverage establishment will not detrimentally affect nearby neighborhoods considering the distance of the alcoholic beverage establishment to residential buildings, churches, schools, hospitals, playgrounds, parks, and other existing alcoholic beverage establishments;
4. The proposed alcoholic beverage establishment will be compatible with existing uses, or the general character of the surrounding vicinity, and be consistent with the public health, safety, or welfare, due to hours of operation, generation of pedestrian or vehicle traffic, lighting, noise, vibration, odor, security, or other factors; and
5. The proposed alcoholic beverage establishment is not located in what has been determined to be a high-crime area, or where a disproportionate number of police service calls occur, unless it can be shown that the proposed alcoholic beverage establishment will not significantly add to the crime rate of the area or contribute to a disproportionate number of police service calls. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 57, 12-13-21)
A. Approval of an application for a use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment shall be subject to the operational standards and training requirements set forth in Article 4 of this chapter.
B. Approval of an application for a use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment may also be subject to other additional conditions determined to be necessary or desirable to ensure that the particular use authorized by the permit will be established, operated, and maintained in accordance with the findings required by Section 24.460.240, including, but not limited to, conditions that:
1. Require the exterior areas of the premises and adjoining parking lots to be illuminated in a manner that provides adequate lighting for alcoholic beverage establishment patrons while not disturbing surrounding residential and commercial areas;
2. Require litter and trash receptacles are placed at convenient locations both within and outside the alcoholic beverage establishment and are emptied on a daily basis;
3. Prohibit fixtures or furnishings that encourage loitering and nuisance behavior;
4. Reduce opportunities for patrons to congregate and obstruct neighboring properties and public rights-of-way; and
5. Otherwise maximize opportunities for surveillance and control of the premises and areas around the perimeter of the premises. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Any applicant or other person aggrieved by a decision granting or denying an application for a use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment may appeal the decision within the time and in the manner required by Chapter 24.565. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Every owner of an alcoholic beverage establishment issued a use permit pursuant to the provisions of this article shall post a copy of all operational standards, training requirements and any special conditions of the permit in at least one prominent place within the interior of the alcoholic beverage establishment where it will be readily visible and legible to the employees, and make available a copy upon request to a city official. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. Except as otherwise provided herein, any alcoholic beverage establishment lawfully operating prior to the initial effective date of this chapter pursuant to an ABC license that authorizes the retail sale of alcoholic beverages for on-site or off-site consumption shall be issued a use permit pursuant to this chapter and shall thereafter be a deemed approved establishment that may continue to lawfully operate under such use permit provided the operation is conducted in compliance with the operational standards and any applicable training requirement set forth in Article 4 of this chapter, and has paid the annual permit fee required by Article 5 of this chapter.
B. Reserved.
C. Any modification of a deemed approved establishment or the discontinuance of a deemed approved establishment for six or more months shall require approval of a new use permit in compliance with this chapter. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Within 30 days following the initial effective date of this chapter, the community development director shall:
A. Notify the owner of each deemed approved establishment within the city of the establishment’s deemed approved status, and provide the owner with a use permit authorizing the establishment to lawfully continue its operation in the manner required by this chapter;
B. Provide the owner of the deemed approved establishment with a copy of the provisions of this chapter and call the owner’s attention to the requirement that the deemed approved establishment be operated in accordance with the operational standards set forth in Article 4 of this chapter; and
C. Provide the owner of the deemed approved establishment with a copy of the permit fees adopted by the city council in accordance with Article 5 of this chapter, and advise the owner of the amount and due date of the deemed approved establishment’s annual permit fee. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Every owner of a deemed approved establishment shall post a copy of all of the operational standards set forth in Article 4 of this chapter in at least one prominent place within the interior of the establishment where it will be readily visible and legible to the employees, and make available a copy upon request to a city official. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
All new and existing alcoholic beverage establishments shall be operated in conformance with the following operational standards:
A. Compliance With the State’s Alcoholic Beverage Control Act. All alcoholic beverage establishments shall be operated in strict compliance with the state’s Alcoholic Beverage Control Act, together with the conditions of any license issued by ABC to the establishment pursuant to that Act.
B. Nuisance Conditions. Reasonable steps shall be taken to discourage and timely correct objectionable conditions that constitute a nuisance on or about the alcoholic beverage establishment. “Reasonable steps” shall include calling the police in a timely manner, preventive design features, and requesting those engaging in such activities to cease those activities, unless personal safety would be threatened in making that request.
C. Litter and Graffiti. The exterior of the alcoholic beverage establishment, including the immediately adjacent area that is owned, leased, rented, or otherwise under the control of alcoholic beverage establishment, shall be maintained free of litter and graffiti at all times. The owner or operator should provide for daily removal of trash, litter and debris from the premises and on all abutting public sidewalks within 20 feet of the premises. Graffiti shall be removed within 48 hours following receipt of written notice of violation from the police department.
D. Mode of Alcoholic Beverage Sales. Alcoholic beverage sales from drive-up or walk-up service windows shall be prohibited. This provision shall also apply to alcoholic beverage sales to persons in watercraft.
E. Signs.
1. All signs required by the Alcoholic Beverage Control Act shall be posted as required by the ABC.
2. Temporary Signs. The placement of a temporary sign on a window or the transparent portion of any door of an alcoholic beverage establishment requires a director’s permit issued in the manner provided for by Section 24.420.050, shall be allowed on the first floor only, shall not cover more than 40 percent of a window or transparent portion of the door, and may be used for no more than 90 days each calendar year.
3. Permanent signs on a window or transparent portion of a door require design review in the manner required by Section 24.420.060.
F. Consumption Outside of Establishment Prohibited. The operator of the alcoholic beverage establishment shall not cause or permit the consumption of alcoholic beverages purchased at the establishment in any parking lot, property or public right-of-way adjoining the establishment.
G. Limit on Purchasable Quantity. The sale of beer or malt beverage products in bottles or cans greater than 32 ounces in volume is prohibited; however, this standard is not intended to restrict the sale of alcoholic beverages in kegs or other kinds of food-safe sealable refillable transport containers designed for the transportation of beer or malt beverage products, such as growlers (up to 64-ounce glass or metal sealable container) for only off-site consumption.
H. Noise Restriction. Any entertainment provided at the establishment shall be carried out in a manner authorized by a dance hall or entertainment permit issued pursuant to Chapter 10.450, and shall not be audible more than 50 feet from the boundary of the property containing the establishment unless otherwise expressly authorized by the permit. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. New Alcoholic Beverage Establishments. All persons that own or are employed in the operation of a new alcoholic beverage establishment that is issued a use permit in the manner provided for by Article 2 of this chapter or Chapter 24.520, and that are personally engaged in the sale or service of alcoholic beverages, or that supervise or otherwise control the sale or service of such beverages, shall successfully complete a certified training program in responsible methods and skills for selling and serving alcoholic beverages within 90 days of employment.
B. Existing Alcoholic Beverage Establishments. All persons that own or are employed in the operation of an existing alcoholic beverage establishment that is issued a use permit in the manner provided for by Article 3 of this chapter, and that are personally engaged in the sale or service of alcoholic beverages, or that supervise or otherwise control the sale or service of such beverages, may be required to undergo a certified training program in responsible methods and skills for selling and serving alcoholic beverages as part of a decision and order issued in a proceeding to revoke or modify the permit.
C. Certified Programs. To qualify to meet the requirements of this section a certified program must meet the standards of the California Coordinating Council on Responsible Beverage Service (CCC/RBS) or other certifying/licensing body designated by the state of California.
D. Expiration. Beginning July 1, 2021, this section shall no longer be applicable to alcohol servers provided state law requires alcohol server certification, such as Business and Professions Code Section 25682, as it may be amended from time to time. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Commencing in October 2005, and in September of each even-numbered year thereafter, the city council shall establish an annual use permit fee that shall be imposed on each alcoholic beverage establishment issued a use permit pursuant to the provisions of this chapter or Chapter 24.520, including any alcoholic beverage establishment issued a use permit pursuant to Article 2 of this chapter and any deemed approved establishment issued a permit pursuant to Article 3 of this chapter. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
The annual permit fee imposed on an alcoholic beverage establishment operating under a use permit issued in the manner provided for by this chapter or Chapter 24.520 shall be established by resolution of the city council and shall be based on:
A. The category of the ABC license issued to the alcoholic beverage establishment;
B. The estimated annual costs of the police services necessary to monitor and enforce the operational standards and other use permit conditions and requirements for all alcoholic beverage establishments within that license category;
C. The estimated annual costs of the finance and technology department to bill and collect the annual permit fee; and
D. The alcoholic beverage establishment’s pro rata share of such costs. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. All annual permit fees imposed on an alcoholic beverage establishment operating under a use permit issued in the manner provided for by this chapter shall be due and payable immediately upon receipt, and shall be delinquent if not paid on or before the thirty-first day of December of that year.
B. In the event a permittee operating an alcoholic beverage establishment fails to pay the annual permit fee on or before the delinquency date, the permittee shall also pay a delinquency penalty in an amount equal to 10 percent of the amount of the permit fee for each month or portion thereof subsequent to the delinquency date that the permit fee remains unpaid; provided, however, that the total amount of such delinquency penalties shall not exceed 100 percent of the permittee’s annual fee. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. On or after the effective date of this chapter it shall be unlawful for any person to operate an alcoholic beverage establishment:
1. Without a valid use permit issued in the manner provided by Article 2 of this chapter or Chapter 24.520; or
2. In violation of any requirements and conditions of any use permit issued pursuant to Article 2 of this chapter or Chapter 24.520, including, but not limited to, any operational standards and training requirements established by this chapter and incorporated into such permit.
B. On or after January 1, 2006, it shall be unlawful for any person to operate a deemed approved establishment in violation of the operational standards set forth in this chapter and incorporated into a permit issued to the establishment pursuant to Article 3 of this chapter. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A person violating any provision of this chapter may be assessed a civil penalty in the manner and in the amount provided for by Chapter 1.50. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A person violating the provisions of this chapter shall be guilty of a criminal violation that is punishable in the manner provided for in Chapter 1.150 if:
A. The person operates an alcoholic beverage establishment without a use permit required by this chapter or Chapter 24.520.
B. The person has been issued a use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment in the manner provided by this chapter or Chapter 24.520, and causes or permits the establishment to be operated in violation of the requirements or conditions of the use permit. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A use permit issued to any alcoholic beverage establishment in the manner provided by this chapter or Chapter 24.520 or deemed approved establishment may, for sufficient cause, be revoked or modified in the manner provided for by Section 24.570.100. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
All alcoholic beverage establishments within the city shall be regularly inspected by the police department to determine whether the establishments are being operated in compliance with the provisions of this chapter, including, but not limited to, any of the requirements and conditions of the use permit issued to such establishments in the manner provided by this chapter or Chapter 24.520. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Where the police department determines that an alcoholic beverage establishment is being operated in violation of the provisions of this chapter including, but not limited to, any of the requirements and conditions of the use permit issued to such alcoholic beverage establishment in the manner provided by this chapter or Chapter 24.520, the department will cause a notice of violation to be issued to the permittee that describes the nature of the violation, the corrective action to be taken, if any is possible, and the time within which the corrective action must be completed. However, the issuance of a notice of violation shall not be a condition precedent to the assessment of a civil penalty, revocation or modification proceedings, or a criminal prosecution as provided for by this article. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Development Regulations and Standards
1This chapter, as repealed and replaced by Ord. 2024-012, is applicable in only noncoastal areas until adoption by the California Coastal Commission, at which point it will be effective in coastal areas.
Prior legislation: Ords. No. 2004-002, 2013-005 § 2, 2013-008 § 2.
3 Editor’s note(s): Section 3 of Ord. No. 2005-004, adopted May 2, 2005, amended Chapter 24.455 in its entirety to read as herein set out. Former Chapter 24.455 pertained to similar subject matter and derived from Ord. No. 2003-003, adopted April 28, 2003.
Cross reference(s) – Historic preservation committee, Chapter 2.430; historic downtown Ventura parking and business improvement areas, Chapter 4.310; building and construction regulations, Title 12; historic district (HD) overlay zone, Chapter 24.340.
8 Editor’s note(s): Section 2 of Ord. No. 2019-006, adopted June 10, 2019, amended Chapter 24.460 in its entirety to read as herein set out. Former Chapter 24.460 pertained to the same subject matter, and derived from Ord. No. 2006-006, adopted October 3, 2005; Ord. No. 2006-009, adopted May 1, 2006; and Ord. No. 2012-022, adopted December 17, 2012.
9 Cross reference(s): Public health and safety regulations, Title 8.
1 Cross reference(s): Business regulations, Title 6.
2 Cross reference(s): Business regulations, Title 6.
3 Cross reference(s): Business regulations, Title 6.
4 Cross reference(s): Business regulations, Title 6.
5 Cross reference(s): Hazardous materials, Chapter 14.50.
Development regulations and standards of the zoning ordinance are found in the following chapters:
General Provisions | |
Height Regulations | |
Yard Regulations | |
Off-Street Parking Regulations | |
Water Efficient Landscape Regulations | |
Sign Regulations | |
Lighting Regulations | |
Residential Condominium Conversion Regulations | |
Accessory Dwelling Unit Regulations | |
Special Residential Regulations | |
Emergency Shelter Regulations | |
Operational Standards for Day Services Facilities | |
Timeshare Resort Facility Regulations | |
Residential Density Bonus Regulations | |
Trailer Coach Regulations | |
Historic Preservation Regulations | |
Alcoholic Beverage Establishments – Use Permits | |
Nonconformity Regulations | |
Performance Standards | |
Standards for Restaurants Classified within the “Dining Establishments: Fast Service, Drive-Up” Restaurant Use Type | |
Standards for Outdoor Dining Uses in the Public Right-of-Way | |
Standards for Assembly Uses | |
Standards for the “Recycling Services” Use Type | |
Adult-Oriented Business Regulations | |
Firearm and Ammunition Sales | |
Standards for the “Hazardous Waste Facility” Use Type | |
Standards for Wireless Telecommunication Facilities |
(Code 1971, § 15.600.010; Ord. No. 2000-04, § 60, 1-24-00; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 38, 12-13-21)
The development regulations and standards are intended to specify the nature, components, and use of the development standards and criteria and to establish regulations regarding physical character, density, and other impacts of development. (Code 1971, § 15.600.020)
This chapter establishes height regulations for the determination of the maximum height of buildings and other structures. (Code 1971, § 15.605.010)
Except as provided in this chapter, the maximum height permitted for buildings and all other structures in a particular zoning district shall be the maximum height specified in the regulations for that zoning district. (Code 1971, § 15.605.020)
Except as specifically prohibited by the comprehensive plan for the H-C zone, the following structures, or portions thereof, may be permitted to extend above the maximum height limits set forth in this chapter or set forth in the regulations for the zoning district in which the subject site is located:
A. Chimneys or other required venting systems if their height is no greater than the minimums required by the Uniform Building Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, or Uniform Mechanical Code;
B. Ham radio antennas;
C. Radio and television antennas in conjunction with residential uses, other than satellite dishes and antennas attached thereto; or
D. Roof structures for the housing of required elevators, stairways, and similar access equipment. (Code 1971, § 15.605.030)
For purposes of this zoning ordinance, the height of a building or other structure is measured from the average established curb grade at the front lot line to the highest point of such building or other structure, except as provided in this section:
A. Sloping Lot. Except in the hillside area, in instances where the lot slopes up more than 10 percent, as measured from the front lot line to the rear lot line, the height of buildings or other structures, other than fences, walls, pole signs, or monument signs shall be measured from the average finished grade at the corner points of the building line to the highest point of the building or other structure.
B. Through Lot. Except in the hillside area, the height of buildings or other structures, other than fences, walls, pole signs, or monument signs, on a through lot shall be measured from the average elevation of the curb grade of the highest lot frontage to the highest point of the building or other structure.
C. R-1-B and R-2-B Zones. In the R-1-B and R-2-B zones only, the height of buildings or other structures, other than fences, walls, pole signs, or monument signs, shall be measured from the top of the curb or the edge of the street pavement nearest to the front lot line, whichever is higher, to the highest point of the building or other structure.
D. Signs. The height of pole signs and monument signs shall be measured from the average curb grade of the street nearest to the sign. (Code 1971, § 15.605.040)
A. In any R-1, R-2, or R-3 zone, or portion thereof, within the boundaries of the hillside area as defined in Chapter 24.110, the height of buildings or other structures, other than pole signs, monument signs, fences, or walls, shall be determined in accordance with this section, and the following height restrictions shall apply:
1. Rear Lot Line Highest/Slope of Lot 10 Percent or Less. Where the average elevation of the rear lot line is above the average elevation of the front lot line, and where the slope of the lot is 10 percent or less, no building or other structure shall exceed a height of 12 and one-half feet above the average natural grade of the required rear lot line, or 15 feet above the average natural grade of the required rear setback line, or 30 feet above the average natural grade at each corner point of the building for R-1 and R-2 zoned lots, or 45 feet above the average natural grade at each corner point of the building line for R-3 zoned lots, whichever of the foregoing is the lowest elevation.
2. Rear Lot Line Highest/Slope of Lot Greater Than 10 Percent. Where the average elevation of the rear lot line is above the average elevation of the front lot line, and where the slope of the lot is greater than 10 percent, no building or other structure shall exceed a height of 10 feet above the average natural grade of the rear lot line, or 15 feet above the average natural grade of the required rear setback line, or 30 feet above the average natural grade at each corner point of the building line for R-1 and R-2 zoned lots, or 45 feet above the average natural grade at each corner point of the building line for R-3 zoned lots, whichever of the foregoing is the lowest elevation.
3. Front Lot Line Highest. Where the average elevation of the front lot line is above the average elevation of the rear lot line, no building or other structure shall exceed a height of 15 feet above the average elevation of the front lot line.
4. Through Lot. No building or other structure on a through lot in the hillside area shall exceed a height of 15 feet above the average elevation of the front lot line of the highest lot frontage.
B. Preparation of Plans for Hillside Areas. For the purposes of subsection A of this section, applicants must provide complete topographical and lot survey information prepared by an architect, surveyor, or civil engineer licensed or registered to practice in the state of California, for the lot or lots involved. Such information shall include grading details of any cut or fill slopes and all elevation reference points required by this subsection B to verify height measurements, except as provided in subsection C of this section. The elevation reference points for the front and rear lot lines and the required rear yard setback line shall be shown directly on the site plan and plotted as follows:
1. Points one and two shall be the lot corners;
2. Point three shall be the midpoint between points one and two;
3. Point four shall be the midpoint between points one and three; and
4. Point five shall be the midpoint between points two and three.
C. Exception to Preparation of Survey Information. In any R-1, R-2, or R-3 zone, or portion thereof, within the boundaries of the hillside area the director may determine that the survey information set forth in subsection B of this section is not required provided it can be demonstrated, based on criteria established and adopted by separate resolution, of the council, that the height of buildings or structures or expansions thereof is in scale with surrounding development and will not unreasonably or unnecessarily interfere with scenic views from other public streets and other public areas.
D. In no case shall the height of any building or structure or expansion thereof exceed the Standards – Height set forth in the underlying zone. (Code 1971, § 15.605.050; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 39, 12-13-21)
For the purposes of this zoning ordinance, the height of a fence or wall, or of dense landscaping that serves as a fence or wall, is measured from the highest finished grade directly adjacent to the fence or wall or dense landscaping to the highest point of such fence, wall or dense landscaping. Where a portion of a fence or wall serves as a retaining fence or wall, that portion of such fence or wall shall not be included in the height calculation. (Code 1971, § 15.605.060)
Variances from the height limits established by this chapter may be permitted pursuant to the procedures and findings provided in Chapter 24.535 for the granting of variances. An application for a variance from the height limits applicable to any site, or portion thereof, in the hillside area shall include all the following information and may include additional requirements as the decision-making authority may deem necessary:
A. An application for a variance, including site and elevation plans. All survey information required by Section 24.405.050(B) shall be shown directly on the site plan;
B. Building height and elevation data for all proposed structures and proposed additions to structures;
C. Actual building height and elevation data for all existing buildings and structures on the site and for existing structures on all abutting lots;
D. “Sight-line” drawings indicating the relationship of the proposed structure or addition to any public streets or other public areas where public views may be affected by such structure or addition. (Code 1971, § 15.605.070; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 39, 12-13-21)
This chapter sets forth regulations for front, side, and rear yards within the city in order to assure light, air, privacy, adequate access to residential lots, and open areas appropriate to the use, location, and impact of structures. These regulations shall be in addition to required setbacks, and required yard standards derived therefrom, established for each zone. (Code 1971, § 15.610.010)
A. Yard regulations set forth in this chapter shall apply to all lots, and buildings and other structures thereon, unless otherwise specified in this zoning ordinance.
B. No required yard area, required landscaped area, or other required open space area shall be deemed to provide a yard area, landscaped area, or other open space area required for any adjoining lot or building site.
C. No fence, wall, structure, or landscaping shall be erected, planted or maintained within 20 feet of an intersection of public rights-of-way in a manner that is determined by the director to interfere with pedestrian or vehicular traffic visibility. (Code 1971, § 15.610.020; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 40, 12-13-21)
Projections into required yards shall only be allowed for buildings and lots used exclusively for residential purposes, and only to the extent permitted in this section as follows:
A. Belt courses, sills, canopies, awnings, buttresses, prefabricated “greenhouse” windows that do not result in an increase in floor area, or other similar architectural features may extend or project into a required side yard no closer than three feet to any side property line and may extend or project into a required front yard or required rear yard not more than three feet; provided, that:
1. No bay windows may extend or project into any required yard area; and
2. No extensions or projections into required front, rear, or side yard areas of any of the architectural features described in this subsection A are allowed in the R-1-B or R-2-B zone.
B. Eaves or cornices may project or extend into a required front yard or required rear yard not more than three feet. Eaves or cornices may extend or project into a required side yard no closer than three feet to any side lot line; provided, that no such extensions or projection of eaves or cornices into required side yards are allowed in the R-1-B or R-2-B zone.
C. Open and unenclosed stairways or balconies, not covered by a roof or canopy, may extend or project into any required rear yard not more than four feet, or may extend or project into a required front yard not more than two and one-half feet; provided, that no such extensions or projections into required front or rear yards are allowed in the R-1-B or R-2-B zone; and further provided, that no such extensions or projections are allowed into required side yard areas in any zone. No stairway or balcony that is enclosed, or that is covered by a roof or canopy, may extend or project into any required yard area in any zone. If an openwork type railing of more than three and one-half feet in height, or any enclosed railing, is installed or constructed on any such stairway or balcony, such stairway or balcony shall be deemed to be enclosed for purposes of this subsection C.
D. Open and unenclosed porches, platforms, or landing places that are not covered by a roof or canopy, and that do not extend above the level of the first floor of the building, may extend or project into any required front or required rear yard not more than six feet, and may extend or project into a required side yard not more than three feet; provided, that no such extensions or projections are allowed into any required front, rear, or side yard areas in the R-1-B or R-2-B zone. No porch, platform, or landing place that is enclosed, or that is covered by a roof or canopy, may extend or project into any required yard area in any zone. If an openwork type railing of more than three and one-half feet in height, or any enclosed railing, is installed or constructed on any such porch, platform, or landing place, such porch, platform, or landing place shall be deemed to be enclosed for purposes of this subsection D.
E. Fire escapes may extend or project into any required front or required rear yard not more than six feet, or may extend or project into any required side yard not closer than three feet to any side lot line; provided, that no such extension or projection of fire escapes is allowed into any required yard area in the R-1-B or R-2-B zone.
F. Chimneys may extend or project into a required front, side, or rear yard not more than 24 inches; provided, that any chimney extending or projecting into a required side yard shall not be closer than three feet to any side lot line.
G. Hot water heater enclosures may extend or project into a required front, side, or rear yard not more than 30 inches; provided, that any hot water heater enclosure extending or projecting into a required side yard shall not be closer than three feet to any side lot line.
H. Unless otherwise provided in this zoning ordinance, no fence or wall, or dense landscaping that serves as a fence or wall, shall be located or maintained:
1. On a front property line or anywhere within a required front yard, unless such fence, wall, or dense landscaping is three and one-half feet or less in height; or
2. On the rear property line or anywhere within the required rear yard, unless such fence, wall, or dense landscaping is six feet or less in height; or
3. On a side property line or anywhere within a required side yard, unless such fence, wall, or dense landscaping is six feet or less in height; provided, that in any instance where such fence, wall, or dense landscaping, or portion thereof, is located or maintained on a side property line, or anywhere within a required side yard, on the street side of a reverse corner lot used by a residential use type, no such fence, wall, or dense landscaping, or portion thereof, shall exceed three and one-half feet in height for a distance of a minimum of 35 feet back towards the rear of the lot from the back of the curb at the corner radius.
I. Notwithstanding Section 24.405.060 or subsection H of this section, no fence or wall shall be located or maintained on a rear property line or anywhere within the required rear yard, or on a side property line or anywhere within the required side yard, in any instance where the height of such fence or wall, as measured from the lowest finished grade directly adjacent to the fence or wall to the highest point of such fence or wall, exceeds 10 feet, unless a minor variance is first approved therefor in accordance with Chapter 24.535.
J. None of the structures, or architectural features or other portions thereof, described in subsections A through I of this section shall be located or maintained in a manner that precludes unobstructed access at all times around and about a primary building. Gates or open areas of at least two and one-half feet in width shall be provided for such required access. (Code 1971, § 15.610.030)
Where a dwelling unit is on the same lot as, but not attached to, another dwelling unit, an open yard space extending upward from areas of the site between any such unattached dwelling units, and of a minimum width equal to the sum of the areas of the required side setbacks for that lot, shall be left between such unattached dwelling units. No structural or architectural feature other than eaves or cornices shall be allowed to project into that required open yard space. (Code 1971, § 15.610.040)
Fences, walls or dense landscaping a maximum of six feet in height may be located on a property line or within a required front, side, or rear yard of a site used exclusively for nonresidential purposes except as follows:
A. If the regulations for a zoning district require a front yard setback, no fence, wall or dense landscaping exceeding three and one-half feet in height may be located on the front lot line or anywhere within the required front yard;
B. If a lot is a corner lot, no fence, wall or dense landscaping exceeding three and one-half feet in height may be located within 10 feet of the point where the front lot line and street side lot line intersect; and
C. All uses within the Recycling Services: Scrap Operations use type shall provide a fence, wall or dense landscaping pursuant to Section 24.485.020(C). (Code 1971, § 15.610.050)
This chapter establishes off-street parking regulations to lessen traffic congestion and contribute to public safety and the general welfare by providing adequate off-street areas and related landscaping for circulation and parking of motor vehicles and bicycles that are generated by land uses within the city. (Code 1971, § 15.615.010)
A. Applicability. Every use of property hereafter initiated, reinitiated, expanded, intensified, or changed, and every building hereafter erected, enlarged, or structurally altered to accommodate such uses shall be required to provide adequate off-street parking spaces and adequate provision for vehicle ingress and egress and on-site vehicle circulation to serve the parking area, in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. The off-street parking space requirements set forth in this chapter are intended to be minimums only.
B. Location of Required Parking Spaces. Off-street parking spaces required for a use shall be provided as follows:
1. Residential. For residential uses, off-street parking spaces shall be located on the same site as the dwelling units or other building(s) that they are to serve.
2. Nonresidential. For all uses other than residential, off-street parking spaces shall be located on the same site as the building or use that they are intended to serve; provided, that:
a. Off-street parking spaces may be located on a different site pursuant to a use permit, and a lease, agreement, easement or other document acceptable to the city attorney;
b. Off-site parking spaces may be approved for nonresidential uses in Parking District No. 3 pursuant to Chapter 24.512; and
c. Off-street parking space requirements within the DP overlay zone may be satisfied pursuant to Chapter 24.345.
C. Calculation of Required Parking Spaces. The total number of off-street parking spaces required shall be calculated as follows:
1. Whenever the computation of the number of off-street parking spaces required by this chapter results in a fractional parking space, each such fractional space shall be constructed a whole number if equal to or greater than one-half.
2. No off-street parking spaces are required for floor area comprised by carports, garages, parking structures or other buildings devoted exclusively to provision of required parking spaces.
3. No off-street parking spaces are required for floor area exclusively used and maintained for elevators, stairways, restrooms, unstaffed electrical or mechanical equipment rooms, and employee-only kitchens, lunchrooms, exercise, or locker rooms.
To qualify for this exemption, a complete and detailed floor plan must be submitted to the planning division. At a minimum this floor plan must include: area size dimensions, square footage calculation, and the type of use occurring in each area.
4. With respect to any Dining Establishment or Drinking Establishment use type, gross floor area does not include outdoor dining areas.
5. Within the downtown specific plan area, tandem parking will be counted toward the total number of off-street parking spaces for a family residential: single-family use type. However, unless otherwise specified in this zoning ordinance, or specifically allowed by a variance pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 24.535, or a warrant or exception pursuant to Chapter 24.537, parking spaces in tandem shall not be permitted to count toward the total minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for sites in other areas of the city.
6. The total number of off-street parking spaces required shall be the sum of the requirements for the various uses on a particular site, except as provided by Chapter 24.345 for the DP overlay zone, and except as otherwise allowed by state law.
D. Landscaping – Surplus Parking Spaces. All portions of a parking area not improved for required parking, loading, or vehicular circulation areas shall be landscaped; provided, that for any project or use requiring a discretionary decision, the decision-making authority may approve a parking area design that includes surplus parking spaces for the proposed project or use in addition to those required by this chapter.
E. Compact Spaces. Compact spaces as specified in Section 24.415.060(B)(2) may be permitted only in the following instances:
1. When a planned development permit is approved for residential projects of five or more dwelling units, compact spaces may be permitted up to a maximum of 35 percent of the required open parking spaces.
2. When nonresidential uses require a minimum of 10 parking spaces, a maximum of 35 percent of those required parking spaces may be provided as compact spaces.
3. Any surplus parking spaces approved per subsection D of this section may be compact.
F. Queuing Lanes. Drive-through queuing lanes provided in conjunction with Administrative, Business, and Professional Support, Retail Sales, and similar uses, except Dining Establishments, shall be given a parking requirement credit of one-half parking space credit for each 20 linear feet of queuing area. This is limited to credit for a maximum of 25 percent of the parking spaces required for the use the queuing lane serves. (Code 1971, § 15.615.020; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
The number of off-street parking spaces required, and the manner in which they are to be provided, for uses classified within residential use types shall be determined in accordance with this section as follows, except as otherwise allowed by state law:
A. Uses classified within the Family Residential: Mobile Home; Family Residential: Single-Family; Family Residential: Two-Family; and Residential Care use types shall provide off-street parking as follows:
1. In any zoning district other than R-1-B or R-2-B zoning districts:
a. Two spaces within a garage shall be provided for each dwelling unit for which a building permit was issued, for the initial construction of that unit after March 15, 1965.
b. Two spaces within a garage shall be maintained for any dwelling unit that is currently provided two spaces within a garage.
c. One space within a garage shall be provided for each dwelling unit for which a building permit was issued for the initial construction of that unit on or prior to March 15, 1965; provided, that if any such existing dwelling unit is structurally altered, enlarged or expanded such that the cumulative increases in gross floor area since March 15, 1965, exceed 50 percent of the gross floor area of that dwelling unit and other buildings or other structures related thereto as of March 15, 1965, then two spaces within a garage shall be provided.
2. In the R-1-B and R-2-B zoning districts, two spaces within a garage shall be provided for each dwelling unit. For each existing dwelling unit that is nonconforming as to the parking space requirements of this subsection, regardless of the date of issuance of the building permit for the dwelling unit, the off-street parking requirements of this subsection A do not need to be complied with unless and until structural alterations, enlargements, or expansions are carried out which cumulatively total 20 percent of the gross floor area of that dwelling unit and any other buildings or other structures related thereto as it was initially built, in which instance, two spaces within a garage shall be provided.
3. If any of the uses subject to this subsection A do not provide a minimum of one off-street parking space within a garage, any structural alteration, enlargement, or expansion of the dwelling unit related to such uses shall require construction of a one-car garage unless such structural alteration, enlargement, or expansion exceeds the 50 percent limitation of either subsection (A)(1) of this section or the 20 percent limitation of subsection (A)(2) of this section, in which instance, the two-car garage required by those sections shall be provided.
4. For the purposes of this subsection A, the gross square footage of garages shall be included in any calculations of gross floor area.
B. Family Residential: Caretaker, and Family Residential: Farm Employee Housing use types shall provide one off-street parking space within a garage for each dwelling unit.
C. Residential Second Unit use types shall provide one open or covered off-street parking space. The required parking space may be in tandem with one of the parking spaces provided for the primary dwelling unit.
D. Family Residential: Large Multifamily, and Family Residential: Small Multifamily use types shall provide off-street parking as follows:
1. Minimum Number of Parking Spaces Required.
a. Provision for resident parking:
For each dwelling unit with no more than one bedroom: one space.
For each dwelling unit with two or more bedrooms: two spaces.
b. Provision for guest parking: one-quarter additional space for every dwelling unit, but no less than one additional parking space for a multifamily use, shall be provided, designated, and maintained as open guest parking.
c. Covered parking: of the total number of spaces provided, one resident parking space for each dwelling unit shall be within a garage or carport.
E. Residential Condominiums use types, including, but not limited to, residential condominium conversions, shall provide off-street parking as follows:
1. Projects designed and constructed as condominiums: two and one-half spaces for each dwelling unit, two of which shall be within a garage. Of the total number of spaces provided, one-quarter space for every dwelling unit shall be provided, designated, and maintained as guest parking. Where the computation of the number of spaces to be designated for guest parking pursuant to this subsection results in a fraction, such fraction shall be rounded upward to determine the number of guest spaces.
2. Condominium conversions: two and one-half spaces for each dwelling unit, one of which shall be within a garage. Of the total number of spaces provided, one-quarter space for every dwelling unit shall be provided, designated, and maintained as guest parking. Where the computation of the number of spaces to be designated for guest parking pursuant to this subsection results in a fraction, such fraction shall be rounded upward to determine the number of guest spaces.
F. Group Residential use types shall provide one and one-half off-street parking spaces for each sleeping room. In the case of dormitories, each 100 square feet of floor area devoted to sleeping quarters shall be considered a sleeping room.
G. Mobile Home Parks use types shall provide off-street parking as follows:
1. Unit Parking. Two spaces for each mobile home unit. Such parking spaces must be located on the same lot or rental space as the mobile home. Parking spaces may be in tandem; provided, that a paved area at least 10 feet wide and at least 40 feet deep is provided.
2. Guest Parking. One additional space for every increment of four mobile home lots shall be provided, designated, and maintained as guest parking. Where the computation of the number of spaces to be designated for guest parking pursuant to this subsection results in a fraction, such fraction shall be rounded upward to determine the number of guest spaces.
3. Other Parking. One additional space shall be provided for each 300 square feet of gross floor area of community and recreational buildings. (Code 1971, § 15.615.030; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
Uses in the seaward parking corridor, as defined in Chapter 24.110, shall be subject to the parking requirements specified in underlying zone districts of commercial tourist-oriented (C-T-O) or intermediate commercial (C-1A) as applicable. The number of off-street parking spaces required, and the manner in which they are to be provided, for general use types, other than those within the seaward parking corridor, shall be determined in accordance with this section as set forth below:
Use Type | Parking Spaces Required | |
|---|---|---|
A. | Administrative, Business, and Professional Services | One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area. |
Animal Sales and Services: Grooming and Pet Stores | ||
Animal Sales and Services: Veterinary | ||
Auction Sales | ||
Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Repairs, Systems | ||
Automotive and Accessories: Cleaning | ||
Automotive and Accessories: Gasoline Sales | ||
Business and Professional Support | ||
Construction Sales and Services: Building Supply Stores | ||
Cultural and Library Services | ||
Dining Establishments: Ancillary Service | ||
Dining Establishments: Take Out | ||
Education Services, Commercial | ||
Equipment Rentals, Sales, or Services: Light | ||
Food and Beverage Retail Sales | ||
Funeral and Interment Services | ||
Government Services | ||
Medical Services: Consulting | ||
Medical Services: Mobile Equipment | ||
Oil Equipment Services: Light | ||
Personal Services | ||
Property Maintenance Services | ||
Repair Services | ||
Retail Sales | ||
Safety Services | ||
Shopping Centers: Small | ||
Transportation Services | ||
B. | Shopping Centers: Large | (1) With no Food and Beverage Retail Sales use type or with a Food and Beverage Retail Sales use type which is 10,000 square feet or less in area: One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area. (2) With a Food and Beverage Retail Sales use type greater than 10,000 square feet in area: One space for each 250 square feet of gross floor area. |
C. | Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Rentals | One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area plus one space for each 5,000 square feet of outdoor sales, display or storage area. |
Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Sales, Retail | ||
Boating and Harbor Activities: Boat Sales and Services | ||
Nursery Sales | ||
D. | Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Repair, Bodies | One space for each 500 square feet of gross floor area, except that for any portion used for warehouse/storage area, one space for each 1,000 square feet, and whatever number of spaces are required for any other principal use on the site. A total of 20 percent of an occupant’s area may be devoted to office use in support of a principal use listed in this subsection D without providing parking spaces at a ratio greater than one space per 500 square feet of gross office floor area. However, office area which supports a principal use listed in this subsection D and which exceeds 20 percent of an occupant’s area shall provide parking spaces for the entire office area at a ratio of one space per 300 square feet of gross office floor area. |
Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Sales, Wholesale | ||
Automotive and Accessories: Impound Yards | ||
Automotive and Accessories: Operable Vehicle Storage | ||
Boating and Harbor Activities: Boat Building or Repair | ||
Construction Sales and Services: Building Contractor Yards | ||
Construction Sales and Services: Lumber Yards | ||
Equipment Rentals, Sales or Services: Heavy | ||
Fish Processing: Fish Receiving | ||
Food and Fish Processing: Fish and Meat Processing | ||
Food and Fish Processing: Food Processing | ||
General Industrial | ||
Laundry Services | ||
Light Industrial | ||
Oil Equipment Services: Heavy | ||
Personal Storage | ||
Recycling Services: Recycling Transfer | ||
Recycling Services: Scrap Operations | ||
Research or Laboratory Services | ||
Wholesaling and Distribution | ||
E. | Day Care Centers | Two spaces for the first 13 children plus one space for every seven children thereafter. |
F. | Dining Establishments: Fast Service Counter | One space for each 100 square feet of gross floor area. |
Dining Establishments: Fast-Service, Drive-Up | ||
G. | Dining Establishments: Full Service Drinking Establishments | If the use comprises less than 2,500 square feet of gross floor area: One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area. |
If the use comprises 2,500 square feet or more of gross floor area and is a freestanding building, whether or not it is located in a shopping center: One parking space for each 100 square feet of gross floor area. | ||
If the use comprises 2,500 square feet or more of gross floor area and is located within a shopping center and within a building also occupied by other occupants or other businesses or any other establishments: One parking space for each 200 square feet of gross floor area. | ||
H. | Education Services: General | Elementary Schools and Middle Schools: One space for each classroom plus one space for each five fixed seats of any area utilized for auditorium purposes or, if no fixed seats, one space for each five people as determined by the Uniform Building Code Occupancy Load Provisions. |
High Schools: Five spaces for each classroom plus one space for each five fixed seats of any area utilized for auditorium purposes or, if no fixed seats, one space for every five people as determined by the Uniform Building Code Occupancy Load Provisions. | ||
Colleges: Seven spaces for each classroom plus one space for each five fixed seats of any area utilized for auditorium purposes or if no fixed seats one space for every five people as determined by the Uniform Building Code occupancy load provisions. | ||
I. | Group Care | One space for each person employed at the site plus one-quarter space for each resident bed. |
J. | Farmers’ Market, Certified | A number of spaces as determined necessary by the decision-making authority to provide adequate vehicular access while minimizing adverse impacts on the surrounding neighborhood. |
Hazardous Waste Facility | ||
Helicopter Landing Services | ||
Recreation Services: Outdoor Entertainment | ||
Recreation Services: Outdoor Sports and Recreation | ||
Recreation Services: Public Parks and Playgrounds | ||
Swap Meets | ||
K. | Lodging Services: Hotels and Motels | One space for each sleeping unit plus whatever number of spaces may be required for other principal uses (e.g., Dining Establishments, Drinking Establishments, etc.) on the site. |
L. | Lodging Services: Bed and Breakfast Inns | Two spaces within a garage. Where two spaces within a garage are already being provided for a Family Residential: Single-Family, those two spaces within a garage shall be deemed to adequately meet the requirement of this subsection L. One open or covered space for each guest room must also be provided. |
M. | Automotive and Accessories: Parking | No additional parking spaces required. |
Billboards | ||
Recycling Services: | ||
Consumer Recycling | ||
Collection Points | ||
N. | Boating and Harbor Activities: Boat Slips | Three-quarters space for each slip, plus whatever number of spaces may be required for any other principal uses on the site. |
O. | Boating and Harbor Activities: Harbor Sales and Services | One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area plus three-quarters space for each boat slip. |
P. | Boating and Harbor Activities: Commercial Boating and Fishing | One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area plus one and one-half spaces for each boat slip. |
Q. | Medical Services: Medical Care | Two spaces for each bed. |
R. | Recreation Services: Indoor Entertainment | One space for each five fixed seats or, if no fixed seats, one space for each five people as determined by the Uniform Building Code Occupancy Load Provisions, plus whatever number of spaces are required for any other principal uses on the site. |
S. | Recreation Services: Amusement Centers | Bowling alleys, tennis courts, handball courts and similar facilities having clearly designated courts or playing areas: Three spaces for each bowling lane or playing court plus whatever number of spaces are required for any other principal uses on the site (e.g., Dining Establishments, Drinking Establishments, etc.) For other participant oriented facilities, (e.g., skating rinks, amusement centers, fitness centers, billiard parlors): One space for each 200 gross square feet of floor area. |
T. | Recreation Services: Campgrounds | One space for each campsite or table, plus one space for each employee, and one additional space for each 25 campsites, and whatever number of spaces are required for other principal uses on the site (e.g., Dining Establishments, Drinking Establishments, etc.) |
U. | Community Meeting | One space for each four fixed seats or each 96 inches, or fraction thereof, of the length of bench-type seats, or 28 gross square feet where no permanent seats are maintained, in any main meeting area, auditorium, meeting room, sanctuary or place of worship. |
V. | Utility or Equipment Substation | One space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area; provided, that no parking spaces are required for completely automated, unattended facilities. |
(Code 1971, § 15.615.040; Ord. No. 2002-05, § 16, 3-18-02)
The number of off-street parking spaces required and the manner in which they are to be provided for agricultural use types shall be determined in accordance with this section as follows:
A. Produce Sales: as determined necessary by the decision-making authority to provide adequate vehicular access while minimizing adverse impacts on the surrounding neighborhood.
B.
Animal Husbandry: none.
Apiculture.
Crop Production.
Horticulture: Cultivation.
Horticulture: Storage.
Indoor Production. (Code 1971, § 15.615.050)
The design and dimensions of parking spaces shall be provided as follows, unless a minor variance or warrant/exception, as applicable, is granted:
A. General Requirements. Parking lot and parking space design and dimensions shall be carried out in accordance with this section.
B. Dimensions of Parking Spaces.
1. Standard Spaces. Each parking space shall be an unobstructed rectangle not less than nine feet wide by not less than 20 feet long, exclusive of drives, aisles or, if enclosed, structural supports.
2. Compact Spaces.
a. Compact spaces shall be an unobstructed rectangle not less than eight feet wide by not less than 16 feet long, exclusive of drives, aisles or, if enclosed, structural supports.
b. Each compact space shall be individually marked or designated as a compact space.
c. Compact spaces may be permitted only to the extent allowed by Section 24.415.020(E).
3. Overhang. Where a required off-street parking space is designed to abut a landscaped area that is at least five feet wide or a sidewalk that is a minimum of two and one-half feet wider than required by the State Building Code handicap requirements, the length of any such parking spaces, except for parallel spaces, may be reduced by two and one-half feet for spaces that are perpendicular or angular to such landscaped area or sidewalk.
C. Marking. All parking spaces and directional arrows and instructions shall be clearly designated in a manner satisfactory to the director.
D. Restriping Existing Lots. Existing parking lots may be repainted to follow the exact existing striping layout, whether or not the number of spaces or the dimensions of the spaces or other aspects of the lot are in compliance with this chapter. If existing lots are restriped in any other manner, even to a more conforming manner, all provisions of this chapter shall be met including, but not limited to, numbers and dimensions of parking spaces, drive aisle dimensions, and landscaping.
E. Parking Spaces Unclear. If the parking spaces in an existing private parking lot are not clearly marked or designated, the number of parking spaces that a private parking lot will be deemed to have available for off-street parking will be the maximum number of spaces which can be accommodated in compliance with all other requirements of this zoning ordinance including, but not limited to, requirements for numbers and dimensions of parking spaces, drive aisle dimensions, and landscaping. (Code 1971, § 15.615.060; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
The design and dimensions of parking area access and aisles shall be provided as follows, unless a minor variance or warrant/exception, as applicable, is granted:
A. Vehicular access to streets and alleys will be determined to meet the requirements of this chapter only to the extent such access is in accordance with driveway locations and access design approved by the director.
B. Driveway access to off-street parking spaces for uses within the family residential: single-family or family residential: two-family use types shall be at least 10 feet in width throughout.
C. Driveway access to off-street parking spaces for sites with more than two dwelling units shall be at least 20 feet in width throughout; provided, that the director may require a greater minimum width depending on the driveway length, number of dwelling units served, turnaround needs, or other factors.
D. Driveway access to all nonresidential uses shall be not less than 14 feet in width throughout for one-way access and not less than 25 feet in width throughout for two-way, combined entrance and exit, access.
E. For all uses except family residential: single-family and family residential: two-family, a minimum 25-foot deep unobstructed back-out area shall be provided in front of every garage, carport, or open perpendicular parking space; provided, that where any of the foregoing abut an alley or private street or driveway, one-half the width of the alley or private street or driveway may count towards this required 25-foot back-out area.
F. No vehicular parking shall occur over a public or private sidewalk. (Code 1971, § 15.615.070; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
Uses classified within the Shopping Centers: Large use type must meet all of the following standards in addition to any other requirements of this zoning ordinance. The design and dimensions of parking area access and aisles shall be provided as follows, unless a minor variance or warrant/exception, as applicable, is granted:
A. Standards for Entry Areas.
1. When traffic analysis determines that a deceleration lane is necessary to provide safe and adequate right turn access to the shopping center from any adjacent arterial streets, the director may require a deceleration lane be provided and improved based on city design standards.
2. A 30-foot-wide two-way drive aisle shall be provided and maintained directly adjacent to any walkways that abut the front building elevation. No parking spaces shall be located within 30 feet of any walkway that abuts the front building elevation.
B. Standards for Parking Spaces.
1. All parking spaces within particular rows of spaces served by one-way or two-way drive aisles shall be designed with the same degree of angle.
2. No more than one-tenth of the number of parking spaces provided for the shopping center may be located behind buildings.
3. No off-street parking spaces shall be located behind buildings unless a clearly designated pedestrian walkway a minimum of 20 feet in width is provided on the site to assure adequate access and visibility to that parking area from the front of the building.
C. Other Applicable Standards.
1. Adequate temporary storage areas for shopping carts shall be provided throughout the parking lots. No such temporary storage areas shall be located on walkways.
2. Landscape planters in parking lots shall be provided and maintained at a frequency of one planter of suitable size to accommodate a mature tree per each four side-by-side parking spaces.
3. Where landscape planters are located between buildings or public sidewalks and parking lots such that pedestrians will likely traverse the planters, walk-through areas shall be provided through the planters at intervals of one walk-through area for every four parking spaces. (Code 1971, § 15.615.080; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
All driveways, drive aisles, parking areas, and accesses to such parking areas required by this chapter, as well as all outdoor display areas for vehicles and all outdoor storage areas, shall be completely surfaced with asphalt or Portland cement concrete surfacing or other acceptable surfacing materials, including permeable materials such as block pavers, as approved by the director. Adequate drainage shall be provided for all such surfaced and paved areas in accordance with the requirements of the building official and the city engineer. (Code 1971, § 15.615.090; Ord. No. 2012-023, § 2, 12-17-12; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
All parking areas for uses other than Family Residential: Single-Family and Family Residential: Two-Family shall be landscaped and screened in accordance with the requirements of this section, unless a minor variance or warrant/exception, as applicable, is granted.
A. Perimeter Landscaping.
1. A landscape strip a minimum of 10 feet wide shall be provided along the property lines adjacent to any public or private street or alley (except within the approved exit and entrance ways) wherever parking areas or drive aisles abut such streets or alleys.
2. Drive aisles and open parking areas on adjacent sites shall be separated by a planting strip a minimum of five feet in width on each site in any instance:
a. Where there are two adjacent driveways providing access to such sites; or
b. Where there are two or more open parking areas adjacent to one another which are not served by a common driveway.
B. Interior Landscaping.
1. For open parking areas containing parking spaces for at least 10 and not more than 21 vehicles, a minimum of five percent of the interior of such areas shall be landscaped.
2. For open parking areas containing parking spaces for more than 21 vehicles, a minimum of 10 percent of the interior of such areas shall be landscaped.
3. For any use that requires design review, interior landscaped areas shall be distributed throughout the entire parking area as required by the decision-making authority.
4. The total area of required interior landscaped area shall be calculated on the basis of the total amount of parking and drive aisle areas required to be provided.
C. Landscaping Construction Methods. All parking lot landscaped areas adjacent to vehicular parking or drive aisles shall be entirely enclosed within a reinforced brick or masonry planter box, or a poured-in-place Portland cement concrete curb, not less than six inches high, unless alternative designs for stormwater treatment or retention are approved by the director, except on any side of such landscaped areas adjacent to a public street or alley. Any portion of a parking lot landscaped area that abuts a public street or alley shall be constructed per the specifications of the city engineer.
D. Fences and Walls Required for Nonresidential Land Uses. Parking or circulation areas for nonresidential uses that abut property in a residential zone shall be totally screened along the length of the property line abutting the residential zone by a wood fence or masonry wall six feet in height; provided, that such fence or wall shall not exceed three and one-half feet in height in the area from the front lot line to the depth of the required front yard on the abutting residentially zoned property. Where a parking or circulation area for a nonresidential land use is located across a street or alley from property in a residential zone, such parking or circulation areas shall be totally screened along the property line abutting the street or alley by a wood fence or masonry wall three and one-half feet in height. (Code 1971, § 15.615.100; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
All off-street parking areas, other than those provided for uses within the Family Residential: Single-Family and Family Residential: Two-Family and Family Residential: Small Multifamily use types, shall be provided with exterior lighting. Such lighting shall be designed to confine the lighting to the parking area on the site such that there is no lighting splash beyond the site. The director may require photometric plans to ensure compliance with this section. (Code 1971, § 15.615.110; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
A. Plans for parking areas containing 10 or more spaces, including landscaping and lighting plans, must be considered and approved prior to construction pursuant to the design review process set forth in Chapter 24.545.
B. Plans for parking areas containing less than 10 spaces including landscaping and lighting plans, proposed in conjunction with uses that do not require design review or any other discretionary approvals from any decision-making authority other than the director, must be considered and approved by the director, prior to construction pursuant to Chapter 24.505. (Code 1971, § 15.615.120)
Any permanently maintained off-street loading and unloading spaces shall meet the following standards:
A. Location. No loading area shall be oriented to face directly to any arterial street. All loading areas shall be located so as to prevent truck back-up maneuvering within public rights-of-way.
B. Size. Each loading space shall be not less than 12 feet in width, and not less than 50 feet in depth, with a minimum overhead clearance of 14 feet.
C. Screening. All loading areas shall be adequately screened from view of public rights-of-way by walls or landscaping. (Code 1971, § 15.615.130)
A. Applicability. The requirements of this section shall apply when a building is constructed, an existing building is added to or structurally altered, or the use or occupancy of a property is intensified, expanded or changed and such construction, addition, structural alteration or change of use or occupancy requires a planned development permit, or amendment thereto, or use permit, or amendment thereto.
B. Residential Use Types. The number of required bicycle parking facilities for residential use types shall be no less than the following:
1. Family Residential: Large Multifamily: 10 percent of the number of spaces required for motor vehicle parking, but no less than five bicycle parking facilities.
2. All other residential use types: none.
C. General Use Types. The number of required bicycle parking facilities for all general use types shall be no less than 10 percent of the number of spaces required for motor vehicle parking, except for the following:
1. Education Services. Education Services use types shall provide the same number of bicycle parking facilities as the number of spaces required for motor vehicle parking.
2. Recreation Services. Indoor Entertainment; Recreation Services: Indoor Sports And Recreation; and Recreation Services: Outdoor Sports and Recreation use types shall provide at least 30 percent of the number of spaces required for motor vehicle parking.
D. Agricultural Use Types.
None.
E. Computation of Required Bicycle Parking Facilities.
1. Fractional Requirements. Where the total number of bicycle parking facilities required includes a fraction of a facility, one additional bicycle facility shall be added for each such fraction.
2. Mixed Uses. The total requirement for bicycle parking facilities on a site shall be the sum of the requirements for each of the uses occupying the site.
3. Uses Not Specified. The decision-making authority may establish bicycle parking facilities requirements for uses not set forth herein. Such determination shall be based upon the requirements for the most comparable uses specified in this section.
F. Requirements for Bicycle Parking Facilities.
1. Location. Bicycle parking facilities shall be located on the same site as the use that is subject to the requirements of this section. Bicycle facilities shall be located so as to be at least as convenient as the majority of vehicular parking areas, and as closely oriented to adjacent bikeways as is feasible.
2. Bicycle Facilities Standards.
a. Bicycle parking facilities shall include provisions for storage and locking of bicycles, either in lockers or secured racks or equivalent installations in which the bicycle frame and wheels may be locked by the user. Instructions for the proper use of the racks and/or lockers should be provided. Bicycle racks shall be designed so that the user is able to secure both wheels and the frame with a user-provided 1.8 meter six-foot cable or chain and lock. Racks or lockers shall be anchored so that they cannot be easily removed. Lockers shall be designed such that bicycles cannot be removed except by authorized persons. It is recommended that bicycle facilities be covered so that they are protected from the elements.
b. The design of bicycle parking facilities with respect to safety, convenience, and security shall be subject to the review and approval of the director. The director may specify certain types and standards for bicycle parking facilities in addition to the standards set forth herein.
c. Bicycle parking facilities required in conjunction with uses that are subject to design review shall be reviewed by the decision-making authority to ensure that they relate well to the remainder of the facilities, are architecturally consistent with the site and structures, and are located in the most appropriate location.
3. Maintenance. Bicycle parking facilities as required herein shall be provided and maintained for the duration of the use incurring the requirements therefor and shall not be used for other purposes. (Code 1971, § 15.615.140; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
Nonresidential development that is determined to have the potential to provide employment for 100 or more persons at a particular site shall provide the following:
No less than 10 percent of the cumulative total of required parking spaces for the development shall be located as close as is feasible to the employee entrance(s), and shall be reserved for use by potential carpool or vanpool vehicles, without displacing handicapped parking needs. This preferential carpool and vanpool parking area shall be identified on the site plan upon application for discretionary permit, or if no discretionary permit is required it shall be shown on plans at time of first submittal for building permit, to the satisfaction of the director. Spaces shall be signed or striped as demand warrants; provided, that at all times at least one space for projects of 50,000 square feet to 100,000 square feet of gross floor area and two spaces for projects over 100,000 square feet of gross floor area will be signed or striped for carpool or vanpool vehicles. (Code 1971, § 15.615.150; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 41, 12-13-21)
All new development shall comply with Title 23, Chapter 2.7, Section 490 of the California Code of Regulations, regarding water efficient landscape. The director is authorized to create and maintain specific application requirements and procedures consistent with state law. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 42, 12-13-21)
This chapter regulates the use of all signs within the city in order to:
A. Recognize the functions and importance of signs for the business sector of the community and the city as a whole;
B. Preserve and enhance the unique character and the visual appearance of the city;
C. Recognize the integral part played by signs in the overall appearance of the city;
D. Provide a reasonable set of controls that will permit and encourage creative and effective signs that adequately identify a business;
E. Provide guidance and direction for sign users and sign designers as to what constitutes appropriate signage in the city;
F. Set standards that will encourage signs to be used primarily for business identification rather than product or service advertising; and
G. To promote the safe circulation of traffic and otherwise further the purposes of this zoning ordinance. (Code 1971, § 15.620.010)
The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all signs within the city. No sign may be located, maintained, or otherwise used unless it complies with the provisions of this chapter. Any noncommercial message may be substituted for the copy on any commercial sign permitted by this chapter. This chapter may be referenced and cited as the city’s “sign ordinance.” (Code 1971, § 15.620.020)
Sign location criteria shall be as follows:
A. On the Site. All signs shall be located on the site occupied by the use to which they pertain unless otherwise provided in this chapter.
B. Visibility Obstructions. No sign may be located in a manner which may constitute a traffic hazard or create a hazardous condition for persons using a public right-of-way. (Code 1971, § 15.620.030)
The following signs may not be located in a manner that may constitute a traffic hazard or create a hazardous condition for persons using a public right-of-way but shall be otherwise exempt from the provisions of this chapter to the extent allowed by this section:
A. Signs of a duly constituted governmental entity which are located in the public right-of-way, such as traffic or similar regulatory devices, legal devices, or warnings at railroad crossings.
B. Signs placed by a public utility showing the location of underground facilities.
C. Memorial signs installed by a governmental agency including, but not limited to, historic landmarks, or districts, or markers, or points of interest.
D. Signs required to be maintained by governmental law, order, rule, regulation, or other mandate up to a total area not to exceed five square feet on any lot or parcel, unless such governmental mandate specifically requires a larger sign area.
E. Signs within a public recreational use (such as a public park) which cannot be seen from a public street.
F. Signs installed by civic, philanthropic, educational or religious organizations, temporary in nature and displayed for a maximum of 30 days per calendar year.
G. Signs displayed for the convenience of the public, located upon the property to which they pertain, such as signs identifying restrooms, public telephones, entrances, or parking restrictions. The area of any such sign shall not exceed three square feet.
H. Signs identifying acceptable credit cards, hours of operation or like information; provided, that the total area of all such signs shall not exceed two square feet.
I. Addresses and nameplates in residential zones; provided, that the area of such signs shall not exceed two square feet.
J. Street address number for all zones except residential zones. The area of such signs shall not exceed four square feet.
K. Signs located inside a building and not visible from the outside of such building.
L. Flags of duly constituted governmental entities and official flags of philanthropic or religious organizations.
M. Signs, other than temporary political signs or signs prohibited by Section 24.420.270, that display noncommercial messages erected or displayed on private property pursuant to the exercise of the constitutionally protected rights of free speech and free expression.
N. Signs installed on either public or private property to identify public transportation systems.
O. Signs in the public right-of-way. Off-site signs that are part of and accessory to bus shelters, transit shelters, pay phones, trash receptacles, and other similar street furniture located in the public right-of-way and installed by the city or in compliance with an agreement with the city. This includes street banners attached to streetlights and other similar structures. (Code 1971, § 15.620.040; Ord. No. 2008-004, § 2, 3-17-08)
The following types of signs shall be permitted without further design review approval but shall comply with all applicable provisions of this section and all other provisions of this chapter as follows:
A. Availability Sign. One availability sign shall be permitted per project or per lot, whichever is fewer in number, with a maximum area of 32 square feet and a maximum height of 10 feet above grade. All such signs, and all structural supports for such signs, shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from the face of any curb line and three feet from any property line. No part of such sign or its structural supports shall extend over a public right-of-way.
B. Construction Identification Sign. One construction identification sign shall be permitted per project or per lot, whichever is fewer in number, with a maximum area of 32 square feet and a maximum height of six feet above grade. All such signs and all structural supports for such signs shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from the face of any curb line and three feet from any property line. No part of such sign or its structural supports shall extend over a public right-of-way. No such sign may be installed until a building permit has been issued for the construction identified. All such signs shall be removed within 30 days of the issuance of the first certificate of occupancy.
C. Corporate Flag. Corporate flags are allowed only if displayed in conjunction with nonresidential uses and only if flown on the same flagpole or other similar structure with a flag of a governmental entity. No more than one corporate flag may be flown on a single flagpole or similar structure. A corporate flag may not be larger than the other flag in conjunction with which it is flown.
D. Decorative Device. Decorative devices may be permitted for a maximum of 45 days per calendar year; provided, that a director’s permit is approved prior to the display of such decorative device.
E. Feature Sign. One sign per model shall be permitted, with a maximum area of three square feet and a maximum height of four feet per sign.
F. Open House Sign. One open house sign may be located on the site of the unit for sale and a maximum of six open house signs may be located off the site to indicate directions to the unit for sale. An open house sign may have a maximum area of three square feet and a maximum height of four feet. Open house signs may be permitted only for the duration of the open house and may only be for property located within the Ventura city limits. Off-site open house signs may be located in a public right-of-way, such as within treewells, sidewalks, or parkways, but not within medians or roadways. No open house sign on private property or in a public right-of-way may be located in a manner that may constitute a traffic hazard or create a hazardous condition for persons using a public right-of-way.
G. Real Estate Sign. One real estate sign per dwelling unit shall be permitted with a maximum area of three square feet and a maximum height of four feet per sign. All real estate signs shall be located on the property which is advertised by such sign and shall be removed within three days of the close of escrow or within three days of the signing of the lease or rental agreement for that property.
H. Subdivision Sign. One subdivision sign per subdivision shall be permitted, with a maximum area of 32 square feet and a maximum height of 10 feet above grade. Any such subdivision sign shall be located within the boundaries of the subdivision which it identifies and shall not be installed until a final subdivision map has been recorded. All subdivision signs shall be removed when all units of the subdivision are sold.
I. Temporary Business Sign. Temporary signs may be displayed, pursuant to issuance of a director’s permit, for a period of a maximum of 90 days per calendar year, not to exceed 30 consecutive days.
J. Temporary Political Sign. Temporary political signs shall not be installed more than six months prior to any national election or more than three months prior to any other election, and shall be removed within 10 days of the completion of the subject election. Temporary political signs identifying campaign headquarters shall not be subject to Sections 24.420.100 through 24.420.250. Temporary political signs located on private property shall have the permission of the property owner. Temporary political signs may be located in a public right-of-way, such as within treewells, sidewalks, or parkways but not within medians or roadways. No temporary political sign on private property or in a public right-of-way shall be located in a manner that may constitute a traffic hazard or create a hazardous condition for persons using the public right-of-way.
K. Temporary Window Sign. A temporary window sign shall not exceed 40 percent of the area of any window upon which it is placed, singly, or in combination with any other temporary or permanent window signs. Temporary window signs shall be allowed on the first floor only. Temporary window signs require approval of a director’s permit and may only be used for a maximum of 90 days per calendar year. Permanent window signs are subject to design review. (Code 1971, § 15.620.050)
The following types of signs shall be permitted; provided, that such signs comply with this section and all other provisions of this chapter; and further provided, that design review approval is obtained from the decision-making authority for such signs pursuant to Chapter 24.545:
A. Architectural Projection Sign. Architectural projection signs may be permitted; provided, that:
1. Such signs are not attached to the top of any architectural projection;
2. Such signs on the face of an architectural projection do not extend above or below the face of the projection; and
3. Any such signs attached to the underside of the architectural projection are at right angles to the main building wall, do not extend beyond the edges of the architectural projection, and have a minimum of eight feet of vertical clearance from any public or private walkway.
B. Directional Sign. Directional signs may be permitted in addition to the maximum sign allowance permitted for a particular use by this chapter. The number of directional signs allowed for a particular site shall be determined on a case-by-case basis by the decision-making authority through the design review process. Directional signs may have a maximum area of four square feet each and maximum height, if a ground-mounted sign, of four feet.
C. Directory Sign. Directory signs shall be permitted to the extent allowed by Section 24.420.130.
D. Monument Sign. A monument sign may have a maximum area of 40 square feet and a maximum height of six feet as measured in accordance with Chapter 24.405. Any such monument sign and all its structural supports shall be located a minimum of three feet from all property lines and a minimum of 10 feet from the face of any curb line. No part of a monument sign or its structural supports shall extend over any public right-of-way. Monument signs may be located in a landscaped area only to the extent approved by the decision-making authority through the design review process pursuant to Chapter 24.545.
E. Mural. All murals shall be exempt from the size restrictions of this chapter. All murals shall be subject to design review, except when proposed in conjunction with the following use types: Cultural and Library Services; Government Services; Recreation Services: Public Parks and Playgrounds; Educational Services: General.
F. Pole Sign. Pole signs, and all related structural supports, shall be located a minimum of three feet from any property line and a minimum of 10 feet from the face of any curb line. No part of a pole sign or its structural supports shall extend over a public right-of-way. Pole signs shall be located in a landscape planter. Pole signs may be permitted for freeway service facilities to the extent allowed by Section 24.420.190 and may be maintained in conjunction with Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Sales, Retail use types to the extent allowed by Section 24.420.230.
G. Projecting Sign. Projecting signs shall be permitted to the extent allowed by this chapter.
H. Tenant Directory Maps. Tenant directory maps shall be permitted to the extent allowed by Section 24.420.120.
I. Wall Sign. Wall signs shall be permitted to the extent allowed by this chapter.
J. Window Sign, Permanent. A permanent window sign may be permitted in conjunction with uses for which other building-related signs are permitted; provided, that the area of a permanent window sign shall be calculated as part of the maximum permanent sign area allowed per principal use based on the requirements of this chapter. (Code 1971, § 15.620.060; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 43, 12-13-21)
The design review process required by this chapter shall be carried out in accordance with Chapter 24.545 and shall include submission of an application form, a proposed sign program, and other related materials. Review and consideration of that application and sign program by the decision-making authority shall, in addition, be carried out in accordance with this section as follows:
A. Design Review Required. No new sign that requires design review pursuant to Section 24.420.060 shall be installed, nor shall any existing sign subject to Section 24.420.060 be altered, without the prior review and approval of the decision-making authority in accordance with Chapter 24.545. Repair of all or part of an existing sign in a manner that duplicates the appearance and location of the original sign shall not require such prior review and approval. However, no change to the color, size, illumination, graphic content, location, or any other features of an existing sign shall be made without such prior review and approval.
B. Sign Design Standards. The city council may adopt sign design standards by resolution and such design standards may be amended by action of the city council from time to time.
C. The maximum sign allowances specified in this chapter shall not be reduced as a part of the required design review process.
D. Although pole signs are subject to design review pursuant to Section 24.420.060, the review and consideration of use permits for pole signs for freeway service facilities pursuant to Section 24.420.190 are not part of the design review process. Conditions may be imposed regarding the location, dimensions, and other characteristics of pole signs by the decision-making authority pursuant to the use permit procedures set forth in Chapter 24.520. (Code 1971, § 15.620.070; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 43, 12-13-21)
The sign program required by Section 24.420.070 shall be submitted and shall describe and pictorially represent the location, dimensions, color, letter style, letter height, and sign type of all signs to be installed in conjunction with any and all uses for an entire establishment or site. All new, altered, or changed signs shall conform to an approved sign program unless an amendment to that approved sign program is approved by the decision-making authority in accordance with Chapters 24.545 and 24.570. (Code 1971, § 15.620.080)
Sign area shall be determined as follows:
A. Distinct Border. For signs with a distinct border, the sign area shall be calculated as the area of the sign within the exterior limits of that border.
B. Distinct Boundary. For signs with a distinct boundary, the sign area shall be calculated as the area of the entire surface within the physical boundaries of the sign.
C. No Distinct Border or Boundary. For signs that are painted on a wall or otherwise have no distinct border or boundary, the sign area shall be determined by the area of a simple rectilinear figure superimposed over all of the lettering and illustration comprising such sign.
D. Double Sided Signs. For signs which have only two identical faces, arranged back to back in parallel planes not more than two feet apart, the sign area shall be calculated by measuring the area of one side only.
E. Multiple Sided Sign. For signs which have more than one side and are not double sided signs, the sign area shall be calculated by measuring the area of each side and totaling the sum of the areas of each side.
F. Including Sign Structure or Support. Where a sign structure or support is designed, as determined by the decision-making authority, in such a manner as to make a sign more noticeable or appear larger, the area of the structure or support shall be included in the sign area. (Code 1971, § 15.620.090)
Signs located inside a building, but primarily visible from outside the building, shall be limited to 30 percent of the window area. In no event shall a combination of signs visible in a window area or other window signs exceed 40 percent of the window area. (Code 1971, § 15.620.100)
All uses permitted in the agricultural (A) zone shall be allowed monument signs or building-related signs to the extent consistent with this section and further subject to all applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. Identification. One sign for identification purposes not to exceed 20 square feet to identify a ranch, farm, or other permitted use.
B. Produce Sales. Forty square feet of sign area in conjunction with Produce Sales use types. (Code 1971, § 15.620.110)
All residential uses in all zones shall be allowed the following signs, subject to all applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. Community Identification Sign. A maximum of two community identification signs may be permitted with a maximum area of 32 square feet allowed for each sign. Such signs shall not be internally illuminated. Such signs shall be located adjacent to a major vehicular entrance to the project. The project applicant shall make provisions for continuing sign maintenance subject to the approval of the decision-making authority, or shall be responsible for the removal of such sign.
B. Tenant Directory Map. A tenant directory map displaying the residential project, with a maximum area of six square feet and maximum height of five feet. Such signs shall not be located so as to cause traffic conflicts or hazards. (Code 1971, § 15.620.120)
All principal uses permitted in the P-O zone shall be allowed the following signs, subject to all provisions of this chapter:
A. One monument sign, not to exceed 40 square feet, or one building-related sign, not to exceed 40 square feet, for each lot or establishment, whichever is fewer in number.
B. One directory sign, not to exceed 12 square feet in area, for each building. (Code 1971, § 15.620.130)
The provisions of this section shall apply to all permitted nonresidential uses in all commercial zones, in addition to all other applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. Building-Related Signs. Building-related signs shall be permitted as follows:
1. Signs on Front Building Elevation. One square foot of sign area per one foot of building frontage shall be permitted up to 32 feet of frontage, plus one-half square foot of sign area per each foot of building frontage in excess of 32 feet; and
2. Signs on Side or Rear Building Elevation. One-half square foot of sign area per one foot of side or rear building elevation shall be permitted, but shall not exceed the sign size permitted on the front building elevation. A sign on the side or rear building elevation which is intended solely for freeway visibility shall not be permitted.
B. Monument Sign. One monument sign shall be permitted per each lot or principal use, whichever is fewer in number. One square foot of monument sign area shall be permitted per every three linear feet of front lot line, with a maximum area of 40 square feet. For the purpose of determining monument sign areas for corner lots and through lots, the front lot line is that frontage with the primary street visibility, as determined by the decision-making authority.
C. Maximum Sign Area. Notwithstanding subsections A and B of this section, no more than 100 square feet of total sign area for all permitted permanent signs shall be permitted per principal use. (Code 1971, § 15.620.140)
All uses permitted in the M-1 and M-2 zones shall be allowed the following signs, subject to all applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. A Lot, Building or Complex Occupied by One Industrial Establishment. A lot, building or complex occupied by one industrial establishment shall be allowed one monument sign not to exceed 20 square feet and one wall sign not to exceed 20 square feet.
B. A Lot, Building or Complex Occupied by Two or More Industrial Establishments. A lot, building or complex occupied by two or more industrial establishments shall be allowed one building related sign per establishment not to exceed 20 square feet and attached to that portion of the structure occupied by the establishment identified; and one monument sign to identify the lot, building, or complex not to exceed 40 square feet.
C. Commercial Uses. Commercial uses permitted in the M-1 and M-2 zones shall each be permitted building-related signs up to a maximum of 50 percent of the sign area allowance based on the provisions of Section 24.420.140(A), or a maximum of 40 square feet of sign area, whichever is less, for occupant identification purposes subject to approval of a sign program by the decision-making authority as specified in Chapter 24.545. (Code 1971, § 15.620.150)
All uses in the M-P-D zone shall be allowed the following signs subject to all applicable provisions of this chapter.
A. A Lot, Building or Complex Occupied by One Industrial Establishment. A lot, building or complex occupied by one industrial establishment shall be allowed one monument sign not to exceed 40 square feet or one wall sign not to exceed 40 square feet.
B. A Lot, Building or Complex Occupied by Two or More Industrial Establishments. A lot, building or complex occupied by two or more industrial establishments shall be allowed one building related sign for identification purposes per establishment not to exceed eight square feet, located adjacent to the establishment entrance; and one monument sign not to exceed 40 square feet to identify the lot, building or complex.
C. Retail Uses. Retail sales use types and other retail uses permitted in the M-P-D zone by Chapter 24.264 shall be permitted a sign area allowance of 50 percent of the sign allowance provided by Section 24.420.140(A), or 20 square feet, whichever is less, for occupant identification purposes subject to approval of a sign program by the decision-making authority as specified in Chapter 24.545. (Code 1971, § 15.620.160)
Uses within the Automotive and Accessories: Gasoline Sales use type shall be allowed the following signs in addition to the maximum sign allowances prescribed for the zone in which said use is located, subject to all applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. Information Board. One sign listing the services available not to exceed 10 square feet. Such sign may be self-supporting, with a maximum height of four feet, shall not be considered a portable sign for the purposes of Section 24.420.270 and shall not be subject to design review.
B. Price Sign. One sign listing prices and/or hours of operation not to exceed 10 square feet. Such sign may be attached to a building or be self-supporting. Such sign shall not be subject to design review and shall not be considered a portable sign for the purposes of this chapter. Price signs shall comply with all applicable city, county, state, and federal regulations. Price displays which are part of or are attached to another sign shall be deemed part of that sign area and shall not be considered price signs. (Code 1971, § 15.620.170)
Shopping centers shall be allowed the following signs subject to all applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. Building-Related Sign for Establishment Identification. Building-related signs up to a maximum of 100 square feet of sign area per establishment shall be permitted for identification purposes. Maximum sign size shall be further subject to Section 24.420.140(A). In addition, one four-square-foot under-canopy sign shall be permitted subject to the restrictions on signs on architectural projections set forth in Section 24.420.060.
B. Center Identification. Shopping centers less than five acres in size shall be permitted one monument sign for center identification purposes; shopping centers five acres or larger shall be permitted one monument sign for center identification purposes on each street frontage. Monument signs used for center identification shall have a maximum area of 40 square feet and maximum height of six feet, identify the center only, and not include a listing of tenants. The name of the primary tenant may serve as identification for the center. (Code 1971, § 15.620.180)
A freeway service facility may be permitted a pole sign, but only if a use permit is first approved therefor pursuant to Chapter 24.520. Pole signs permitted in conjunction with freeway service facilities must also comply with all of the following:
A. Area and Height. The area and height of a pole sign shall be determined as a part of the use permit process, but shall not exceed a maximum area of 85 square feet and a maximum height of 25 feet. The maximum pole sign area and height set forth in this subsection A may be in addition to the maximum sign allowance established for the zone in which the freeway service facility is located.
B. Number and Location. No more than one pole sign per lot or freeway service facility, whichever is fewer in number, shall be permitted. Pole signs must be located on the site identified unless the decision-making authority determines in the course of its consideration and review of the required use permit that a grouping of sign faces on one pole would serve to identify off-site uses that would otherwise be permitted to have a pole sign and would be consistent with the purposes of the zoning ordinance.
C. Required Findings. Before the decision-making authority may approve a use permit for a pole sign for a freeway service facility, the following findings must be made in addition to those required for the applicable use permit pursuant to Chapter 24.520:
1. The granting of a use permit for the proposed pole sign is consistent with the purpose and intent of this chapter;
2. The proposed pole sign is exclusively oriented to and primarily visible from the freeway rather than surface streets;
3. The proposed pole sign will not be visually obtrusive or detract from the visual quality of the city;
4. The proposed pole sign will not block or detract from the view of the city, hills, or coastline from the freeway; and
5. The proposed pole sign is in scale or in harmony with the surrounding physical environment and existing and/or proposed development. (Code 1971, § 15.620.190)
Institutional uses shall be permitted monument signs or building-related signs, or both, up to a maximum of 40 square feet of sign area per site. All or part of such signs may be used for the display of public service information. For the purposes of this section, “institutional uses” are uses classified within the following use types:
A. Community Meeting;
B. Cultural and Library Services;
C. Education Services: General;
D. Government Services;
E. Medical Services: Medical Care;
F. Transportation Services (if publicly owned);
G. Utility Services; or
H. The Recreation Services use type category (if publicly owned). (Code 1971, § 15.620.200)
The maximum sign allowance for Dining Establishments: Fast Service, Drive-Up uses shall comply with the regulations for the zone in which the fast service, drive-up restaurant is located. In addition, one menu board sign not to exceed 20 square feet shall be permitted subject to design review approval by the decision-making authority as specified in Chapter 24.545 in conjunction with such use. (Code 1971, § 15.620.210)
No more than 20 percent of the sign area of any permanent sign may be devoted to product or service advertising. (Code 1971, § 15.620.220)
Signs used in conjunction with Automotive and Accessories: Automotive Sales, Retail use types which include sales of new vehicles must comply with the following:
A. Changes of copy to legal, nonconforming pole signs may be permitted subject to design review by the decision-making authority as specified in Chapter 24.545; provided, that no increase in size or height shall be permitted;
B. Dealerships with more than one franchise shall be allowed an additional monument sign for each franchise; provided, that any such additional monument sign shall not exceed 40 square feet and six feet in height and shall display only the additional franchise name. Any further franchise identification shall be permitted only on building-related signs permitted pursuant to the provisions of this chapter; and
C. Wall- or ground-mounted directional signs may exceed four square feet in area; provided, that any directional sign area over four square feet shall be deducted from the maximum wall sign area allowed by the maximum sign allowance. (Code 1971, § 15.620.230; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 43, 12-13-21)
Sign regulations for timeshare facilities shall be those established in this chapter for commercial uses. Because timeshare facilities are considered to be a Lodging Services: Hotels and Motels use, they may be defined as freeway service facilities, but only those timeshare facilities which have a substantial percentage of their units providing conventional overnight rental lodging will be considered for approval of a pole sign for a freeway service facility pursuant to Section 24.420.190. (Code 1971, § 15.620.240)
Off-site signs providing information on the location of residential subdivisions whose lots, parcels, or units are being offered for sale shall be permitted only as follows:
A. Residential subdivisions containing 50 or more lots or units shall be permitted to have off-site directional signs in the public right-of-way subject to an approved sign program by the director;
B. The director may appoint a program manager to administer the sign program for off-site directional signs for residential subdivisions. Such sign program may contain criteria regarding size, height, location, amount, and design of off-site directional signs for residential subdivisions. (Code 1971, § 15.620.250)
Off-site signs providing information on the location of community events sponsored or sanctioned by the city or sponsored by nonprofit corporations or organizations shall be permitted. The director may appoint a program manager to administer the sign program for off-site directional signs for community events. Such sign program may contain criteria regarding size, height, location, amount and design of off-site directional signs. (Code 1971, § 15.620.260)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide a limited availability for charitable and nonprofit entities to advertise their event or a series of events using street light poles according to the criteria set forth below. It is not the intent of the city to provide a general public forum or to allow noncity entities or persons to post messages on the city’s light poles by the use of street banners. The city shall not discriminate based on the content of the requested event banner, nor based on the nature of the event; provided, that the requested banner meets all requirements of this section. In no way shall this section be construed to limit the city’s inherent right to hang city-sponsored street banners from street light poles.
B. Definitions.
“Charitable event” shall be defined as an event, or a series of events, occurring within the city where the proceeds, if any, will directly benefit a charitable organization that maintains its charitable status under Internal Revenue Code Section 501(c)(3).
“City event” shall be defined as an event, or series of events, that is organized and administered by the city or by any of its operating departments, boards, or commissions and that has been approved by the city council.
“Citywide event” shall be defined as an event for which organizers will install in excess of 200 banners.
“Community event” shall be defined as an event, or a series of events, that promotes civic pride in a local community within the city or the city as a whole, and that is not a purely commercial enterprise and where the proceeds, if any, will directly benefit either a charitable or nonprofit organization.
Each Installation. Multiple banners suspended from a single pole shall also be deemed one installation; provided, that the multiple banners comply with all other laws, rules and regulations covering street banners.
“Event” shall be defined as something that takes place within the city at a venue that is open for attendance by the city’s citizens regardless of their age, gender, race, sexual orientation, religion or physical disability. A telethon or phone-a-thon shall be considered an “event” under this definition if it meets all other requirements of this section.
“Nonevent banner” shall be defined as a banner that identifies or denotes on the banner an area, community, district or other recognized geographic portion of the city, such as a business improvement district, or contains a public service announcement from the city and meets all other requirements of this section.
“Nonprofit event” shall be defined as an event, or series of events, occurring within the city that is sponsored by an organization that is incorporated or otherwise organized as a nonprofit organization under the laws of the state of California or the Internal Revenue Code and where the proceeds, if any, will directly benefit either a charitable or nonprofit organization.
“Street banner” means any pennant, streamer, flag, sign, picture, figure or other object, regardless of the material of which it is made, which is suspended or otherwise displayed over any public street, way or place, designed for decoration or advertisement, or to attract the attention of passersby; except, however, official warning devices, public service facilities, street lights and the like.
C. Street Banners – General Prohibition. No street banners shall be installed in the public right-of-way except for street banners expressly authorized by subsection D of this section.
D. Street Banners – Exemptions From General Prohibition.
1. The city may hang, or authorize a third party to hang on its behalf, street banners that announce a city event. The city council may also authorize the hanging of city-sponsored nonevent street banners, including street banners requested by any of the city’s operating departments, boards, commissions, or requested by other governmental entities, that do not announce a specific event but that contain public service announcements or that identify or denote on the banner an area, community, district or other recognized geographic portion of the city, such as a business improvement district. All banners requested by other governmental entities, other than the city, shall be subject to the applicable fees as authorized in this code.
2. The city may issue a permit to hang event street banners that announce either a community event, a charitable event or a nonprofit event or nonevent street banners requested by a charitable or nonprofit entity that identify or denote on the banner an area, community, district or other recognized geographic portion of the city, such as a business improvement district.
E. Street Banners – Content.
1. The text on all event street banners that announce community, charitable or nonprofit events shall be limited to the following content: the name of the event; the name of the charitable or nonprofit organization who is the permit applicant, and, if the name of the organization is in a language other than English, the English translation of the name; the date of the event; the time of the event; the location of the event and, if desired by the applicant, either a telephone number or web address for persons to obtain additional information concerning the event. The name and logo of sponsoring entity may be provided as permitted in subsection P of this section. The name of any event shall be no more than eight words and contain no more than 50 letters.
2. The content of all community identity nonevent street banners shall be limited to the name of the area, community, district or other recognized geographic portion of the city such as a business improvement district and may contain an introductory word or words, such as “Welcome to” or “Entering.” City nonevent banners may contain public service information or messages.
F. Permit Required. No person shall install or maintain any street banner without a permit. A separate permit shall be required for each banner design and location, but all street banners suspended in one city block, or in a number of contiguous city blocks, by one permittee, shall be deemed to be at the same location. Permits shall not be issued for light poles on streets where the adjoining land use is primarily single-family residential.
G. Application and Fee. Applications for permits shall be made by the primary event sponsor upon forms prescribed by the city. The application must include a clear replica of the proposed banner or banners, including any text on said banners, for each proposed installation, and said application shall also include all other information required by the city for the protection of public safety, welfare and property. One application may include any number of locations; provided, that the applicant must submit replicas of all different banners proposed to be installed under the single application.
H. Insurance Policy to Be Posted. No permit shall be issued hereunder unless the commercial entity installing the street banners has on file with the city a satisfactory policy of insurance approved by the city’s risk manager.
I. Permits – Issuance – Denial. Provided that any application for a permit to hang a street banner or banners meets the eligibility requirements of this section, the city shall issue, in whole or in part, a permit authorizing the installation of the requested street banner or banners, as long as the required fees, bond, insurance policy and other protection prescribed above have been posted and approved and provided the installation of such banner or banners will not damage public property, unreasonably interfere with its proper use, or endanger public safety or welfare, as determined by the city. Each street banner permit application shall be reviewed by staff in consultation with the city attorney to determine if the request complies with all the requirements of this section. If staff determines that the request is in full compliance with this section, the permit shall be issued. If staff determines that the application is not in compliance with this section, staff shall timely notify the applicant of the reason or reasons for noncompliance and, if possible, suggest what could be done to bring the street banner request into compliance with this section. If the city ultimately denies a street banner request, staff shall provide in writing the basis of the denial to the applicant.
J. Permit Duration.
1. Single Event. The city shall specify the term of each permit on the permit. The term of the permit for street banners announcing a single event shall not exceed 60 days. A permit may be renewed or extended for up to two additional 30-day terms. A permit may not be renewed or extended at any of the 30-day intervals when the city has on file, at the time of the requested extension, a permit application from a different entity seeking a permit for the same light poles occupied by the entity seeking the permit extension. The entity seeking the permit extension may request different light poles, if available, in instances where the original light poles are used by a new permittee. Under no circumstances shall a street banner announcing a single event installed pursuant to a permit issued pursuant to this code remain on light standards for more than 90 days in a 12-month period.
2. Series of Events. The city shall specify the term of each permit on the permit. The term of the initial permit for street banners announcing a series of events shall not exceed 60 days. An initial permit may be renewed or extended for one additional 30-day term. After 90 days, pursuant to an initial permit with two renewals, a second permit application may be submitted for a term of 30 days to maintain the already installed street banners. The second permit may be renewed for up to two additional 30-day terms. A permit may not be renewed or extended at any of the 30-day intervals when the city has on file, at the time of the requested extension, a permit application from a different entity seeking a permit for the same light poles occupied by the entity seeking the permit extension. The entity seeking the permit extension may request different light poles, if available, in instances where the original light poles are used by a new permittee. Under no circumstances shall a street banner announcing a series of events installed pursuant to a permit issued pursuant to this code remain on light standards for more than 180 days in a 12-month period.
3. Nonevent. The city shall specify the term of each permit on the permit. The term of the initial permit for nonevent street banners shall not exceed 90 days. An initial permit may be renewed or extended for up to three additional 90-day terms. A permit may not be renewed or extended at any of the 90-day intervals when the city has on file, at the time of the requested extension, a permit application from a different entity seeking a permit for the same light poles occupied by the entity seeking the permit extension. The entity seeking the permit extension may request different light poles, if available, in instances where the original light poles are used by a new permittee.
K. Permits – Location of Street Banners Announcing an Event or Series of Events. All street banners announcing an event or series of events must be placed on all usable streetlight poles on one city block. Any permit to hang street banners announcing an event or series of events pursuant to this code shall be deemed a “city-wide” permit request if the number of light poles involved is 200 or more.
L. Permits – Revocation. Permits may be revoked by the city in whole or in part on one or more of the following grounds:
1. The maintenance of any street banner endangers public welfare, safety or property;
2. Failure or refusal to observe any provision of this section or any rule promulgated by the city pursuant to authority granted by this section; or
3. A material misrepresentation in the application.
M. Removal of Street Banner. Upon expiration of any permit, any street banner covered thereby must be removed by the permittee within 72 hours of the date of expiration unless the city grants a renewal or written extension. The city may remove any street banner not so removed without notice to the permittee. Upon whole or partial revocation of any permit, all street banners covered thereby must be removed on the same date of revocation unless the city grants a renewal or written extension. The city shall upon reasonable notice to the permittee, remove any street banner not so removed. Where any street banner presents an immediate threat of harm to the public health, welfare or safety, the city shall summarily cause its removal. The city shall collect the costs of all city removals from the permittee or from their surety.
N. Installation and Maintenance of Street Banners. Every street banner must be installed and maintained so as to be safe at all times; it must not include a print size for any text smaller than that adopted by the city in its administrative polices and procedures; it must not obstruct the clear view of traffic signals by pedestrians or operators of bicycles, motor bikes, cars, trucks or any other type of vehicle or mode of transportation; it must have a minimum clearance of 22 feet over rails used by freight cars, of 16 feet above roadways. The city may prescribe other needed clearance requirements.
O. Policies and Procedures. Consistent with this section, the city may adopt policies and procedures to administer the installation, maintenance and removal of street banners including rules or regulations pertaining to their location, size, suspension and construction. The city may adopt any other rule or regulation for the protection of public safety, welfare or property.
P. Commercial Content on Street Banners. Nothing in the general prohibition on street banners shall prevent a for-profit entity from receiving recognition on the street banners announcing an otherwise allowable community, charitable or nonprofit event, or on permitted nonevent street banners; provided, that the recognition of the for-profit sponsorship shall be limited to the name and/or logo of not more than one for-profit sponsoring entity per street banner and the size of said name or logo shall be limited to less than 20 percent of the total area of the street banner. The city may defray the cost of city organized and administered events, and the cost of nonevent street banners by allowing for-profit entities to co-sponsor city organized and administered events and nonevent street banners; provided, that the recognition of the for-profit entity’s co-sponsorship of city events, or nonevent street banners is limited to the same size and content as for allowable community, charitable, or nonprofit events or permitted nonevent street banners.
Q. Applicability. The provisions of this code prohibiting certain outdoor advertising structures, post signs and advertising statuary adjacent to freeways, and establishing the procedure for the consideration and issuance of permits for such structures, signs and statuary, shall also apply in the same manner and degree to “street banners.” (Ord. No. 2008-004, § 4, 3-17-08)
The following types of signs shall be prohibited:
A. Changeable copy sign.
B. Combination sign.
C. Flashing or blinking sign.
D. Mobile sign.
E. Moving sign.
F. Pole sign (except pole signs permitted by this chapter).
G. Portable sign.
H. Roof sign.
I. Sign on public right-of-way. A sign placed on or in any portion of a public right-of-way except as permitted for residential open house signs (Section 24.420.050(F)), temporary political signs (Section 24.420.050(J)), off-site directional signs for residential subdivisions (Section 24.420.250), off-site directional signs for community events (Section 24.420.260), and street banners (Section 24.420.265).
J. Signs not permitted. Any other sign not specifically exempted or permitted by this chapter is prohibited. (Code 1971, § 15.620.270; Ord. No. 2008-004, § 3, 3-17-08)
All signs lawfully existing on April 16, 1981, may continue in use, subject to the provisions of this section, even when later amendments to this zoning ordinance, or prior amendments to any provision of preceding sign ordinances recodified in this zoning ordinance, have caused such lawfully existing signs to become nonconforming under the terms of this chapter. Signs not lawfully existing on April 16, 1981, must be brought into conformance or removed.
A. Alterations Removal. At such time as a nonconforming sign is altered in any way or moved, it must be brought into conformance with the provisions of this zoning ordinance except as otherwise permitted for automobile dealerships per Section 24.420.230. The term “altered” as used herein shall include, but not be limited to, any change in the structure or sign face, including changing names or colors, deleting or adding words or symbols, or changing the appearance in any way, but shall not include normal maintenance or upkeep. If a nonconforming sign is removed for any length of time for any reason other than maintenance, it shall not be reinstalled at the subject site unless it is in full compliance with the provisions of this chapter.
B. Sign With Modifications. Signs which received sign modifications prior to April 16, 1981, but which are nonconforming as to the provisions of this chapter, may continue in use under the provisions of that sign modification until any changes, expansions, or alterations other than normal maintenance and upkeep are proposed for the sign, or until such time as the sign modification expires. At the time of such expiration or change, the modification shall become null and void and such sign shall be brought into conformance with the provisions of this chapter or removed.
C. Use Permit or Planned Development Permit. Nonconforming signs that were permitted and installed pursuant to a conditional use permit or planned development permit, prior to April 16, 1981, may continue in use until changes, expansions, or alterations other than normal maintenance and upkeep are proposed for or made to such sign. At the time of such change, any such sign must be brought into conformance with the provisions of this chapter.
D. Alterations to Existing Development. When structural alterations, additions or remodeling with a value, as determined by the building official, of 25 percent or more of the full value of the improvements as shown on the last equalized assessment roll, or $15,000, whichever is greater, are made to the exterior of a building or to a site containing a nonconforming sign, any and all such nonconforming signs must be brought into conformance with the provisions of this chapter whether or not changes or alterations are proposed for or made to the sign, or such signs must be removed. Any owner or user of such nonconforming signs wishing to maintain such a sign in its existing condition may apply to the director for a director’s permit to allow continued maintenance and use of the sign. Application shall be made within 30 days of the sign owner or user being notified of the need to bring such sign into conformance. Such director’s permit, if granted, shall establish a specific period of time for continued use and maintenance, based upon an individual assessment of the facts and circumstances relating to the particular sign. Factors to be considered in approving or denying such a director’s permit shall be the initial sign cost, the sign age, the value of the structural alterations to the existing development, and similar facts and circumstances. Failure to apply for a director’s permit within the 30 days specified herein shall constitute a waiver of the right to request any longer period for maintenance or use of an existing nonconforming sign.
E. Annexation Change of Zone. Any sign that becomes nonconforming after April 16, 1981, because of annexation, zone change, or other city action shall be subject to the provisions of this section. (Code 1971, § 15.620.280)
A. Occupancy Change. Any sign which does not identify the current establishment occupying the premises must be removed within 30 days of the date the current establishment begins using the premises. However, any sign structure or supports which are in conformance with the provisions of this chapter that apply to the current establishment may remain in place.
B. Unoccupied Premises. If a sign is located on a site and that sign was used by an establishment that has not occupied that site for a period of 90 days or more, that sign shall be removed. However, any sign structure or supports which are in conformance with the provisions of this chapter may remain in place; provided, that the sign face is removed.
C. Unsafe Signs. Unsafe signs are prohibited and shall be subject to the enforcement provisions of Chapter 24.580 and any other penalties and remedies provided by law. (Code 1971, § 15.620.290)
No sign or sign program may exceed the specifications of this chapter unless a sign variance is approved pursuant to Chapter 24.535. (Code 1971, § 15.620.300; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 43, 12-13-21)
Lighting fixtures shall be designed and selected to avoid excessive spillage of illumination onto public right-of-way and adjacent properties, by using a subdued light source in keeping with the character of the residential neighborhood, or a hooded or shielded fixture for nonresidential properties. The director may require photometric analysis to ensure compliance with this chapter. Lighting improvements shall require design review subject to Section 24.545.030. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 44, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes the residential condominium regulations to regulate development in a manner that provides a variety of housing types and neighborhoods for residents, both renters and owners. Residential condominium projects, residential condominium conversion projects, and conversions of rental mobile home parks to condominium ownership provide for individual ownership of separate dwelling units which are usually in close proximity to one another. A typical characteristic of such projects is a substantial common area which is managed and maintained by the individual owners of dwelling units through a homeowners’ association and covenants, conditions, and restrictions (CC&Rs). This type of ownership, which mixes individual ownership and ownership in common, among other things, can magnify the impact upon the public health, safety, welfare, convenience, and economic well-being of the larger community if conditions of poor land use and site planning, mismanagement, neglect and blight are allowed to occur. The regulations in this chapter are intended to minimize such impacts while providing opportunities for first-time buyers, senior citizens, and lower income households to purchase their own homes. (Code 1971, § 15.625.010)
The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all proposed residential condominium conversions. (Code 1971, § 15.625.020)
All residential condominium conversion projects shall require a planned development permit as provided in Chapter 24.525. (Code 1971, § 15.625.030)
All residential condominium conversion projects, including conversion of rental mobile home parks to ownership status (i.e., individual ownership of underlying lots or other shared ownership of lots or common facilities) shall require a planned development permit as provided in Chapter 24.525. The term “conversion of a mobile home park to ownership status” shall mean and include, by way of example but without limitation, any and all ownership changes by which an existing traditional mobile home park, wherein tenants own their individual units but rent spaces or lots within the park, is changed to a situation wherein tenants own, individually or in common, their individual underlying lots or spaces or common facilities within the park. (Code 1971, § 15.625.040)
In addition to such other application requirements as may be established, no application for a planned development permit for a residential condominium conversion project, or for conversion of a rental mobile home park to condominium-type ownership, shall be deemed complete and acceptable for processing unless the application includes the following:
A. A certified list of the names and addresses of all tenants residing in the project proposed to be converted, complete as of the time the application is filed.
B. A list of each tenant known to have children 18 years of age or younger residing in the project.
C. A list of each tenant residing within the project known to be 62 years of age or older.
D. Current rents for each unit.
E. Approximate proposed price for which each unit would be sold.
F. The pro forma budget proposed to be submitted to the state Department of Real Estate or a similar estimate of projected annual operating expenses for the project after conversion and proposed level of maintenance fees or assessments to be borne by the individual unit owners.
G. A property report prepared by a state-licensed civil engineer, architect or other qualified person approved by the building official. The report shall describe, in detail, the condition and the useful life of the roof, foundations, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, energy conservation, and structural elements of all existing permanent buildings on the property.
H. A structural pest report for all existing permanent buildings on the property, prepared by a state-licensed pest control operator.
I. An acoustical report for all existing permanent residential buildings on the property which indicates the type of construction of existing walls and ceilings and noise attenuation characteristics of such construction. The test data shall include a sampling of at least 10 percent of the dwelling units involved, but in no case fewer than two dwelling units. The reports shall include recommended methods of compliance with the noise insulation standards of the California Administrative Code Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 2035, and shall be prepared by a person experienced in the field of acoustical engineering.
J. The location and nature of all existing on-site fire protection equipment, including, but not limited to, fire hydrants, standpipes, fire sprinkler systems, and fire extinguishers, shall be indicated on the plans submitted pursuant to Chapter 24.525. (Code 1971, § 15.625.050)
All tenants residing in the project proposed to be converted shall be notified of the proposed conversion by the applicant in accordance with the requirements of the Subdivision Map Act. In addition, written notices shall be mailed by the city to all tenants residing in the project proposed to be converted not less than 10 days prior to the hearing on the planned development permit. Such notice shall specify the following:
A. The date, time, place, and purpose of the hearing.
B. That should the planned development permit be approved, tenants may be required to vacate the premises.
C. That should the planned development permit be approved, the property owner shall be required to give all tenants a minimum of 180 days’ notice to vacate; and that such notice shall not restrict the exercise of lawful remedies pertaining to, but not limited to, tenants’ defaults in the payment of rents or the defacing or destruction of all or part of the rented premises. (Code 1971, § 15.625.060)
A. In addition to those findings required for planned development permits by Chapter 24.525, and prior to approving any residential condominium conversion project, other than conversions of rental mobile home parks to ownership status, the decision-making authority must make either all of the findings in subsection (A)(1) of this section or all of the findings in subsection (A)(2) of this section:
1. That the proposed conversion will not adversely affect supply and availability of rental housing within the city or within a specific area in the city. This finding must be based upon a determination that:
a. The current vacancy rate for rental units within the city or within the specific area of the proposed conversion is not less than five percent, as determined by the most recent planning division survey or other reliable vacancy rate data acceptable to the city; and
b. If the project proposed to be converted is designed for families with children, or includes three- and/or four-bedroom units, the vacancy rates for these types of units within the city or within the specific area of the proposed conversion is not less than five percent, as determined by the most recent planning division survey or other reliable vacancy rate data acceptable to the city.
2. That mitigating circumstances exist which justify approval of the conversion when the applicable vacancy rate is lower than five percent. In addition to other mitigating circumstances that must be found, this determination must also be based on at least one of the following two findings:
a. That new rental units will be constructed by the applicant which will replace those to be converted. The number of replacement units shall equal or exceed the number of units proposed to be converted. Replacement units shall be completed and occupancy permits issued prior to recordation of the final map for the conversion; or
b. That the conversion will help meet other city housing goals by providing a substantial percentage of its units at prices affordable to low- and moderate-income households in a manner consistent with the comprehensive plan, and provision of such housing opportunities outweighs any loss of rental units.
B. In addition to those findings required by Chapter 24.525 and subsection A of this section, and prior to approving conversion of a rental mobile home park to ownership status, the decision-making authority must also find that the proposed mobile home park conversion will not adversely affect the supply and availability of rental mobile home spaces in the city, or within a specified area in the city. (Code 1971, § 15.625.070)
A. Unless otherwise provided in the planned development permit, all such permits authorizing residential condominium conversion projects, except for conversions of rental mobile home parks to ownership status, shall be subject to all of the following conditions, which shall be in addition to such other conditions deemed necessary or desirable by the decision-making authority.
1. The applicant shall provide relocation assistance equal to one and one-half times the monthly rent to any tenant household living in any unit at any time prior to tentative map approval, provided such tenant is not otherwise in default of the rental agreement. If the tenant elects to purchase a unit, such relocation assistance shall be applied to the cost of the unit.
2. The applicant shall offer a lifetime lease to households in which the head of household or spouse is 62 years of age or older at the time of the final map approval. Reasonable annual rent increases shall be allowed, but shall not exceed the increase in the housing component of the Los Angeles-Long Beach Area Consumer Price Index, or any successor index designed to determine general increases in housing costs, for the preceding 12-month period. Provisions setting forth this limitation on rent increases shall be incorporated into such lease. The applicant shall provide evidence that such offer has been made to all eligible tenants prior to filing for approval of the final subdivision map.
3. The applicant shall enter into leases, in a form approved by the city, within 30 days after final approval of the sale of units by the state of California with all tenants to whom offers of leases have been required who desire to remain as tenants pursuant to such lease.
4. The applicant shall provide alternate housing to tenant households at no additional cost to the tenant where substantial remodeling or rehabilitation occurs during conversion, and the unit being remodeled or rehabilitated is not habitable. The final determination of habitability shall be made by the building official.
5. The applicant shall submit to the building official for review and approval a complete set of plans and specifications detailing the necessary repair and upgrading required by the property report, inspection report, pest report, and acoustical report, for any new construction.
6. The applicant shall submit to the building official for review and approval a construction phasing plan providing for safe pedestrian access, lighting, and site conditions for those buildings and areas which will be occupied and used during the construction or repair. A work schedule indicating hours of construction activity, type of equipment to be used along with any proposed noise control, and a list of units which will be uninhabitable during construction, shall also be submitted to the building official.
7. The applicant shall request and receive inspection of individual dwelling units from the city’s division of building and safety. Such notice of request for inspection shall be given in a timely and efficient manner. The division of building and safety shall identify any existing substandard conditions, and notify the applicant of action required to rectify such substandard conditions.
8. The applicant shall submit a statement, signed by a person experienced in the field of acoustical engineering, certifying that the converted units conform to the noise insulation standards of California Administrative Code Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 2035.
9. The applicant shall provide a reasonable degree of on-site fire protection, as determined by the fire chief. Such protection shall include, but shall not be limited to, water supply, fire hydrant location, standpipes, and smoke detectors.
10. The applicant shall submit, prior to filing for approval of the final subdivision map, verification of compliance with the San Buenaventura building code, relating to smoke detector requirements.
B. Unless otherwise stated in the planned development permit, all such permits allowing conversions of rental mobile home parks to condominium-type ownership shall be subject to all of the following conditions, which shall be in addition to such other conditions deemed necessary by the planning commission or city council:
1. The applicant shall provide relocation assistance in an amount equal to the actual cost of moving up to a maximum of $750.00. In addition, utility connection fees shall be paid by the developer in an amount equal to the actual costs up to a maximum of $100.00. If the tenant elects to purchase a lot, such relocation assistance shall be applied to the cost of the lot. The city council may, by separate resolution, periodically adjust the maximum amount set forth in this subsection to reflect increases in costs.
2. The applicant shall offer a lifetime lease to households in which the head of household or spouse is 62 years of age or older at the time of the final approval. Reasonable annual rent increases shall be permitted but shall not exceed the increase in the housing component of the Los Angeles-Long Beach Area Consumer Price Index, or any successor index designed to determine general increases in housing costs, for the preceding 12-month period; provided further, that should any rent stabilization laws be in effect, rental increases shall be no greater than the lesser of the amount permitted under the Consumer Price Index method or the rent stabilization law. Provisions setting forth this limitation on rent increases shall be incorporated into the lease. The applicant shall provide evidence that such offer has been made to all eligible tenants prior to filing for approval of the final subdivision map.
3. The applicant shall enter into leases, in a form approved by the city, within 30 days after final approval of the sale of units by the state of California with all tenants to whom offers of leases have been required who desire to remain as tenants pursuant to such lease.
4. The applicant shall provide a reasonable degree of on-site fire protection, as determined by the fire chief. Such protection will include, but not be limited to, water supply, fire hydrant location, standpipes and smoke detectors.
5. The applicant shall submit, prior to filing for approval of the final subdivision map, verification of compliance with the San Buenaventura building code, relating to smoke detector requirements. (Code 1971, § 15.625.080)
Written notices shall be mailed to all tenants residing in the project within 10 days after the approval of any planned development permit allowing a residential condominium conversion project including conversion of a rental mobile home park to condominium-type ownership. Such notice shall state all of the conditions of approval of the planned development permit. (Code 1971, § 15.625.090)
It shall be against the public policy set forth in this chapter to attempt to evade its provisions by coercing the waiver of any rights or privileges created or protected herein.
A. Coercion. The planning commission and city council may deny any proposed conversion where there is substantial or creditable evidence that tenants have been coerced to publicly support or approve a proposed conversion, or to refrain from publicly opposing it, or to forego any assistance to which they may be entitled.
B. Waiver of Rights. Any provision of a lease or rental agreement which purports directly or indirectly to waive or require waiver of a tenant’s rights under this chapter or which requires prior consent to the conversion of the apartment building, apartment complex, or mobile home park to condominium ownership shall be null, void, and unenforceable. (Code 1971, § 15.625.100)
Limited use overnight visitor accommodation restrictions, timeshares, condominium hotels, fractional ownership hotels and other such uses are considered limited overnight visitor accommodations and are subject to the specific regulations in Section 24.310.050. (Ord. No. 2010-014, § 6, 11-22-10)
As used in this chapter, terms are defined as follows:
“Accessory dwelling unit” or “ADU” means an attached or a detached residential dwelling unit that provides complete independent living facilities for one or more persons and is located on a lot with a proposed or existing primary residence. An accessory dwelling unit also includes the following:
1. An efficiency unit, as defined by Section 17958.1 of the California Health and Safety Code; and
2. A manufactured home, as defined by Section 18007 of the California Health and Safety Code.
“Accessory structure” means a structure that is accessory and incidental to a dwelling located on the same lot.
“Complete independent living facilities” means permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same parcel as the single-family or multifamily dwelling is or will be situated.
“Director” means the community development director for the city of San Buenaventura.
“Efficiency kitchen” means a kitchen that includes all of the following:
1. A cooking facility with appliances.
2. A food preparation counter and storage cabinets that are of a reasonable size in relation to the size of the JADU.
“Junior accessory dwelling unit” or “JADU” means a residential unit that satisfies all of the following:
1. It is no more than 500 square feet in size.
2. It is contained entirely within an existing or proposed single-family structure. An enclosed use within the residence, such as an attached garage, is considered to be a part of and contained within the single-family structure.
3. It includes its own separate sanitation facilities or shares sanitation facilities with the existing or proposed single-family structure.
4. If the unit does not include its own separate bathroom, then it contains an interior entrance to the main living area of the existing or proposed single-family structure in addition to an exterior entrance that is separate from the main entrance to the primary dwelling.
5. It includes an efficiency kitchen, as defined above.
“Livable space” means a space in a dwelling intended for human habitation, including living, sleeping, eating, cooking, or sanitation.
“Living area” means the interior habitable area of a dwelling unit, including basements and attics, but does not include a garage or any accessory structure.
“Nonconforming zoning condition” means a physical improvement on a property that does not conform with current zoning standards.
“Passageway” means a pathway that is unobstructed clear to the sky and extends from a street to one entrance of the ADU or JADU.
“Proposed dwelling” means a dwelling that is the subject of a permit application and that meets the requirements for permitting.
“Public transit” means a location, including, but not limited to, a bus stop or train station, where the public may access buses, trains, subways, and other forms of transportation that charge set fares, run on fixed routes, and are available to the public.
“Tandem parking” means that two or more automobiles are parked on a driveway or in any other location on a lot, lined up behind one another.
“Very high fire hazard severity zones,” for purposes of this chapter, means very high fire hazard severity zones as shown on the Fire Hazard Severity Zone Maps prepared by the Fire and Resource Assessment Program/California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
An ADU or JADU that conforms to the standards in this chapter will not be:
A. Deemed to be inconsistent with the city’s general plan (or, for properties located in the coastal zone, with the city’s local coastal program) and zoning designation for the lot on which the ADU or JADU is located.
B. Deemed to exceed the allowable density for the lot on which the ADU or JADU is located.
C. Considered in the application of any local ordinance, policy, or program to limit residential growth.
D. Required to correct a nonconforming zoning condition, as defined in Section 24.430.020. This does not prevent the city from enforcing compliance with applicable building standards in accordance with Health and Safety Code Section 17980.12. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
The following approvals apply to ADUs and JADUs under this chapter:
A. Building Permit Only. If an ADU or JADU complies with each of the general requirements in Section 24.430.050, it is allowed with only a building permit in the following scenarios:
1. Converted on Single-Family Lot. One ADU as described in this subsection and one JADU on a lot with a proposed or existing single-family dwelling on it, where the ADU or JADU:
a. Is either: within the space of a proposed single-family dwelling; within the existing space of an existing single-family dwelling; or (in the case of an ADU only) within the existing space of an accessory structure, plus up to 150 additional square feet if the expansion is limited to accommodating ingress and egress; and
b. Has exterior access that is independent of that for the single-family dwelling; and
c. Has side and rear setbacks sufficient for fire and safety, as dictated by applicable building and fire codes;
d. The JADU complies with the requirements of Government Code Sections 66333 through 66339.
2. Limited Detached on Single-Family Lot. One detached, new construction ADU on a lot with a proposed or existing single-family dwelling (in addition to any JADU that might otherwise be established on the lot under subsection (A)(1) of this section), if the detached ADU satisfies each of the following limitations:
a. The side- and rear-yard setbacks are at least four feet.
b. The total floor area is 800 square feet or smaller.
c. The peak height above grade does not exceed the applicable height limit in Section 24.430.050(B).
3. Converted on Multifamily Lot. One or more ADUs within portions of existing multifamily dwelling structures that are not used as livable space, including but not limited to storage rooms, boiler rooms, passageways, attics, basements, or garages, if each converted ADU complies with state building standards for dwellings. Under this subsection, at least one converted ADU is allowed within an existing multifamily dwelling, up to a quantity equal to 25 percent of the existing multifamily dwelling units.
4. Limited Detached on Multifamily Lot. No more than two detached ADUs on a lot with a proposed multifamily dwelling, or up to eight detached ADUs on a lot with an existing multifamily dwelling, if each detached ADU satisfies all of the following:
a. The side- and rear-yard setbacks are at least four feet. If the existing multifamily dwelling has a rear- or side-yard setback of less than four feet, the city will not require any modification to the multifamily dwelling as a condition of approving the ADU.
b. The peak height above grade does not exceed the applicable height limit provided in Section 24.430.050(B).
c. If the lot has an existing multifamily dwelling, the quantity of detached ADUs does not exceed the number of primary dwelling units on the lot.
B. Permit Required.
1. For properties located in the coastal zone, all ADUs and JADUs shall comply with current building codes and shall require either a coastal exemption, coastal exclusion, or coastal development permit, and shall be processed pursuant to Chapter 24.515 (including in terms of public noticing and process for appeal to the California Coastal Commission) except that no public hearing is required.
2. The city may charge a fee to reimburse it for costs incurred in processing ADU permits, including the costs of adopting or amending the city’s ADU ordinance. The ADU-permit processing fee is determined by the director of community development and approved by the city council by resolution.
3. No ADU may be created without a building permit in compliance with the standards set forth in Sections 24.430.050 and 24.430.060.
C. Process and Timing of Required Permits.
1. The city must approve or deny an application to create an ADU or JADU within 60 days from the date that the city receives a completed application. If the city has not approved or denied the completed application within 60 days, the application is deemed approved unless either:
a. The applicant requests a delay, in which case the 60-day time period is tolled for the period of the requested delay; or
b. When an application to create an ADU or JADU is submitted with a permit application to create a new single-family or multifamily dwelling on the lot, the city may delay acting on the permit application for the ADU or JADU until the city acts on the permit application to create the new single-family or multifamily dwelling, but the application to create the ADU or JADU will still be considered ministerially without discretionary review or a hearing.
2. If the city denies an application to create an ADU or JADU, the city must provide the applicant with comments that include, among other things, a list of all the defective or deficient items and a description of how the application may be remedied by the applicant. Notice of the denial and corresponding comments must be provided to the applicant within the 60-day time period established by subsection (C)(1) of this section.
3. A demolition permit for a detached garage that is to be replaced with an ADU is reviewed with the application for the ADU and issued at the same time. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
The following requirements apply to all ADUs and JADUs that are approved under Section 24.430.040(A) or (B):
A. Zoning.
1. An ADU may be created on a lot in a residential or mixed-use zone.
2. In accordance with Government Code Section 66333(a), a JADU may only be created on a lot zoned for single-family residences.
B. Height.
1. A detached ADU created on a lot with an existing or proposed single-family or multifamily dwelling unit may not exceed 18 feet in height, and the ADU may be up to two additional feet in height (for a maximum of 20 feet) if necessary to accommodate a roof pitch on the ADU that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit.
2. An ADU that is attached to the primary dwelling may not exceed 25 feet in height and two stories.
3. For purposes of this subsection B, height is measured from the average established curb grade at the front lot line to the highest point of such building or other structure, except as provided in this section:
a. Sloping Lot. Except in the hillside area, in instances where the lot slopes up more than 10 percent, as measured from the front lot line to the rear lot line, the height of buildings or other structures, other than fences, walls, pole signs, or monument signs shall be measured from the average finished grade at the corner points of the building line to the highest point of the building or other structure.
b. Through Lot. Except in the hillside area, the height of buildings or other structures, other than fences, walls, pole signs, or monument signs, on a through lot shall be measured from the average elevation of the curb grade of the highest lot frontage to the highest point of the building or other structure.
c. R-1-B and R-2-B Zones. In the R-1-B and R-2-B zones only, the height of buildings or other structures, other than fences, walls, pole signs, or monument signs, shall be measured from the top of the curb or the edge of the street pavement nearest to the front lot line, whichever is higher, to the highest point of the building or other structure.
C. Fire Sprinklers.
1. Fire sprinklers are required in an ADU if sprinklers are required in the primary residence.
2. The construction of an ADU does not trigger a requirement for fire sprinklers to be installed in the existing primary dwelling.
D. Rental Term. No ADU or JADU may be rented for a term that is shorter than 30 days. This prohibition applies regardless of when the ADU or JADU was created.
E. No Separate Conveyance. An ADU or JADU may be rented but, except as otherwise provided in Government Code Section 66341, no ADU or JADU may be sold or otherwise conveyed separately from the lot and the primary dwelling (in the case of a single-family lot) or from the lot and all of the dwellings (in the case of a multifamily lot).
F. Septic System. If the ADU or JADU will connect to an on-site wastewater treatment system, the owner must include with the application a percolation test completed within the last five years or, if the percolation test has been recertified, within the last 10 years.
G. Owner Occupancy.
1. ADUs created under this section on or after January 1, 2020, are not subject to an owner occupancy requirement.
2. As required by state law, all JADUs are subject to an owner occupancy requirement. A natural person with legal or equitable title to the property must reside on the property, in either the primary dwelling or JADU, as the person’s legal domicile and permanent residence. However, the owner occupancy requirement in this subsection does not apply if the property is entirely owned by another governmental agency, land trust, or housing organization.
H. Deed Restriction. Prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy for an ADU or JADU, a deed restriction must be recorded against the title of the property in the county recorder’s office and a copy filed with the director. The deed restriction must run with the land and bind all future owners. The form of the deed restriction will be provided by the city and must provide the following:
1. Except as otherwise provided in Government Code Section 66341, the ADU or JADU may not be sold separately from the primary dwelling.
2. The ADU or JADU is restricted to the approved size and to other attributes allowed by this chapter.
3. The deed restriction runs with the land and may be enforced against future property owners.
4. The deed restriction may be removed if the owner eliminates the ADU or JADU, as evidenced by, for example, removal of the kitchen facilities. To remove the deed restriction, an owner may make a written request of the Director, providing evidence that the ADU or JADU has in fact been eliminated. The Director may then determine whether the evidence supports the claim that the ADU or JADU has been eliminated. Appeal may be taken from the Director’s determination consistent with other provisions of this code. If the ADU or JADU is not entirely physically removed, but is only eliminated by virtue of having a necessary component of an ADU or JADU removed, the remaining structure and improvements must otherwise comply with applicable provisions of this code.
5. The deed restriction is enforceable by the director, or designee, for the benefit of the city. Failure of the property owner to comply with the deed restriction may result in legal action against the property owner, and the city is authorized to obtain any remedy available to it at law or equity, including, but not limited to, obtaining an injunction enjoining the use of the ADU or JADU in violation of the recorded restrictions or abatement of the illegal unit.
I. Building and Safety.
1. Must Comply with Building Code. Subject to subsection (I)(2) of this section, all ADUs and JADUs must comply with all local building code requirements.
2. No Change of Occupancy. Construction of an ADU does not constitute a Group R occupancy change under the local building code, as described in Section 310 of the California Building Code, unless the city’s building official or city’s code enforcement officer makes a written finding based on substantial evidence in the record that the construction of the ADU could have a specific, adverse impact on public health and safety. Nothing in this subsection prevents the city from changing the occupancy code of a space that was uninhabitable space or that was only permitted for nonresidential use and was subsequently converted for residential use in accordance with this section.
J. Coastal Zone. If an ADU is proposed on a lot located in the coastal zone, the ADU shall be sited and designed to avoid adverse impacts to coastal resources, including by conforming with all applicable local coastal program policies and standards, including those that govern wetlands, streams, environmentally sensitive habitat areas, public views, public access, and coastal bluffs. ADUs and JADUs shall not be permitted in existing buildings or structures that are nonconforming as to coastal resource protection policies or development standards of the local coastal program.
K. Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zone. To protect against wildfires, maintain necessary defensible space around existing structures, and allow for better egress in an emergency, no ADUs shall be permitted in areas within designated very high fire hazard severity zones; however, JADUs are allowed. Within the very high fire hazard severity zones, for ADU applications submitted on or before May 13, 2022, an ADU shall be permitted upon satisfying all other requirements of this title. If the very high fire hazard severity zones are modified after an ADU application is submitted for a property not previously contained in the very high fire hazard severity zone, then the ADU may be permitted upon satisfying all other requirements of this title. ADUs that fall under Government Code Section 66323, as detailed in subsection A of this section, are exempt from this requirement.
L. Historic Resources. An ADU that is on or within 600 feet of real property that is listed in the California Register of Historic Resources must meet the following requirements:
1. Location. The ADU shall be located completely behind the primary dwelling units and not be visible from any public right-of-way.
2. Colors and Materials. Exterior materials and colors of the ADU must be the same as those of the primary dwelling unit.
3. Height. Newly constructed attached or detached ADUs shall not exceed the height of the existing structure.
4. Roof. Roof pitch shall match that of the primary dwelling unit.
M. Passageway. No passageway, as defined by Section 24.430.020, is required for an ADU.
N. Parking.
1. Generally. No parking is required for ADUs or JADUs.
2. No Replacement. When a garage, carport, covered parking structure, or uncovered parking space is demolished in conjunction with the construction of an ADU or converted to an ADU, those off-street parking spaces are not required to be replaced except as required in subsection (N)(3) of this section.
3. ADU Mandatory Parking Area. If the lot is located within the boundaries of the ADU mandatory parking area (AMPA), as shown in “Exhibit 1” and “Exhibit 2” attached to the ordinance codified in this chapter, one parking space is required for the ADU or JADU in addition to the parking required for the primary residence. When an existing garage, carport, covered parking structure, or uncovered space is demolished in conjunction with the construction of an ADU or JADU, or converted into an ADU or JADU within the AMPA, the required parking spaces that are displaced by the demolition or conversion shall be replaced on the same lot in order to satisfy the parking requirement of the existing primary dwelling unit, in addition to providing the required one off-street parking space for the ADU or JADU.


4. Parking Design. The parking space may be provided in setback areas or as tandem parking, as defined by Section 24.430.020. The parking space for the ADU must satisfy all of the following:
a. Required yards and open space may not be used for parking.
b. The ADU parking space may be tandem on a driveway, covered, or uncovered.
c. The dimensions of all parking spaces or driveways shall be nine feet by 20 feet. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
The following requirements apply only to ADUs that do not meet the requirement of Section 24.430.040(A):
A. Maximum Size.
1. The maximum size of a detached or attached ADU subject to this section is 850 square feet for a studio or one-bedroom unit and 1,200 square feet for a unit with two or more bedrooms.
2. An attached ADU that is created on a lot with an existing primary dwelling is further limited to 50 percent of the floor area of the existing primary dwelling.
3. Application of other development standards in this section, such as floor area ratio (“FAR”) or lot coverage, might further limit the size of the ADU, but no application of the percent-based size limit in subsection (A)(2) of this section or of a FAR, front setback, lot coverage limit, or open space requirement may require the ADU to be less than 800 square feet.
B. Site Coverage. No ADU subject to this section may cause the total site coverage of the lot to exceed the amount listed in the table below, subject to subsection (A)(3) of this section.
Zone District | Site Coverage |
|---|---|
R-1 | 35% |
R-2, R-2-B, R-3, Others not listed | 60% |
R-1-B | 40% |
C. Setbacks.
1. ADUs that are subject to this section must conform to four-foot side and rear setbacks and to the front setback established below, subject to subsection (A)(3) of this section.
Zone District | Front Setback |
|---|---|
R-1, R-2 | 20% depth of the lot, but need not exceed 25 feet |
R-1-B, R-2-B, Others not listed | 20 feet |
R-3 | 20% the depth of lot or 20 feet, whichever is less |
Other | 20 feet |
2. No setback is required for an ADU that is subject to this section if the ADU is constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure.
D. Architectural Requirements.
1. The materials and colors of the exterior walls, roof, and windows and doors must be the same as those of the primary dwelling.
2. The roof slope must match that of the dominant roof slope of the primary dwelling. The dominant roof slope is the slope shared by the largest portion of the roof.
3. The exterior lighting must be limited to down-lights or as otherwise required by the building or fire code.
4. The ADU must have an independent exterior entrance, apart from that of the primary dwelling.
5. The interior horizontal dimensions of an ADU must be at least 10 feet wide in every direction, with a minimum interior wall height of seven feet.
6. No window or door of the ADU may have a direct line of sight to an adjoining residential property. Each window and door must either be located where there is no direct line of sight or screened using fencing, landscaping, or privacy glass to prevent a direct line of sight.
E. Allowed Stories. No ADU subject to this section may have more than one story, except that an ADU that is attached to the primary dwelling may have the stories allowed under Section 24.430.050(B)(2). (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
The following requirements apply to all ADUs that are approved under Section 24.430.040(A) or (B).
A. Impact Fees.
1. No impact fee is required for an ADU that is less than 750 square feet in size. For purposes of this subsection A, “impact fee” means a “fee” under the Mitigation Fee Act (Government Code Section 66000(b)) and a fee under the Quimby Act (Government Code Section 66477). “Impact fee” here does not include any connection fee or capacity charge for water or sewer service.
2. Any impact fee that is required for an ADU that is 750 square feet or larger in size must be charged proportionately in relation to the square footage of the primary dwelling unit (e.g., the floor area of the ADU, divided by the floor area of the primary dwelling, times the typical fee amount charged for a new dwelling.)
B. Utility Fees.
1. If an ADU is constructed with a new single-family home, a separate utility connection directly between the ADU and the utility and payment of the normal connection fee and capacity charge for a new dwelling are required.
2. Except as described in subsection (B)(1) of this section, converted ADUs on a single-family lot that are created under Section 24.430.040(A) are not required to have a new or separate utility connection directly between the ADU and the utility. Nor is a connection fee or capacity charge required.
3. Except as described in subsection (B)(1) of this section, all ADUs that are not covered by subsection (B)(2) of this section require a new, separate utility connection directly between the ADU and the utility for any utility that is provided by the city. All utilities that are not provided by the city are subject to the connection and fee requirements of the utility provider.
a. The connection is subject to a connection fee or capacity charge that is proportionate to the burden created by the ADU based on either the floor area or the number of drainage-fixture units (DFU) values, as defined by the Uniform Plumbing Code, upon the water or sewer system.
b. The portion of the fee or charge that is charged by the city may not exceed the reasonable cost of providing this service. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
A. Generally. The city will not deny an ADU or JADU application due to a nonconforming zoning condition, building code violation, or unpermitted structure on the lot that does not present a threat to the public health and safety and that is not affected by the construction of the ADU or JADU.
B. Unpermitted ADUs and JADUs Constructed Before 2020.
1. Permit to Legalize. As required by state law, the city may not deny a permit to legalize an existing but unpermitted ADU or JADU that was constructed before January 1, 2020, if denial is based on either of the following grounds:
a. The ADU or JADU violates applicable building standards; or
b. The ADU or JADU does not comply with state ADU or JADU law (Government Code Title 7, Division 1, Chapter 13, Article 2) or this ADU chapter.
2. Exceptions.
a. Notwithstanding subsection (B)(1) of this section, the city may deny a permit to legalize an existing but unpermitted ADU or JADU that was constructed before January 1, 2020, if the city makes a finding that correcting a violation is necessary to comply with the standards specified in California Health and Safety Code Section 17920.3.
b. Subsection (B)(1) of this section does not apply to a building that is deemed to be substandard in accordance with California Health and Safety Code Section 17920.3. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
Any proposed ADU or JADU that would otherwise be allowed under this chapter but that does not conform to the objective design or development standards set forth in Sections 24.430.030 through 24.430.080 may be allowed by the city with a conditional use permit, in accordance with the other provisions of this title. (Ord. No. 2024-013, § 5, 12-17-24; Ord. No. 2024-012, § 5, 1-14-25)
This chapter establishes special residential regulations in order to provide additional regulations for Group Care use types and certain Residential use types. (Code 1971, § 15.635.010)
A. Intent. This section is intended to recognize the unique neighborhood impacts of Group Residential and Group Care uses and to enhance the quality of life for residents in such living situations. This chapter is also intended to be implemented in a manner consistent with federal and state law.
B. Findings. The applicant for a use permit for a Group Residential or Group Care use shall establish the following circumstances to the satisfaction of the decision-making authority to enable the decision-making authority to find that such circumstances exist, in addition to the findings required in Chapter 24.520 for the issuance of a use permit:
1. The establishment of the proposed Group Residential or Group Care use will not result in an overconcentration of Group Residential or Group Care uses in the neighborhood. Overconcentration will be presumed when the establishment of the proposed Group Residential or Group Care use would result in Group Residential or Group Care uses being spaced closer than 300 feet apart. This presumption shall be rebuttable upon a clear and convincing showing by the applicant that overconcentration will not result if the proposed Group Residential or Group Care use is established.
2. The applicant will provide adequate exterior maintenance to the facility and surrounding yard and setback areas. This shall include a plan demonstrating provisions for regular yard and landscape irrigation and maintenance and other items of routine maintenance.
3. The applicant has developed and will implement a parking plan indicating the maximum number of vehicles proposed to be parked on and off the site, projected needs for parking at the site, and how the projected needs are proposed to be satisfied. Group Care uses serving six or fewer persons in a single-family dwelling unit shall meet the parking requirement for single-family dwelling units. (Code 1971, § 15.635.020)
Uses classified within the Farm Employee Housing use type shall comply with all the following provisions:
A. The site upon which such a use is established shall be not less than 40 acres in area and shall include an operational Agricultural use type.
B. Such housing shall be used exclusively for the purpose of housing farm employees and their families employed for farm work where the majority of family income comes from farm work.
C. Not more than 12 dwelling units or 36 beds shall be constructed or used on a 40-acre site. For sites larger than 40 acres, no more than three dwelling units shall be constructed or used for each 10 acres of additional site area.
D. No more than one family shall occupy any dwelling unit.
E. Each detached dwelling unit and each building containing attached dwelling units shall have a front setback of not less than 20 feet, a rear setback of not less than 20 feet, and side setbacks of not less than 10 feet; provided, that the side setback required for any one detached dwelling unit or building containing attached dwelling units may be considered as part or all of the required side setback of any other detached dwelling unit or building containing attached dwelling units.
F. A minimum 300-foot setback from all active agriculture is required for farm employee dwellings.
G. The property owner must obtain a permit with the state Department of Housing and Community Development pursuant to the Employee Housing Act, Health and Safety Code Section 17000 et seq.
H. The property owner must annually complete and submit to the city’s community development director a declaration listing the number of occupants and their place of work. (Code 1971, § 15.635.030; Ord. No. 2012-017, § 14, 9-10-12)
Caretaker’s residences shall comply with all the following provisions:
A. The decision-making authority must find that the principal use on the site requires the continual supervision of a caretaker, superintendent, or watchman;
B. Such caretaker’s residence shall be occupied exclusively by the caretaker and the caretaker’s family;
C. Such caretaker’s residence shall be located upon the same site as that occupied by the use to be supervised; and
D. No more than one family shall occupy the caretaker’s residence. (Code 1971, § 15.635.040; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 45, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes emergency shelter regulations in order to provide for the potential placement of an emergency shelter to meet the city’s unmet housing need for homeless individuals, disperse shelters throughout the city and in areas close to transit and services; and encourage the creation of emergency homeless shelters as needed. (Ord. No. 2011-010, § 26, 8-1-11; Ord. No. 2017-008, § 21, 4-17-17)
All operators of emergency shelters, with minimal supportive services, are required to apply to the community development department for the sole purpose of confirming that the emergency shelter standards set forth in Section 24.437.030 are satisfied.
All operators of emergency shelters, with full supportive services, are required to apply for a use permit pursuant to Chapter 24.520, Use Permit Procedure. Emergency shelters, with full supportive services, must meet the emergency shelter standards set forth in Section 24.437.030. (Ord. No. 2011-010, § 26, 8-1-11; Ord. No. 2017-008, § 21, 4-17-17)
Emergency shelters shall comply with the criteria listed below, in addition to all applicable local and state health and safety codes such as, but not limited to, the California Building Code, California Fire Code, California Health and Safety Code, as well as any applicable zoning standards for the development and use of the property on which the emergency shelter is located.
A. Number of Beds. The maximum number of beds permitted in an emergency shelter shall not exceed 55.
1. Emergency Event Temporary Beds. The community development director with the concurrence of the city manager may authorize a temporary increase in the number of beds and the duration of stay when a severe weather event or other emergency event occurs. The exact number of additional temporary beds shall be determined during the use permit review.
B. Vehicle Parking. Off-street vehicle parking shall be provided as follows:
1. Shelter facilities within one-fourth mile of an existing bus route or rail station shall provide one space per employee (based on highest ratio of staffing on site) and one-half space per adult client.
2. Shelter facilities beyond one-fourth mile of an existing bus route or rail station shall provide one space per employee (based on highest ratio of staffing on site) and one-half space per adult client.
3. Shelter facilities that provide ongoing client transportation shall be allowed to count each client passenger seat as one-half parking space.
C. Bicycle Parking. Bicycle racks that allow for the secure storage of bicycles shall be provided. Bicycle racks shall accommodate at least one bicycle storage space for every five adult client beds. All bicycle racks are required to be on site and located in a secure area that is not visible from the public right-of-way.
D. Intake Areas. If the intake area occurs on site, an enclosed or screened waiting area, such as provided in a courtyard building configuration, shall be provided between the intake area and the public right-of-way. There shall be no queuing within the public right-of-way. Queuing within any parking lot is allowed only if the parking lot is not visible from the public right-of-way.
E. Provisions for On-Site Management.
1. On-Site Management. On-site management shall be provided 24 hours a day, seven days a week and accompanied by support staff. Clients of the shelter shall not provide on-site management.
2. On-Site Personnel. A designated area for on-site personnel shall be located near the main entry to the facility for the purpose of controlling admittance into the facility and providing security.
3. Client Restrictions. The emergency shelter manager shall not intake any person as a client of the shelter if the manager knows the prospective client has outstanding warrants for their arrest. The emergency shelter manager shall also confirm that the client has no outstanding parole violations.
F. Personal Storage. A private storage area or closet shall be provided with each on-site bed. At no time shall any client of an emergency shelter be allowed to keep on site any alcoholic beverages or store any type of illegal substances, drugs, and/or firearms of any kind. The shelter manager shall conduct routine inspections of each on-site client’s personal space to verify compliance with this chapter.
G. Shower and Toilet Facilities. Toilets, sinks, and showers shall be provided on site. The emergency shelter manager shall be responsible for ensuring that all restroom and shower facilities comply with the city’s building code requirements.
H. Separate Housing for Families With Children. Families with children shall be housed separately from other clients and be provided separate restrooms and shower facilities.
I. Food Service Areas. The emergency shelter manager shall be responsible for ensuring that any food service or on-site meal preparation areas comply with all applicable requirements of the county health department.
J. Outdoor Storage. Emergency shelters shall screen all outdoor storage areas from all public rights-of-way and on-site and adjacent parking lots. The emergency shelter manager shall ensure that all outside storage areas be maintained in a neat, clean, and orderly manner at all times.
K. Spacing. An emergency shelter, with minimal supportive services, shall not be located within 300 feet of another parcel or lot with an emergency shelter. There shall be no spacing requirement for emergency shelters, with full supportive services, located in the emergency shelter overlay zone.
L. Length of Stay. No client shall be permitted to remain at an emergency shelter for longer than six months in any 12-month period. Extensions may be provided if a client is working with social services agencies to secure alternative housing but no alternative housing is available.
M. Hours of Operation. Each emergency shelter shall establish and maintain set hours of operation for client intake and discharge. These hours shall be clearly displayed at the entrance to the shelter at all times. In the event an emergency shelter client is socially disruptive, a threat to the safety of others, or in violation of the emergency shelter facility rules during nonbusiness hours of operation, the emergency shelter manager may proceed with discharging that client immediately. Emergency shelters, with minimal supportive services, shall not operate, i.e., be open for service to clients, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.
N. Exterior Lighting. Lighting shall be provided in all parking and exterior waiting areas and along the periphery of the building without lighting adjoining properties.
O. Grandfathering. Existing emergency shelters that were established by a conditional use permit with adopted conditions of approval for its operation shall continue to operate under those adopted conditions of approval and be supplemented by the provisions of this chapter. Should any conflict(s) arise with any operational requirement, the operational requirement(s) in the conditional use permit adopted conditions of approval shall prevail.
P. Full Supportive Services. Social services offered at an emergency shelter, with full supportive services, including intake, assessment, and individualized case management services for homeless clients, shall be located on site. Full supportive social services can be offered to persons other than the residents of the shelter as part of a use permit pursuant to Chapter 24.520.
Q. Submission for Approval. The applicant or operator shall submit a management and operations plan for review and approval by the community development director in consultation with the police and fire departments. If the emergency shelter requires a use permit, then the management and operations plan shall be submitted and reviewed concurrently with that application by the decision-making authority. The plan shall remain active throughout the life of the facility, with any changes subject to review and approval of the community development director, in consultation with the police and fire departments. The city may inspect the facility at any time for compliance with the facility’s operations plan and other applicable laws and standards.
R. Minimum Qualifications. At a minimum, the plan shall contain provisions addressing the topical areas outlined below:
1. Operator Qualifications. With a list of qualifications of the shelter operator to ensure the operator has demonstrated experience and qualifications to operate a safe and secure emergency shelter;
2. Ventura Police Department Coordination Plan. To ensure sufficient beds are available for use by the Ventura police department;
3. Security Plan. With the emergency shelter operator responsible for ensuring that the approved security plan is implemented at the emergency shelter at all times and staff is fully trained to implement the plan. Security measures shall be sufficient to protect staff, clients, and neighbors;
4. Loitering Control. With specific measures regarding off-site controls to deter the congregation of homeless clients in the vicinity of the emergency shelter during hours that homeless clients are not allowed on site;
5. Management of Outdoor Areas. Including a system for daily admittance and discharge procedures and monitoring of waiting areas with a goal to prevent disruption to nearby land uses;
6. Communication Plan. With the emergency shelter operator to designate a liaison to coordinate with police, fire, city officials, local businesses, and residents on issues related to the operation of the emergency shelter;
7. Screening of Homeless Clients for Admittance Eligibility. With objectives to provide priority to Ventura homeless persons;
8. List of Services Offered and Organizations Offering Those Services Along With Any Referrals to Outside Assistance Agencies. To ensure a full range of supportive services are offered to assist the residents of the shelter;
9. Transportation Plan. That addresses bus access, parking lot use, vehicle abandonment, shuttle services, and bicycle usage/storage. The transportation plan shall include details on off-site shuttle pickup locations and times and a plan to minimize the time homeless clients spend waiting at the pickup location to reduce loitering. The selected pickup locations shall take into consideration community impact and safety considerations;
10. Litter Control. With an objective to provide for the elimination of litter attributable to the emergency shelter and/or homeless clients within the general vicinity of the emergency shelter;
11. Lock-Out Plan. That addresses how to house on-site clients that arrive at the facility inebriated or otherwise violate shelter rules with an objective of keeping both the client and general public safe by not releasing the client back out into the community;
12. Pet Shelter Plan. That addresses the care and sheltering of pets of homeless clients; and
13. Temporary Beds Plan During Emergency Event. Identify the number, location, and spacing of temporary beds and other support equipment for adequate building occupancy clearance by the fire marshal and chief building official.
S. Annual Report. A status report detailing compliance with the management and operations plan shall be submitted to the community development director annually as part of city business license renewal. (Ord. No. 2011-010, § 26, 8-1-11; Ord. No. 2017-008, § 21, 4-17-17; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 46, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes operational standards for day services facilities to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of the community. (Ord. No. 2017-008, § 22, 4-17-17)
The operational standards set forth in Section 24.438.040 hereof shall apply to all proposed day services facilities. (Ord. No. 2017-008, § 22, 4-17-17)
All day services facilities shall require a use permit as provided in Chapter 24.520. (Ord. No. 2017-008, § 22, 4-17-17)
A. The following operational standards shall apply in addition to all other applicable provisions of this code, and other provisions of law.
1. Food Service Areas. The facilities operator shall be responsible for ensuring that any food service or on-site meal preparation areas comply with all applicable requirements of the county health department.
2. Shower and Toilet Facilities. If toilets, sinks, and showers are provided on site, the facilities operator shall be responsible for ensuring that all restroom and shower facilities comply with the city’s building code requirements.
3. Hours of Operation. Each facility shall establish and maintain set hours of operation for provision of services. These hours shall be clearly displayed at the entrance to the facility at all times. Day services facilities shall not operate between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m.
4. Outdoor Areas. The facilities operator shall ensure that all outside areas of the facility are maintained in a neat, clean, and orderly manner at all times. No outdoor storage shall be allowed.
5. On-Site Management. On-site management shall be provided during the hours the facility is open and accompanied by support staff. Clients of the facility shall not provide on-site management.
6. Operations Plan. The applicant or operator shall submit an operations plan for review and approval by the community development director in consultation with the police and fire departments. The operations plan shall be submitted and reviewed concurrently with the use permit application and approved by the decision-making authority. The operations plan shall remain active throughout the life of the facility, with any changes subject to review and approval of the community development director, in consultation with the police and fire departments. The city may inspect the facility at any time for compliance with the facility’s operations plan and other applicable laws and standards.
B. At a minimum, the operations plan shall contain provisions addressing the topical areas outlined below:
1. Security Plan. With specific measures, including, but not limited to, a process to handle disruptive clients; to ensure that a security plan is implemented at the facility at all times and staff is fully trained to implement the plan. Security measures shall be sufficient to protect staff, clients, and neighbors;
2. Loitering Control. With specific measures regarding off-site controls to deter the congregation of clients in the vicinity of the facility during hours that clients are not allowed on site;
3. Litter Control. With an objective to provide for the elimination of litter attributable to the facility and/or clients within the general vicinity of the facility;
4. Management of Outdoor Areas. Including a system for daily admittance and procedures and monitoring of waiting areas with a goal to prevent disruption to nearby land uses.
5. Communication Plan. With the facilities operator to designate a liaison to coordinate with police, fire, city officials, local businesses, and residents on issues related to the operation of the facility. (Ord. No. 2017-008, § 22, 4-17-17; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 47, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes the timeshare resort facility regulations in order to establish criteria by which timeshare facilities can adequately function as lodging services. (Code 1971, § 15.640.010)
Occupancy of the same timeshare unit by any person shall be limited to 30 consecutive days or one calendar month, whichever is less. In no instance shall any person occupy one or more timeshare units in any timeshare facility for more than 90 days per calendar year. Units which do not meet this criteria shall be considered to be residential dwelling units and shall be subject to all applicable provisions of the comprehensive plan and this zoning ordinance for residential uses. (Code 1971, § 15.640.020)
A. Commercial Zones. Timeshare facilities and conversions to timeshare use may be permitted only in commercial zones and shall require the approval of a use permit or planned development permit in the same manner required for other uses classified in the Lodging Services: Hotels and Motels use type in the zoning district in which the project is located. Conversion of timeshare units to residential condominium use shall be prohibited.
B. Other Uses. Timeshare facilities may include other uses, either as other principal uses or incidental uses to the timeshare facility, so long as each such specific use is permitted by the zone regulations for the zone within which the timeshare facility is located. Such other uses shall meet all city ordinances and requirements. (Code 1971, § 15.640.030)
The following shall constitute the minimum development standards for timeshare facilities and the conversion of existing buildings or uses to timeshare use. Additional standards may be imposed as conditions to a use permit or planned development permit as found by the decision-making authority to be necessary to assure that the development meets the intent of this chapter.
A. Setback, Height, Lot Coverage. The minimum required setbacks and minimum height and lot coverage shall be those established for the zone designation in which such facility is located. Additional setbacks, height, and lot coverage requirements may be required as conditions of a use permit or planned development permit to insure that such facility is adequately buffered from surrounding uses.
B. Required Facilities. Facilities, amenities and design features usually associated with hotels (e.g., lobby, check-in area, registration desk, service closets, laundry facilities, etc.) may be required as a condition of approval of a use permit or planned development permit to insure that the timeshare facility will adequately function as lodging services. (Code 1971, § 15.640.040)
Any use permit or planned development permit approving a proposed timeshare facility or a timeshare conversion may require the project to provide units which will not be sold but which will function instead as hotel rental units available to the general public. No timeshare facility shall be approved unless it is found that the project, as proposed, would not preclude the possibility of the development of other needed types of visitor-serving facilities in the city as a whole or in a particular area of the city. No timeshare facility shall be approved unless adequate visitor-serving motel or hotel facilities are found to be available in the same comprehensive plan community as the project. (Code 1971, § 15.640.050)
Conversion of any type of existing units or facilities to timeshare facility use shall require the approval of a use permit or planned development permit as required for Lodging Services: Hotel or Motel use type in the zoning district in which such project is located. In addition:
A. All such proposed conversions to timeshare facility use shall be evaluated in terms of the physical suitability of the units or facilities for timeshare facility use. Items to be considered shall include, but not be limited to:
1. General maintenance and upkeep of the structures;
2. General physical condition of the facility;
3. Age of the structures;
4. Suitability of the units for the type of occupancy proposed;
5. Availability of kitchen facilities;
6. The age, condition, and general repair of any recreational facilities; and
7. Conformance with appropriate building, safety or fire standards.
B. Improvements to the project site or any buildings or structures thereon to mitigate any identified deficiencies may be required as a condition of approval of any use permit or planned development permit for such conversion.
C. Conversion to timeshare facility use shall also be evaluated to insure that the conversion does not create, or add to, a shortage of the particular type of facility or unit proposed to be converted in the city as a whole or in any particular area of the city. (Code 1971, § 15.640.060)
A. In addition to any information requirements established for use permit or planned development permit applications, the following information shall also be submitted as part of any application to develop or institute a timeshare facility:
1. Site plan, showing the location of all buildings, parking areas, circulation systems, landscaped areas, vehicular entrances, pedestrian entrances, recreation areas, and any ancillary uses.
2. Elevation plans in sufficient detail to indicate the type of materials to be used.
3. Typical floor plans of each timeshare unit.
4. Proposed phasing of construction of the timeshare use.
5. Description of the type of timeshare method to be used (fee simple, leasehold, etc.).
6. Identification of timeshare intervals and the number of intervals per unit.
7. Identification of which units are in the timeshare program and the use of the units not included in the program.
8. Description of amenities and any incidental uses that are proposed in conjunction with the timeshare facility.
9. Description of the availability of the timeshare project, including ancillary uses, to the general public.
10. Description of the method of management of the project and indication of a contact person or party responsible for the day-to-day operation of the project.
11. Description of the type and operation of any other uses (residential, commercial, recreational) that are to be carried out in conjunction with the timeshare facility.
12. Description of the methods to be used to guarantee the future adequacy, stability, and continuity of a satisfactory level of management and maintenance.
13. Description of the method to be used in collecting and transmitting the transient occupancy tax to the city.
B. In addition to the above information, application for conversion of an existing facility or any portion thereof to a timeshare facility must include the information required by Section 24.425.050 for residential condominium conversion projects. (Code 1971, § 15.640.070)
Public notice shall be given for all use permits or planned development permits associated with timeshare facilities pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 24.560. In addition, for apartments or residential condominiums proposed to be converted to timeshare facilities, written notice shall be mailed to all tenants residing in the project proposed to be converted not less than 10 days prior to the hearing. Such notice shall specify the following:
A. The date, time, place and purpose of the hearing;
B. That should the permit be approved, tenants may be required to vacate the premises;
C. That should the permit be approved, the property owner shall be required to give all tenants a minimum of 180 days’ notice to vacate; and that such notice shall not restrict the exercise of lawful remedies pertaining to, but not limited to, tenant’s default in the payment of rent or defacing or destruction of all or part of the rented premises. (Code 1971, § 15.640.080)
A. In addition to the findings required for approval of a use permit pursuant to Chapter 24.520 or the findings required for a planned development permit pursuant to Chapter 24.525, as applicable, and in addition to the findings required by Section 24.440.050, the following findings shall be necessary for approval of a permit for a timeshare facility:
1. That, if such project is located within the coastal zone, the proposal is in conformance with the local coastal program of the comprehensive plan.
2. That the project will not preclude the development of other needed tourist facilities, hotels or motel facilities in the city as a whole, or in a particular area of the city.
B. For apartments or residential condominiums proposed to be converted, all findings specified in Section 24.425.070 for residential condominium conversion projects shall be required. (Code 1971, § 15.640.090)
This chapter implements the state density bonus law (California Government Code Section 65915 et seq., as may be amended from time to time) and specifies the regulatory framework for providing density bonuses, incentives, waivers, and reductions in development standards for qualifying residential housing developments that propose affordable housing. In addition, this chapter establishes an inclusionary housing program aimed at promoting the development of affordable housing units within the city.
The intent of this chapter is to encourage and facilitate the development of affordable housing consistent with the state density bonus law and to implement the goals, objectives, and policies of the San Buenaventura general plan, including the current housing element and local coastal program. This chapter is structured to ensure that any ambiguities found will be interpreted in a manner consistent with the state density bonus law and other applicable state laws.
The objectives of this chapter include:
A. Housing Availability. Ensure the development and availability of affordable housing to a broad range of households with varying income levels throughout the city.
B. Affordable Housing Stock. Promote the city’s goal to add affordable dwelling units to the housing stock through both density bonuses and inclusionary housing provisions.
C. Long-Term Affordability. Ensure the long-term affordability of dwelling units and their continued availability to eligible households.
D. Distribution of Affordable Housing. Guarantee that affordable housing is dispersed throughout the city and within each residential development, and not segregated from market-rate housing, by adopting inclusionary housing requirements applicable to each residential development.
E. Replacement of Affordable Units. Ensure that housing projects that demolish existing naturally occurring affordable housing units replace those units on site when redeveloping.
By integrating these objectives, this chapter aims to provide a comprehensive approach to affordable housing. Through the combined provisions of implementing density bonuses and inclusionary housing, the city seeks to enhance the availability of affordable housing units, ensure their long-term affordability, and promote the equitable distribution of such units throughout the city. All incentives, concessions, and requirements are structured to align with the minimum standards set forth by state law, ensuring that state guidelines are met or exceeded. Any conflicts or ambiguities within this chapter will be resolved in conformity with the state density bonus law and other applicable state laws. The state law is changing at a quicker pace than this chapter can be amended to reflect the changes. Where possible, this chapter will reference state law so that it remains current. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
Terms and phrases used in this chapter are defined in Title 24, Zoning Regulations, California state law, including but not limited to state density bonus law, and as follows:
“Affordable housing agreement” means a legally binding agreement between an applicant and the city in a form and substance satisfactory to the director and city attorney and suitable for recording, setting forth those provisions necessary to ensure that the requirements of this chapter are, and will continue to be, satisfied.
“Affordable housing cost” means a sales price that results in a monthly housing cost (including mortgage, insurance, utilities, rubbish collection costs and home association costs, if any) that does not exceed the amounts specified in California Health and Safety Code Sections 50052.5(b)(2) through (b)(4), as amended, as applicable to the inclusionary unit.
“Affordable rent” has the same meaning as set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 50053, as amended.
“Affordable unit” means a dwelling unit within a housing development which will be reserved for sale or rent to very low-, low- or moderate-income households at an affordable housing cost or affordable rent.
“Childcare facility” has the same meaning as set forth in state density bonus law.
“City” means city of San Buenaventura.
“Concession” may be used interchangeably with “incentive” as those terms are defined under state density bonus law.
“Density bonus” has the same meaning as set forth in state density bonus law.
“Density bonus units” means those units that are built due to a grant of a density bonus and which exceed the otherwise maximum allowable residential density for the development site.
“Department” means the city’s community department.
“Director ” means the city’s community development director or designee.
“Eligible household” means any of the following, as applicable:
1. “Eligible moderate-income household” means a household whose income does not exceed the qualifying limits set for “persons and families of low- or moderate-income” in California Health and Safety Code Section 50093, as amended.
2. “Eligible low-income household” means a household whose annual income does not exceed the qualifying limits set for “lower-income households” in California Health and Safety Code Section 50079.5, as amended.
3. “Eligible very low-income household” means a household whose income does not exceed the qualifying limits set for “very low-income households” in California Health and Safety Code Section 50105, as amended.
“Eligible organization” means:
1. A government entity; or
2. A nonprofit corporation or nonprofit organization, or charitable organization as defined by applicable state or federal law.
“Household” means one person living alone, or two or more persons sharing residency, whose income is considered for housing payments.
“Inclusionary unit” means a dwelling unit that is designated to meet the inclusionary housing requirement, and that must be made available at an affordable cost to eligible households. Inclusionary units may include for-sale or rental units.
“Lower income household” means households whose income does not exceed the lower income limits applicable to the county of Ventura, as published and periodically updated by the State Department of Housing and Community Development pursuant to California Health and Safety Code Section 50079.5, as amended.
“Market-rate unit” means a dwelling unit in a residential development that is not an inclusionary unit.
“Maximum allowable residential density” has the same meaning as set forth in state density bonus law. In no event shall the maximum allowable residential density provided by this definition be applied to a development project in a way to produce a lower density than the minimum which would be required by California Government Code Section 65915, as amended.
“Moderate-income household” means households whose income does not exceed the moderate-income limits applicable to the county of Ventura, as published and periodically updated by the State Department of Housing and Community Development pursuant to California Health and Safety Code Section 50093, as amended.
“Protected units” has the same meaning as set forth in California Government Code Section 66300.5, as amended.
“Specific adverse impact” has the same meaning as set forth in California Government Code Section 65589.5, as amended.
“State density bonus law” means California Government Code Sections 65915 et seq., as amended.
“Very low income household” means households whose income does not exceed the very low income limits applicable to the county, as published and periodically updated by the State Department of Housing and Community Development pursuant to California Health and Safety Code Section 50105, as amended. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. General Eligibility. A proposed housing development, as defined by state density bonus law, shall be eligible for a density bonus and other regulatory incentives provided by state density bonus law, if the applicant:
1. Submits an application in accordance with Section 24.445.040; and
2. Agrees to construct a housing development that will contain at least the required percentage of affordable housing units enumerated in state density bonus law, California Government Code Section 65915(b)(1).
B. Ineligibility. An applicant is ineligible for a density bonus or other concessions or incentives if the proposed development is on property where affordable rental units were located or demolished within the previous five years and/or occupied by low-income households or are otherwise required to be replaced under state density bonus law, unless the project replaces these units pursuant to state density bonus law, California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3). (See also Section 24.445.190, Replacement housing requirement.)
C. Inclusionary Units. If affordable housing is required under the inclusionary housing program provisions of this chapter, the required number of units will count towards the number of units needed to qualify for a density bonus. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Application. A form requesting a density bonus, concession or incentive, waiver or reduction of development standards, adjusted parking ratios, or any combination thereof, shall be submitted to the city in writing, on a form approved by the director.
B. Other Entitlements and Fees. The form shall be submitted to the city concurrently with the filing of the application under Section 24.500.030 for other entitlements required for the proposed housing development as defined by state density bonus law and the required application fee(s) established by city council resolution to recover the city’s administrative costs of processing the application and performing the functions of this chapter.
C. Required Information. The form shall contain information sufficient to allow the city to fully evaluate the request under the requirements of this chapter and state density bonus law, including, without limitation, the following minimum information:
1. Requested Density Bonus.
a. Summary table showing the maximum number of dwelling units permitted by the zoning (excluding any density bonus units), number of proposed affordable units by income level, proposed bonus percentage, number of density bonus units proposed, total number of dwelling units proposed on the site, and resulting density in units per acre.
b. Indicate the subparagraph of California Government Code Section 65915(b)(1) under which the housing development qualifies for a density bonus and reasonable documentation demonstrating that the housing development is eligible for a bonus under that subparagraph.
c. A tentative map or preliminary site plan (drawn to scale) showing the number and location of all proposed units and designating the location of proposed affordable units and density bonus units.
d. The zoning designations and assessor’s parcel number(s) of the housing development site.
e. A description of all dwelling units existing on the site in the five-year period preceding the date of submittal of the application and identification of any units rented in the five-year period and whether they were rented as affordable units.
f. If dwelling units on the site are currently rented, identify the income and household size of all residents of currently occupied units, if known. If any dwelling units on the site were rented in the five-year period but are not currently rented, identify the income and household size of residents occupying the dwelling units when the site contained the maximum number of dwelling units, if known.
g. Description of any recorded covenant, ordinance, or law applicable to the site that restricted rents to levels affordable to very low-income or low-income households in the five-year period preceding the date of submittal of the application.
h. Where the application is seeking an additional bonus, indicate the subparagraph of California Government Code Section 65915(v)(1) under which the housing development qualifies for an additional density bonus and reasonable documentation demonstrating that the housing development is eligible for the additional bonus under that subparagraph.
i. The proposed phasing of the construction of the affordable housing units in relation to the nonrestricted units in the housing development.
j. Any other information the director reasonably determines necessary to process and evaluate the application consistent with state density bonus law.
2. Requested Concessions or Incentives. If concessions or incentives are requested pursuant to state density bonus law, the application shall include the applicable development standards of the base zone and overlay zones (base development standards) along with the requested concession or regulatory incentive for each development standard where requested and a narrative explanation of how the requested incentive or concession complies with California Government Code Section 65915(k)(1), (2) or (3).
3. Requested Waivers or Reductions of Development Standards. If waivers or reductions of development standards are requested pursuant to state density bonus law, the application shall include the applicable development standards of the base zone and overlay zones (base development standards) and the requested waiver or reduction of standards for each base development standard where requested, and a narrative explanation of how the requested waiver or reduction complies with California Government Code Section 65915(e).
4. Requested Adjusted Parking Ratios. If adjusted parking ratios are requested pursuant to state density bonus law, the application shall include a table showing parking proposed under state density bonus law in compliance with California Government Code Section 65915(p) and Section 24.445.090, and reasonable documentation that the project is eligible for the requested parking reduction.
5. Donation of Land. If a density bonus is requested for the donation of land to the city, the application shall include the location of the land to be dedicated, proof of site control, proof of any debt associated with the land, and reasonable documentation demonstrating that the requirements of California Government Code Section 65915(g) can be met.
6. Childcare Facility. If a density bonus or incentive is requested for a childcare facility in a housing development pursuant to California Government Code Section 65915(h), the application shall include reasonable documentation demonstrating that the requirements of Government Code Section 65915(h) can be met.
7. Condominium Conversion. If a density bonus or incentive is requested for a condominium conversion, the application shall include reasonable documentation demonstrating that the requirements of California Government Code Section 65915.5 and San Buenaventura Municipal Code Chapter 24.425 (Residential Condominium Conversion Regulations) can be met.
8. Commercial Development Bonus. If a “development bonus,” as defined by state density bonus law, is requested for a commercial development project, the application shall include reasonable documentation demonstrating that the requirements of Government Code Section 65915.7 can be met, which includes (where applicable) an agreement between the developer and a partnered affordable housing organization that allows for a contribution of affordable housing through a joint project or two separate projects encompassing affordable housing.
9. Other Information. Such other information as may be reasonably required by the city to evaluate the application, including additional requirements that are needed to evaluate projects offering qualifying land dedications. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Applicability of Coastal Act. California Government Code Section 65915(m) provides that state density bonus law does not supersede, alter, or lessen the effect or application of the California Coastal Act of 1976 (“Coastal Act”).
B. Compliance with Coastal Zone Policies. Any requested density bonus, incentives or concessions, waivers or reduction in development standards in the coastal zone shall be consistent with the city’s certified local coastal program (LCP) policies for the protection of coastal resources.
C. Density Provisions for Low- and Moderate-Income Housing. For qualifying projects that consist of low- and moderate-income housing, as defined in California Government Code Section 65589.5(h)(3):
1. LCP provisions that reduce residential densities below those sought by an applicant shall not apply if the requested density falls within the range permitted by the underlying zone and the additional density permitted by California Government Code Section 65915 et seq.
2. An exception applies if there is a finding, based on substantial evidence, that the density sought by the applicant cannot be feasibly accommodated on the site in a manner that is in conformity with Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 30200) of the Coastal Act or the other provisions of the LCP applicable to the project. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Review Concurrent with Planning Application. All requests under state density bonus law shall be part of the planning application and shall be applied for, reviewed, and acted upon concurrently with the planning application by the approval body with the authority to approve the development, within the timelines prescribed by California Government Code Section 65950 et seq. or other applicable statute. Appeals of the density bonus components of a project shall be made concurrently with any allowable appeals for the underlying planning application in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 24.565 (Appeal Procedure).
B. State Law Compliance. To ensure that an application for housing development conforms with the provisions of state density bonus law and the Coastal Act, the report to the decision-making body shall state whether the application conforms to the following requirements, as applicable:
1. The housing development provides the housing required by state density bonus law to be eligible for the density bonus and any requested incentive or concession, waiver or reduction of development standards, adjusted parking ratios, or any combination thereof, including the replacement of units as required by California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3).
2. If applicable, the housing development provides the housing required by state density bonus law to be eligible for an additional density bonus under California Government Code Section 65915(v)(1).
3. If an incentive or concession is requested, that any requested incentive will result in identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5, or for affordable rents, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 50053; except that, if a mixed-use development is requested, the application must instead meet all of the requirements of California Government Code Section 65915(k)(2).
4. If a waiver or reduction of development standards is requested, that the housing development project is eligible for a waiver, and the development standards for which a waiver is requested would have the effect of physically precluding the construction of the housing development at the densities or with the concessions or incentives permitted by state density bonus law.
5. If parking reductions are requested, that the housing development is eligible for any requested parking reductions under California Government Code Section 65915(p).
6. If the density bonus is based, all or in part, on donation of land, that all requirements in California Government Code Section 65915(g) have been met.
7. If the density bonus or incentive is based, all or in part, on the inclusion of a childcare facility, that all requirements in California Government Code Section 65915(h) have been met.
8. If the density bonus or incentive is based, all or in part, on the inclusion of a condominium conversion, that the requirements in California Government Code Section 65915.5 and Chapter 24.425 (Residential Condominium Conversion Regulations) have been met.
9. That the requested density bonus, and any requested incentive or concession, waiver or reduction of development standards, adjusted parking ratios, or any combination thereof, is consistent with all applicable requirements of the certified local coastal program.
C. Findings for Denial of Incentive/Concession. The decision-making body shall grant an incentive or concession requested by the applicant unless it makes a written finding to deny, based upon substantial evidence of any of the following:
1. The proposed incentive or concession does not result in identifiable and actual cost reductions consistent with state density bonus law to provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5, or for affordable rents, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 50053;
2. The proposed incentive or concession would have a specific, adverse impact upon public health or safety or on any real property listed in the California Register of Historic Resources, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without rendering the housing development unaffordable to low- and moderate-income households; or
3. The proposed incentive or concession would be contrary to state or federal law.
D. Findings for Denial of Waiver/Reduction. The decision-making body shall grant the waiver or reduction of development standards requested by the applicant unless it makes a written finding to deny, based upon substantial evidence of any of the following:
1. The proposed waiver or reduction would have a specific adverse impact upon health or safety, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact;
2. The proposed waiver or reduction of development standards would have an adverse impact on any real property listed in the California Register of Historic Resources;
3. The proposed waiver would be contrary to state or federal law; or
4. The development standards for which a waiver or reduction is requested do not physically prevent the construction of the housing development at the densities or with the concessions or incentives allowed under state density bonus law.
E. Findings for Denial of Childcare Facility. If a childcare facility complies with the requirements of California Government Code Section 65915(h), the decision-making body may deny a density bonus or incentive that is based on the provision of a childcare facility only if it makes a written finding, based on substantial evidence, that the city already has adequate childcare facilities. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Affordable Housing Agreement Requirement.
1. Agreement Execution. If a density bonus, incentive or concession, waiver or reduction of development standards, or adjusted parking ratio is approved pursuant to this chapter, the applicant shall enter into an affordable housing agreement with the city using a form approved by the city.
2. Agreement Recording. After execution by all parties, the agreement shall be recorded by the applicant as a deed restriction against the property where the project is located.
3. Binding Nature. The agreement shall run with the land and bind all future owners and successors in interest of the property.
4. Timing. Approval and recording of the agreement shall occur before final map approval, or if no map is processed, before the issuance of any building permit for the property.
5. The following requirements in subsections B and C of this section shall be in addition to (and applied consistently with) the provisions of state density bonus law (including without limitation California Government Code Section 65915(c)).
B. Requirements for Rental Projects.
1. Affordability Period. The affordability of all rental units qualifying for a density bonus, incentive or concession, waiver or reduction of development standards, or adjusted parking ratio must be maintained for a minimum of 55 years or longer if required by the construction or mortgage financing assistance program, mortgage insurance program, or rental subsidy program.
2. Agreement Details. The agreement shall identify the type, size and location of each affordable unit; specify the eligible occupants; and specify phasing of the affordable units relative to market-rate units.
3. Rent Setting. Rents for the affordable units shall be set at an affordable rent as defined by state density bonus law.
C. Requirements for For-Sale Projects.
1. Initial Purchase Requirement. For-sale units qualifying for a density bonus, incentive or concession, waiver or reduction of development standards, or adjusted parking ratio shall initially be sold to persons and households of very low, low, or moderate income. If not purchased by lower- or moderate-income households within 180 days after the final certificate of occupancy is issued, the units must be sold pursuant to a recorded contract that satisfies the requirements of California Revenue and Taxation Code Section 402.1(a)(10) to a qualified nonprofit housing corporation as defined by state density bonus law. The units must then be offered at an affordable housing cost, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5.
2. Equity Sharing Agreement. The city shall require and enforce an equity sharing agreement consistent with state density bonus law unless it is in conflict with the requirements of another public funding source or law.
3. Affordability Period. The affordability of all for-sale units qualifying for a density bonus, incentive or concession, waiver or reduction of development standards, or adjusted parking ratio must be maintained for a minimum of 45 years or the time period required by any applicable federal or state law or regulation, if different.
D. Requirements for Senior Housing Developments. Applicants must enter into a restrictive covenant with the city, running with the land, ensuring that the housing development operates as a senior citizen housing development or a mobile home park that limits residency based on age requirements for housing for older persons, as applicable, consistent with state density bonus law and state and federal fair housing laws.
E. Additional Terms. The affordable housing agreement shall include:
1. The number of units approved for the housing development, including the number and type of affordable and density bonus units;
2. The location, unit size(s) (square footage), and number of bedrooms of affordable units;
3. Schedule for production of affordable units;
4. Details on incentives, concessions or waivers, or reduction of development standards provided by the city;
5. Where applicable, limits on tenure and conditions for the initial sale of affordable units;
6. Where applicable, tenure and conditions establishing rules and procedures for qualifying tenants, setting rental rates, filling vacancies, and operating and maintaining units for affordable rental dwelling units;
7. Compliance with state and federal laws;
8. Prohibition against discrimination;
9. Indemnification of city;
10. City’s right to inspect units and documents;
11. Remedies; and
12. Any additional information or documentation that may be required by the city. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Rounding of Density Calculations. In determining the total number of units to be granted, each component of any density calculation, including base density and density bonus, resulting in fractional units shall be separately rounded up to the next whole number. When calculating the number of affordable units needed for a given density bonus, any fractions of affordable dwelling units shall be rounded up to the next whole number.
B. Entitlement and Selection of Density Bonus. Except where a housing development is eligible for an additional bonus pursuant to California Government Code Section 65915(v), each housing development is entitled to only one density bonus. If a housing development qualifies for a density bonus under more than one category, the applicant shall identify the category under which the density bonus is requested.
C. Exclusion of Density Bonus Units in Calculations. In determining the number of affordable units required to qualify a housing development for a density bonus pursuant to state density bonus law, units added by a density bonus are not included in the calculations. Any on-site units that satisfy the city’s inclusionary housing requirements in this chapter and are required to be constructed concurrently with the housing development may qualify the housing development for a density bonus if those units meet the requirements of state density bonus law.
D. Acceptance and Limitations of Density Bonus. The applicant may elect to accept a lesser percentage of density bonus than the housing development is entitled, or no density bonus at all. No reduction will be permitted in the percentages of required affordable units contained in California Government Code Sections 65915(b), 65915(c), and 65915(f). Regardless of the number of affordable units provided, no housing development shall be entitled to a density bonus higher than what is authorized under state density bonus law.
E. No Obligations for Financial Incentives. Nothing in this chapter requires the provision of direct financial incentives from the city for the housing development, including, but not limited to, the provision of financial subsidies, publicly owned land, fee waivers, or waiver of dedication requirements. The city, at its sole discretion, may choose to provide such direct financial incentives. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Number of Incentives. The number of incentives that may be requested shall be based upon the number the applicant is entitled to pursuant to state density bonus law.
B. On-Site Vehicular Parking Ratios. If a housing development is eligible for a density bonus pursuant to state density bonus law, the applicant may request an on-site vehicular parking ratio in accordance with California Government Code Section 65915(p). (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Inclusionary Requirements. Development projects consisting of seven or more dwelling units shall provide and designate at least 10 percent of the total for-sale dwelling units as inclusionary units, and at least 15 percent of the total rental dwelling units as inclusionary units, or 20 percent of the total dwelling units as inclusionary units when the inclusionary units are provided via rehabilitation, acquisition, or preservation per Section 24.445.140.
B. Targeted Income Groups. The targeted income group for the for-sale inclusionary units is 10 percent for moderate-income households and the targeted income group for rental inclusionary units is 10 percent for low-income households and five percent for very low-income households. At the discretion of the applicant and with the approval of the city, the project may provide a deeper level of affordability.
C. Density Bonus Units. When calculating the number of required inclusionary units, any additional dwelling units granted as a density bonus under this chapter or state law will not be considered as part of the required number of inclusionary units.
D. Fractional Units. Any fractional number of inclusionary units required in a residential development shall be provided by payment of an in-lieu fee in the amount determined pursuant to Section 24.445.140 unless the applicant elects to round up to the nearest whole number of units and provide that unit.
E. Combination For-Sale and Rental Development. When a residential development includes a combination of for-sale and rental dwelling units, the number and income levels for inclusionary units required for the residential development is calculated for each category of dwelling units (i.e., for-sale and rental) individually and then combined to comprise the residential development’s total inclusionary housing requirement under this chapter.
F. Other Incentives. Depending on the number of inclusionary units provided, the applicant may be eligible for one or more other regulatory incentives set forth in this chapter. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
The inclusionary housing requirements of this chapter shall not apply to:
A. Residential developments of six dwelling units or less.
B. Residential units constructed pursuant to the city’s accessory dwelling unit (ADU) provisions as set forth in Chapter 24.430.
C. The reconstruction of any structures that have been destroyed by fire, flood, earthquake or other act of nature; provided, that the reconstruction of the site does not increase the number of dwelling units by seven or more.
D. Residential building additions, repairs or remodels; provided, that such work does not increase the number of existing dwelling units by seven or more. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Timing of Construction. The location of the inclusionary units within a housing development must be designated before issuance of building permits for the development. Inclusionary units shall be constructed and occupied concurrently with or prior to the construction and occupancy of market-rate units. In phased developments, inclusionary units may be constructed and occupied in proportion to the number of dwelling units in each phase of the development.
B. Location. Inclusionary units shall be dispersed throughout a housing development and not clustered in a particular area of the development. Inclusionary units within developments that share a common entrance shall not have separate entrances for market-rate and inclusionary units.
C. Design. Inclusionary units shall be comparable in design to market-rate units, with comparable infrastructure (including sewer, water, and other utilities), construction quality, and exterior design. The number of bedrooms in inclusionary units shall be equivalent to the number of bedrooms in corresponding market-rate units, but the inclusionary units may be smaller in size than the market-rate units. Inclusionary units may have different interior finishes and features than market-rate units, so long as the interior features are durable, of good quality and consistent with contemporary standards for new housing, such as those applied by the low-income housing tax credit program.
D. Access to Common Amenities. Residents of inclusionary units shall have the same rights and access to common amenities in the development, such as parking, open space, storage, and recreational space, as residents in market-rate units.
E. Professional Rental Management Company. The applicant must employ and utilize a professional rental management company approved by the director for the management of all rental inclusionary units. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Inclusionary Housing Plan.
1. The applicant for a housing development subject to the inclusionary housing program shall submit an inclusionary housing plan in conjunction with its application for any development permit required under this title (Zoning Regulations) or any specific plan or community plan adopted by the city council.
2. The inclusionary housing plan shall include an acknowledgment that a recordable affordable housing agreement shall be entered into by the applicant, the owner (if not the applicant), and any other necessary party, and that resale restrictions, deeds of trust, and related documents may be recorded against inclusionary units.
3. The inclusionary housing plan shall be submitted on a separate plan sheet and shall include all necessary information to evaluate the plan for compliance with the requirements of this chapter, including a phasing plan for phased developments.
4. If the inclusionary housing plan is deemed incomplete, it will be returned to the applicant, along with a list of the deficiencies or the information required for completion.
B. Community Development Director Decision.
1. In conjunction with the processing of any underlying project approvals, the director shall approve, conditionally approve, or reject the inclusionary housing plan within 30 days of the date that the inclusionary housing plan is deemed complete by the director.
2. If the director rejects an inclusionary housing plan, the applicant may resubmit a plan that addresses and corrects all of the director’s original reasons for rejection.
3. An application for a housing development subject to this chapter will not be deemed complete until a complete inclusionary housing plan is submitted to the city.
4. At any time during the review process, the director may require the applicant to submit additional information reasonably necessary to clarify and supplement the inclusionary housing plan or determine the consistency of the inclusionary housing plan with the requirements of this chapter.
C. Affordable Housing Agreement.
1. Form. The affordable housing agreement form and any related declarations, resale restrictions, deeds of trust, and other documents authorized by this section shall be in a general form as prescribed by the city. The affordable housing agreement shall be approved by the director, and approved as to form by the city attorney, prior to being executed with respect to any housing development subject to the inclusionary housing program.
2. Recording. Affordable housing agreements approved by the city shall be recorded against inclusionary units prior to the issuance of any building permit for the development. Resale restrictions, deeds of trust, and/or other documents comprising or related to the affordable housing agreements specified by the director shall also be recorded against for-sale inclusionary units.
D. Building Permits. The city shall not issue a building permit for a housing development subject to the inclusionary housing program without an affordable housing agreement executed by the owner, the applicant (if not the owner) and the city manager, and approved as to form by the city attorney, and recorded against the property.
E. Implementation and Compliance Monitoring Fees.
1. The city council may, by resolution, establish fees and deposits for the reasonable cost of preparing documents and processing applications as required for the inclusionary housing program.
2. The city council may, by resolution, additionally establish compliance monitoring fees to recover the city’s reasonable costs for ongoing implementation of the inclusionary housing program. The city council shall establish separate compliance monitoring fees for for-sale and rental inclusionary units. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. In-Lieu Fees.
1. The payment of in-lieu fees may be used to satisfy the inclusionary housing requirement for the following residential developments:
a. Any fractional number of inclusionary units required in residential development.
b. For-sale developments.
c. Rental developments with 20 or fewer dwelling units.
d. Rental developments with more than 20 dwelling units; provided, that the decision-making authority for the housing development finds that constructing the required inclusionary units on site would be an extreme hardship, based on factors such as project size, site constraints, and/or excessively large affordability gaps. One way this can be achieved is for the applicant to demonstrate that the imposition of the affordable housing production requirement would violate the California and/or United States Constitution.
e. For the developments described in subsections (A)(1)(b) through (A)(1)(d) of this section, the applicant may alternatively satisfy the inclusionary housing requirement by providing a portion of the inclusionary units required pursuant to this chapter, and satisfying the remainder of the inclusionary housing requirement through payment of in-lieu fees.
2. In-lieu fees shall be paid according to a fee schedule adopted by the city council and adjusted annually based on the percentage change in new home prices and average apartment rent increases in Ventura County.
3. In-lieu fees shall be paid prior to the issuance of the first building permit for the housing development. For phased developments, the applicant may pay a pro rata share of the in-lieu fee concurrently with the issuance of building permits for each development phase.
4. Unless otherwise required by law, all in-lieu fees and any other funds collected under this chapter must be deposited into a separate account to be designated as the city of San Buenaventura inclusionary housing fund. The moneys in the inclusionary housing fund and all earnings from investment of the moneys in the inclusionary housing fund may only be expended to provide housing affordable to extremely low-income, very low-income, low-income, and moderate-income households in the city leveraging funds, and administration and compliance monitoring of the city’s inclusionary housing program set forth in this chapter.
B. Off-Site Construction. The inclusionary housing requirement may be satisfied by the construction of inclusionary units off site as follows:
1. Irrespective of whether the market-rate units are for-sale units or rental units, the inclusionary units constructed off site shall be rental units for eligible very low-income households.
2. Off-site construction of accessory dwelling units (ADUs) shall not qualify as off-site inclusionary units.
3. Location of Off-Site Inclusionary Units.
a. The off-site inclusionary units shall be located within one-half mile of the market-rate development that is subject to the inclusionary housing requirement, unless the units are located within a moderate or higher resource area as defined by the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee (TCAC) Opportunities Mapping.
b. The development shall not create an overconcentration of deed-restricted affordable dwelling units in any specific neighborhood unless the units are located within a moderate or higher resource area as defined by the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee (TCAC) Opportunities Mapping.
c. “Overconcentration” means more than 50 deed-restricted dwelling units for eligible very low- or low-income households within one-quarter mile of the land, or more than 200 deed-restricted dwelling units for eligible very low- or low-income households within one-half mile of the land.
4. Building design, quality, and maintenance standards shall be of good quality and consistent with contemporary standards for new housing, such as those applied by the low-income housing tax credit program.
5. The number of bedrooms in the off-site inclusionary units is not required to be equivalent to the number of bedrooms in the market-rate development. However, the off-site inclusionary units shall meet the following requirements:
a. No more than 15 percent of the off-site inclusionary units shall be studios.
b. At least 40 percent of the off-site inclusionary units shall include two or more bedrooms.
6. A market-rate developer may enter into an agreement with an affordable housing developer to construct, own, and operate the off-site inclusionary units required to fulfill the inclusionary housing requirement, provided:
a. The affordable housing developer is approved by the city.
b. The affordable housing developer has recent relevant experience as determined by the city.
c. The affordable housing developer does not request any financial assistance from the city.
d. The inclusionary units are constructed prior to or concurrently with the market-rate development that triggered the inclusionary housing requirement. For phased developments, the inclusionary units shall be completed during the first phase of the market-rate development.
e. The affordable housing developer may apply pursuant to state density bonus law and the provisions of this chapter for a density bonus and the statutorily established number of incentives or concessions to construct the units.
C. Land Dedication. At the discretion of the decision-making authority for the development, the inclusionary housing requirement may be satisfied by the dedication of land as follows:
1. The land shall be conveyed to the city at no cost.
2. Payment in full of all property taxes and special taxes shall be made when the proposal for land dedication is submitted, and again prior to conveyance of the land to the city.
3. The inclusionary housing units constructed on the land shall be rental units affordable to eligible very low-income households.
4. Location of land to be dedicated and units on that land.
a. The land to be dedicated shall be located within one mile of the market-rate development that is subject to the inclusionary housing requirement, unless the units are located within a moderate or higher resource area as defined by the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee/California Department of Housing and Community Development (TCAC/HCD) Opportunities Mapping.
b. The inclusionary units constructed on the land to be dedicated shall not create an overconcentration of deed-restricted affordable dwelling units in any specific neighborhood, unless the units are located within a moderate or higher resource area as defined by the TCAC/HCD Opportunities Mapping.
c. “Overconcentration” means more than 50 deed-restricted dwelling units for eligible very low- or low-income households within one-quarter mile of the land to be dedicated, or more than 200 deed-restricted dwelling units for eligible very low- or low-income households within one-half mile of the land to be dedicated.
5. Upon submittal of a proposal for land dedication, evidence shall be provided that:
a. The developer has control of the land to be dedicated.
b. The land to be dedicated is free of any liens.
c. The developer has disclosed any encumbrances or easements that adversely impact the land’s title, and these have been factored into the estimated value of the land dedication.
d. The land to be dedicated does not contain any hazardous materials, and:
i. The developer has disclosed whether any hazardous materials were previously contained on the site.
ii. If any hazardous materials were previously remediated on the site, the developer has provided evidence that cleanup was performed in accordance with applicable law.
e. The land has not been improved with any residential use for at least five years prior to the submission of the land dedication proposal.
f. The land’s existing general plan and zoning allows for residential use at a density sufficient to permit the development of the required number of inclusionary units. The land is suitable in terms of size, configuration, and physical characteristics to allow cost-efficient development of the required number of inclusionary units.
g. The land is fully served by the necessary infrastructure to support the required number of inclusionary units.
6. The developer shall submit all necessary information to evaluate the proposal for compliance with the requirements of this chapter.
7. City staff shall review land dedication proposals prior to consideration by the decision-making authority, to ensure they meet the requirements of this section.
D. Rehabilitation, Acquisition, and Preservation. At the discretion of the decision-making authority for the development, the inclusionary housing requirement may be fulfilled through:
1. The rehabilitation of existing residential units to ensure they meet current building and health codes. Rehabilitation means the process of repairing or improving existing residential dwelling units to meet current health, safety, and building code standards. This includes structural fixes, updates to electrical and plumbing systems, and any repairs necessary to ensure the dwelling is habitable and meets modern standards of safety and accessibility.
2. The acquisition of existing residential units to be designated as affordable housing units. Acquisition means the purchase of existing residential dwelling units by a developer to make them available as inclusionary units. The acquired units must then be designated as affordable housing units with long-term affordability covenants.
3. The preservation of existing affordable housing units. Preservation means the act of maintaining existing affordable residential dwelling units to ensure they remain available for very low-income households. Preservation includes extending or renewing affordability covenants, maintaining the physical and structural integrity of the units, and ensuring that the units comply with current building and health standards.
4. Affordability Covenants and Restrictions.
a. The inclusionary units shall have long-term affordability covenants and restrictions that require them to be available to, and occupied by, very low-income households for at least 55 years or the time period required by any applicable federal or state law or regulation.
b. The rents charged for the inclusionary units shall be equal to or less than the rents stipulated by California Health and Safety Code Section 50053 for very low-income households.
c. The developer shall commit an identified amount of financial assistance to the rehabilitation, acquisition, or preservation of the inclusionary units. This commitment must be documented and submitted to the decision-making authority for approval.
d. The developer shall demonstrate that the inclusionary units meet the requirements of California Government Code Section 65583.1(c), which specifies criteria for the provision of affordable housing.
e. If there are more dwelling units in the development than are required to fulfill the inclusionary housing requirement, those additional dwelling units may be rented at unrestricted market-rate rents. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Eligibility. The developer shall designate and offer for-sale inclusionary units to eligible households based on the inclusionary housing program.
B. Sale and Resale.
1. The initial sales price and resale price of for-sale inclusionary units shall be set to an affordable housing cost calculated by the city on the first day of each calendar quarter.
2. A resale restriction shall be entered into on each change of ownership to maintain the household income restriction on the for-sale inclusionary unit for at least 45 years or the time period required by any applicable federal or state law or regulation.
C. Transfer of Title. Upon the death of a joint owner of a for-sale inclusionary unit, title in the inclusionary unit may transfer to the surviving joint owner without respect to the income-eligibility of the household. Upon the death of a sole owner or all owners, and inheritance of the inclusionary unit by a non-income-eligible child or stepchild of one or more owners, there will be a one-year compassion period between the time when the estate is settled and the time when the inclusionary unit must be sold to an eligible household. Inheritance of an inclusionary unit by any other person whose household is not income-eligible shall require resale of the inclusionary unit to an eligible household as soon as is feasible but not more than 180 days from when the estate is settled.
D. Owner Occupancy. Owners of inclusionary units shall:
1. Use and occupy the inclusionary unit as the owner’s principal residence for at least 10 months out of any 12-month period, or as determined appropriate by the director.
2. Not lease or rent any part of the inclusionary unit unless the city has given its prior written consent to such lease or rental on the basis of a demonstrated hardship by the owner.
E. Annual Report. The city may require owners of inclusionary units to provide an annual written report with information to certify continuing occupancy, as well as additional information deemed reasonably necessary by the city. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Eligibility. The developer shall designate and offer rental inclusionary units to eligible low- and very low-income households based on the inclusionary housing program.
B. Maximum Rent. The maximum allowable rent of inclusionary units will be affordable rents established by the city on at least an annual basis.
C. Duration of Affordability Requirement. The household income restriction on rental inclusionary units shall be maintained for at least 55 years or the time period required by any applicable federal or state law or regulation.
D. Income Certification. The owner of rental inclusionary units shall certify each tenant household’s income to the director at the time of initial rental. The owner shall obtain and review documents that demonstrate the prospective renter’s total income, such as income tax returns, and submit such information on a form approved by the city.
E. Annual Report. The owner shall submit an annual report summarizing the occupancy of each rental inclusionary unit for the year and demonstrating the continued income-eligibility of the tenant. The city may require additional information if deemed necessary.
F. Changes in Tenant Income.
1. If the income of a tenant of eligible very low-income rental inclusionary unit changes to exceed the very low-income limit, but not the low-income limit:
a. The owner may allow the tenant to remain in the original unit at the affordable rent for low-income households; provided, that the next vacant rental unit shall be redesignated as an inclusionary rental unit for eligible very low-income households; or
b. The tenant shall be given one year’s notice to vacate the unit. If, during the year, an inclusionary unit affordable to low-income households becomes available, the owner shall allow the tenant to submit an application for that unit.
2. If the income of a tenant of eligible low-income rental inclusionary unit changes to exceed the income limits for that unit:
a. The owner may raise the tenant’s rent to market rate and allow the tenant to remain in the original unit; provided, that another unit in the development is redesignated as an inclusionary rental unit affordable to eligible very low- or low-income households within one year.
b. If the owner does not want to redesignate another unit as an inclusionary rental unit, the tenant shall be given one year’s notice to vacate the unit.
G. Condominium Conversions.
1. A developer or eligible organization may convert rental inclusionary units to for-sale inclusionary units as follows:
a. Rental developments that include a tentative map for future conversion to for-sale units may pay in-lieu fees for for-sale inclusionary units at the time of map approval.
b. Existing rental inclusionary units may be maintained with affordable rents, while market-rate rental units may be converted to for-sale units.
c. Relocation benefits may be provided to tenants in the rental inclusionary units, and converted units may be offered for sale at an affordable housing cost to eligible moderate-income households.
2. In the event a developer or eligible organization wishes to change the initial designation of a rental inclusionary unit to a for-sale inclusionary unit for the purposes of offering the inclusionary unit for sale, the city must be sent notice, and must have acknowledged said notice prior to the inclusionary unit being offered for sale. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
Developer must use commercially reasonable efforts to market the inclusionary units to eligible residents of the city, including but not limited to the following:
A. No later than 90 days after the issuance of building permits for the first of the inclusionary units, notifying local government and nonprofit agencies serving income qualified households in the city (a list of such organizations provided by the city) of the availability of any low or very low-income units and requesting that these organizations assist in publicizing the availability of such units to their members and clients;
B. Placing a sign at the housing development advertising the availability of the inclusionary units and providing contact information throughout the marketing period; and
C. Advertising the availability of the inclusionary units on social media outlets and local newspapers in multiple languages, consistent with the direction of the city, that cater to city residents (a list of which will be provided by the city). (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Application. The requirements of this chapter may be modified or waived by application submitted pursuant to this section if the applicant demonstrates to the director that applying these requirements, considered together with any variances, or regulatory concessions or incentives that may be applied to the proposed development, would take property in violation of the United States or California Constitution.
B. Constitutional Requirement. Any adjustments or waivers may only modify the inclusionary housing requirement to the extent necessary to avoid an unconstitutional result. If the director determines no violation of the United States or California Constitution would occur through application of this chapter, the requirements of this chapter shall remain applicable.
C. Decision.
1. The director shall review the application received pursuant to this section and issue a written decision.
2. In making a determination on the requested adjustment or waiver, the decision-maker shall consider each of the following:
a. Application of the inclusionary housing requirement to the residential development;
b. Application of any applicable inclusionary or density bonus concessions or incentives;
c. Utilization of the most cost-efficient product type for the inclusionary units; and
d. The potential for external funding, including, but not limited to, governmental grants, loans, or subsidies of any nature where reasonably likely to occur.
D. Appeals. Determinations and decisions made pursuant to this chapter may be appealed to the city council in the manner and within the time set forth in Chapter 24.565. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. No Net Loss of Dwelling Units. Notwithstanding any other law and notwithstanding density limitations on a site, no permit shall be issued for a housing development project that will require demolition of one or more residential dwelling units unless the project will create at least as many residential dwelling units as will be demolished. For purposes of this section, “housing development project” has the same meaning as defined in California Government Code Section 65905.5(b)(3), which is the same as the term is defined in California Government Code Section 65589.5(h)(2), as amended from time to time, except that it also includes projects that involve no discretionary approvals and projects that include a proposal to construct a single dwelling unit.
B. Affordable Replacement Housing Units. Notwithstanding any law, the city shall not approve any housing development project that will require the demolition of occupied or vacant protected units, or that is located on a site where protected units were demolished in the previous five years, unless all of the following requirements are satisfied:
1. Units occupied on the date of application shall be replaced according to the size and cost as those households in occupancy pursuant to California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3)(B)(i). Units that have been demolished or vacated on the date of application shall be replaced based upon the high point in occupancy during the previous five years pursuant to California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3)(B)(ii).
a. If the incomes of the individuals and households are not known, the rebuttable presumption in California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3)(B)(i) regarding lower-income households shall be inclusive of the percentage of extremely low-income, very low-income and low-income households in the same proportion as their share of all renter households within the city of San Buenaventura, as determined by the director utilizing the most recently available data from the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development’s Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy database. If a housing development project is utilizing an affordable housing incentive program that does not include an option to include one of these income levels, the income category will not be required.
b. Units subject to California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3)(C) deemed or presumed to be occupied by persons or families above the lower-income category shall be replaced with low-income units pursuant to Section 65915(c)(3)(C)(i), as determined by the department.
2. Any protected units replaced pursuant to this subsection shall be considered in determining whether the housing development project satisfies the requirements of California Government Code Section 65915 or any locally adopted requirement that requires, as a condition of the development of residential rental units, that the project provide a certain percentage of residential rental units affordable to, and occupied by, households with incomes that do not exceed the limits for moderate-income, lower-income, very low-income, or extremely low-income households, as specified in Sections 50079.5, 50093, 50105, and 50106 of the California Health and Safety Code.
3. Notwithstanding the requirements above, the replacement requirements of this section shall not apply to the following:
a. The project is an industrial use.
b. The project site is entirely within a zone that does not allow residential uses.
c. The zoning applicable to the project site that does not allow residential uses was adopted prior to January 1, 2022.
d. The protected units that are or were on the project site are or were nonconforming uses.
4. Owners of a housing development project subject to the above requirements must complete an application for a replacement unit determination with the department. Information provided by the owner and existing tenant(s), as well as information gathered by the department, will be used to determine whether any protected units exist.
C. Existing Occupant Protections.
1. Right to Remain. Any existing occupants shall be allowed to occupy their units until six months before the start of construction activities with proper notice, subject to Chapter 16 (commencing with Section 7260) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the California Government Code. A housing developer shall provide written notice to existing occupants of the planned demolition, the date they must vacate, and their rights under this section. Notice shall be provided at least six months in advance of the date that existing occupants must vacate. Housing developers must agree to the right to remain requirement on a form provided by the department.
2. Right to Return if Demolition Does Not Proceed. Any existing occupants that are required to leave their units shall be allowed to return at their prior rental rate if the demolition does not proceed and the property is returned to the rental market. A housing developer shall agree to this requirement on a form provided by the department.
3. Right to Relocation. Any existing occupants of any protected units that are lower-income households shall be provided with relocation benefits equivalent to those required to be paid by public entities pursuant to Chapter 16 (commencing with Section 7260) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the California Government Code and any implementing regulations.
4. Right of First Refusal. Any existing occupants of any protected units that are lower income households shall be given a right of first refusal for a comparable unit available in the new housing development affordable to the household at an affordable rent or an affordable housing cost. A comparable unit contains the same number of bedrooms but is not required to have the same or similar square footage or the same number of total rooms. In cases when a single-family home with four or more bedrooms is being replaced, a comparable unit may have three bedrooms. This requirement shall not apply to any of the following:
a. A development project that consists of a single residential unit located on a site where a single protected unit is being demolished.
b. Units in a housing development in which 100 percent of the units, exclusive of a manager’s unit or units, are reserved for lower income households, except when protected units occupied by an occupant who qualifies for residence in the new development and for whom providing a comparable unit would not be precluded due to unit size limitations or other requirements of any funding source of the housing development, as determined by the department. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
A. Administrative Regulations. The city manager and the director may prepare and promulgate administrative regulations to implement this chapter.
B. Density Bonus Units for Inclusionary Housing Program. Except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law, affordable units that qualify a development for a density bonus count toward satisfying any obligation under the city’s inclusionary housing program.
C. Automatic Incorporation of State Law Amendments. This chapter implements the state density bonus law. In the event that state density bonus law and any other applicable state laws are amended, those amended provisions shall be incorporated into this chapter. Should any inconsistencies exist between the state law as now written or as amended, and the provisions set forth in this chapter, state law shall prevail.
D. Enforcement. The city may institute any appropriate legal actions or proceedings necessary to ensure compliance with this chapter pursuant to the procedures of Title 1, including:
1. Actions to revoke, deny or suspend any development approval or permit, including a building permit, certificate of occupancy, or discretionary approval.
2. Actions to recover from any violator of this chapter, civil fines, restitution to prevent unjust enrichment from a violation of this chapter, and/or enforcement costs, including attorneys’ fees.
3. Actions to enforce the provisions of this chapter, including the terms of any density bonus and/or inclusionary housing agreement or documents prepared to administer the affordability and eligibility requirements.
4. Eviction or foreclosure.
5. Any other appropriate action for injunctive relief or damages.
E. No Waiver. Failure of any city official, employee, or agent to fulfill the requirements of this chapter shall not excuse any person, owner, household, or other party from the requirements of this chapter.
F. Remedies Are Cumulative. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and not exclusive and do not preclude the city from any other remedy or relief to which it otherwise would be entitled under law or equity. (Ord. No. 2025-003, § 2, 6-24-25)
This chapter establishes regulations governing the use of trailer coaches, as defined in Chapter 24.110. This chapter provides for the use of trailer coaches on certain sites for limited periods of time. (Code 1971, § 15.650.010)
Trailer coaches may be used for the purposes described in subsections A through C of this section; provided, that a director’s permit is approved pursuant to Chapter 24.505 prior to the initiation of the trailer coach use. Unless the use is approved for a use permit in accordance with Section 24.450.030, the use may not be maintained longer than 12 months from the date of issuance of the director’s permit authorizing the trailer coach use. The following uses may be authorized:
A. Real Estate Sales Office. The sales office must be located at the site of the dwelling units offered for sale and may remain at the site for a maximum of 12 months or until all units in the development are sold, whichever occurs first;
B. Temporary Office. One temporary office, other than a real estate sales office, at any one site in all zones except residential zones, the parks (P) zone, and the agriculture (A) zone;
C. Caretaker’s Residence. A caretaker’s residence may be authorized to provide temporary security for a site if deemed necessary and reasonable by the director, such as during construction. (Code 1971, § 15.650.020)
Trailer coaches, as defined in Chapter 24.110, may be used as indicated for the following purposes for longer than 12 months; provided, that a use permit is approved and all conditions imposed on the use permit pursuant to Chapter 24.520 are complied with:
A. Real Estate Sales Office. Any such real estate sales office must be located at the site of the dwelling units offered for sale. The maximum time limit that may be allowed for this use shall not exceed two years inclusive of any extensions;
B. Temporary Office. A temporary office at any one location or premises in all zones except residential zones, the parks (P) one, and the agriculture (A) zone. The maximum time limit that may be allowed for this use shall not exceed two years inclusive of any extensions. (Code 1971, § 15.650.030)
A trailer coach may be used as a temporary residence for the homeless only to the extent allowed by this section:
A. A trailer coach may be used as a temporary residence for the homeless only if:
1. Such trailer coach is located on a premises which has an existing, valid use permit for a Community Meeting use type;
2. Only if the sole purpose of such residence is to provide temporary housing for otherwise homeless individuals; and
3. Only if the underlying zone permits residential use types.
B. A trailer coach that complies with subsection A of this section may be approved as a temporary residence by the director as a minor change to an existing use permit in accordance with Chapter 24.505, but only for a maximum period of 12 months. Any use of a trailer coach as a temporary residence for the homeless for more than 12 months requires approval of an amendment to the existing use permit in accordance with Chapters 24.520 and 24.570. The maximum period of time that may be allowed for this use pursuant to an amendment to a use permit shall not exceed five years inclusive of any extensions. (Code 1971, § 15.650.040)
This chapter establishes regulations for nonconforming lots, nonconforming structures, and nonconforming uses, including uses that are nonconforming as to required off-street parking. This chapter is intended to allow nonconforming lots, structures, uses, and off-street parking arrangements to continue to the extent consistent with the health, safety and public welfare purposes of this zoning ordinance, with the ultimate goal being to bring such nonconforming lots, structures, and uses into compliance with applicable zoning regulations. (Code 1971, § 15.665.010)
Lots which are nonconforming as to area or width are regulated as follows:
A. Change to Configuration. The lot lines of a nonconforming lot may be changed or adjusted if and only if:
1. The resulting reconfiguration brings the nonconforming lot into, or closer to, conformity with the requirements of this zoning ordinance; and
2. Any and all other lots affected by the change or adjustment remain in compliance with zoning regulations.
B. Occupation by Use. A nonconforming lot may be occupied by any use permitted in the zoning district in which the lot is located; provided, that any and all other requirements of this chapter and this zoning ordinance are met. A nonconforming lot may be occupied by a nonconforming use only to the extent allowed by Sections 24.465.040, 24.465.050, and 24.465.060 and the provisions of Chapter 24.445.
C. Construction Activities. The following construction activities may be carried out on a nonconforming lot; provided, that all buildings or other structures, or portions thereof, that are the subject of such construction shall comply with all other requirements of this zoning ordinance including, but not limited to, requirements for setbacks, yards, height, and lot coverage and off-street parking:
1. Construction of new buildings or other structures; or
2. Additions to existing buildings or other structures. (Code 1971, § 15.665.020)
Buildings or other structures that are nonconforming as to setback, yard, height, lot coverage, or other zoning regulations may be repaired, replaced, or added to only to the extent permitted by this section:
A. Additions. A conforming building or other structure may be added to; provided, that the portion of the building or other structure comprising such addition complies with all requirements of this zoning ordinance including, but not limited to, setback, yard, height, and lot coverage.
B. Restoration of Building or Other Structure. If a nonconforming building or structure is damaged or partially destroyed by fire, flood, wind, earthquake, or other calamity or act of God or the public enemy, structural alterations or other repairs for purposes of reconstruction may be carried out to the extent allowed by this subsection B:
1. If the extent of such damage or partial destruction to the nonconforming building or other structure by fire, flood, wind, earthquake, or other calamity or act of God or the public enemy is more than 50 percent of the value of the structure that was destroyed or partially destroyed, as determined by an appraisal by a qualified appraiser who is acceptable to the director, at the time of such damage or partial destruction, no structural alterations or other repairs for the purposes of reconstruction may be made unless every portion is made to conform to all regulations for new construction in the zone in which it is located including, but not limited to, setback, yard, height, and lot coverage regulations. The use or uses occupying or otherwise using such building or other structure must also be brought into compliance with the off-street parking regulations of Chapter 24.415 unless such nonconforming building or other structure is in the downtown parking overlay zone, in which instance, the use or uses must comply with Chapter 24.445.
2. However, if the total cost of such structural alterations and other repairs required for reconstruction does not exceed 50 percent of the value of the building or other structure at the time of such damage, such structural alterations and other repairs may be carried out to such damaged or partially destroyed portions of the nonconforming building or other structure without bringing all portions of the building or other structure into conformance with all regulations for new construction in the zone in which it is located.
C. Other Repair. Repair of nonconforming buildings or other structures, other than structural alterations and other repairs required for restoration of damaged or partially destroyed buildings, may be carried out; provided, that:
1. No structural alterations may be carried out unless those structural alterations are determined by the building official to be required for protection of the public health or safety, and
2. No like-for-like reconstruction of nonconforming buildings or other structure may be carried out unless such reconstruction is determined by the building official to be required for protection of the public health or safety.
D. Remodels, and Other Additions or Alterations. Notwithstanding any provisions of subsections A and C of this section to the contrary, in any instance where a person proposes to, or commences to, alter, expand, or add to an existing nonconforming building or structure and nonconforming portions of the nonconforming building or structure are demolished in the course of such alterations, expansions, or additions, all nonconforming portions of the building or structure so demolished shall be reconstructed in compliance with all height, setback, yard, lot coverage and other regulations applicable for the zone in which the nonconforming building or structure is located. The requirements of this subsection D shall apply regardless of whether such demolition is determined by the building official to be necessary to comply with the Uniform Building Code or required for the protection of the public health and safety. (Code 1971, § 15.665.030; Ord. No. 2001-10, § 7, 6-18-01)
A nonconforming use, including any uses incidental thereto, may continue provided such use is not intensified, expanded or extended in any way. Nonconforming uses shall not be changed to any other use, in whole or in part, except to a conforming use which is permitted in the zoning district in which the subject site is located. Once a nonconforming use on a site, or a portion of a site, has been discontinued for an uninterrupted period of six months, or changed to a conforming use which is permitted in the zoning district in which the site is located for any period of time, no such nonconforming use may be reestablished anywhere on that site.
However, any use classified within the Family Residential: Two-Family use type which lawfully exists in an R-1-6 or R-1-7 subzone may be added to; provided, that the portion of the building or structure comprising such addition complies with the requirements of this zoning ordinance, including, but not limited to, requirements for setbacks, yards, height; and lot coverage for the R-1 zone, and the off-street parking requirements of Chapter 24.415 for a Family Residential: Two-Family use type. (Code 1971, § 15.665.040)
A. Continuation of County Permits. Whenever property is annexed to the city and such property has a building, structure, or use of land that was lawfully established or maintained in Ventura County pursuant to a valid permit granted by Ventura County, or any agency or political subdivision thereof, any and all conditions or requirements placed on such permit must be complied with in order to continue or maintain such building, structure, or use of land in compliance with this zoning ordinance. Violation of any such conditions or requirements shall constitute a violation of this zoning ordinance and shall be subject to the enforcement provisions as specified in Chapter 24.580 in addition to any and all other penalties and remedies provided by law.
B. Inhabited Annexation. Any property developed with an existing residential use type that becomes nonconforming as to any zoning regulation contained in this zoning ordinance as a result of an inhabited annexation, wherein a vote of the inhabitants of the area annexed was held prior to April 27, 1977, shall be deemed to be a legal nonconforming residential use with respect to such zoning regulations. Any such nonconforming residential use may be continued indefinitely, but the use may not be intensified, enlarged, expanded, or in any other manner changed or altered, except to bring the use into conformity or closer to conformity with existing regulations. However, any such nonconforming residential use that has been intensified, enlarged, expanded or otherwise changed or altered since the date the inhabited annexation occurred, and prior to December 31, 1976, may be altered or restored to the nature and scope of residential use that existed on the date of annexation, or to a use that is permitted in the zoning district in which the subject site is located, at the election of the property owner. Repairs may be carried out on buildings or other structures occupied by such nonconforming residential uses if the director determines that such repairs do not enlarge or expand the legal nonconforming use.
C. Inhabited Montalvo Area Annexation. Any property developed with an existing residential use type or structure that becomes nonconforming as to any zoning regulation contained in this zoning ordinance as a result of an inhabited annexation of Montalvo, effective on September 1, 2012, shall be deemed to be a legal nonconforming residential use or structure with respect to such zoning regulations. Any such nonconforming residential use may be continued indefinitely, but the use or structure may not be intensified, enlarged, expanded, or in any other manner changed or altered, except to bring the use or structure into conformity or closer to conformity with existing regulations. However, any such nonconforming residential use or structure that has been intensified, enlarged, expanded, or otherwise changed or altered since the date the inhabited annexation occurred, and prior to September 1, 2012, may be altered or restored to the nature and scope of residential use or structure that existed on the date of annexation, or to a use or structure that is permitted in the zoning district in which the subject site is located, at the election of the property owner. Repairs may be carried out on buildings or other structures occupied by such nonconforming residential uses if the director determines that such repairs do not enlarge or expand the legal nonconforming use or structure.
D. Animal Livestock Within Montalvo Area Annexation. Any number of chickens or miniature goats that existed within the Montalvo area prior to September 1, 2012, may remain on a legal residential lot for the life of the animal(s); provided, that a resident applies for a director’s permit by July 1, 2014. Any new chickens or miniature goats brought into the Montalvo area after September 1, 2012, are allowed with a director’s permit in the Montalvo area’s single-family lots within the R-1, R-2 zone subject to the following requirements:
1. Chickens.
a. No rooster shall be kept on a legal residential lot.
b. Up to a maximum of five chickens may be kept on a legal residential lot within the rear yard; provided, that the chicken coop is located no closer than 40 feet from any habitable residential structure on an adjacent property. The chicken coop and enclosure may directly abut the habitable residential structure(s) on site.
c. No slaughtering is allowed to occur on the property.
d. Every household keeping chickens must obtain a director’s permit and must renew the permit annually.
2. Miniature Goats.
a. Miniature goats are those commonly known as pygmy, dwarf and miniature goat.
b. No more than two miniature goats shall be kept on a legal residential lot within the rear yard, except that offspring may be kept on site for up to 12 weeks from birth; provided, that the goat shed is located no closer than 40 feet from any habitable residential structure on an adjacent property. The goat shed and enclosure may directly abut the habitable residential structure(s) on site.
c. No slaughtering is allowed to occur on the property.
d. Every household keeping miniature goat(s) must obtain a director’s permit and must renew the permit annually. (Code 1971, § 15.665.050; Ord. No. 2014-001, § 1, 1-13-14)
The provisions of this section shall apply, in addition to the provisions of Section 24.465.040, to all uses that are nonconforming as to the off-street parking requirements of Chapter 24.415 in all areas of the city, except for sites within the downtown parking overlay zone:
A. Repair of Buildings. Where the off-street parking provided for a use does not meet the requirements of Chapter 24.415, repair of any buildings on the site occupied by that use may be carried out; provided, that no structural alterations may be carried out unless the building official determines those structural alterations to be necessary for the protection of the public health and safety. If structural alterations are carried out which are not determined by the building official to be necessary for the protection of the public health or safety, all off-street parking requirements of Chapter 24.415 must be met by any and all uses occupying, or otherwise using, any buildings on the subject site.
B. Additions to Building. Where the off-street parking provided for a use does not meet the requirements of Chapter 24.415, additions to buildings on the site occupied by that use may be carried out only if all requirements of Chapter 24.415 are met by any and all uses occupying, or otherwise using, any buildings on the subject site.
C. Vacancy. In addition to the provisions of Section 24.465.040 regarding discontinuance of nonconforming uses and change of a nonconforming use to a conforming use, where any nonresidential use does not meet the off-street parking requirements of Chapter 24.415, and the building which the nonresidential use occupies becomes and remains vacant for an uninterrupted period of 12 months, the building may not be reoccupied, nor may any new land use be initiated anywhere on the site, unless all requirements of Chapter 24.415 are met. (Code 1971, § 15.665.060)
A. Where no buildings are occupied or otherwise used in connection with a nonconforming use, that use shall be terminated within five years from the date it became nonconforming; provided, that:
1. For any use that becomes nonconforming as a result of annexation from Ventura County, the five-year period of time specified by this subsection A for the termination of the nonconforming use shall be computed from the effective date of the annexation;
2. For any use that becomes nonconforming as a result of a zone change, the five-year period of time specified by this subsection A for the termination of the nonconforming use shall be computed from the effective date of the zone change.
B. Billboards which do not have a valid use permit shall be removed no later than May 13, 1971. (Code 1971, § 15.665.070)
Nonconforming signs are regulated by Chapter 24.420. (Code 1971, § 15.665.080)
This chapter establishes performance standards for the further regulation of uses permitted in industrial zones which abut uses permitted in residential zones in order to further protect the public health, safety, and welfare. (Code 1971, § 15.670.010)
The performance standards set forth in Section 24.470.030 shall apply to all uses, and expansions of existing uses, permitted in any industrial zone except those uses which were in operation prior to November 9, 1981, which abut any use permitted in any residential zone which is in conformance with the city’s comprehensive plan future land use designation. (Code 1971, § 15.670.020)
The following performance standards shall apply in addition to all other applicable provisions of this zoning ordinance, this code, and other provisions of law:
A. Impacts Upon Residential Uses and Zones. The following performance standards shall be measured on the property line of any residential dwelling or permitted use in an area with residential zoning and which is in conformance with the comprehensive plan future land use designation:
1. Noise. The noise level generated by any industrial facility subject to this chapter shall at no time exceed 65 CNEL (community noise equivalent level) at the property line; nor shall any noise be of an objectionable character so as to interfere with the free use, operation, and enjoyment of uses permitted in any residential zone.
2. Odors. Objectionable odors generated by an industrial use subject to this chapter shall not be noticeable at the property line.
3. Glare. Any objectionable continuous or periodic intense glare from any industrial zone use shall not be visible at the property line.
4. Heat. Heat from any industrial zone use shall not be discernible at the property line.
5. Vibration. Any objectionable continuous or periodic vibration resulting from any industrial zone use shall not be noticeable at the property line.
6. Electricity. Any industrial zone use involving electromagnetic forces shall not cause electrical disturbances or interference at the property line.
B. Air Contaminants. Visible emissions of air contaminants such as smoke, gases, or dust generated by any industrial zone use shall not last more than four minutes per hour.
C. Hazardous or Noxious Gases Liquids, Materials or Waste. Manufacture or storage of hazardous or noxious gases shall not be undertaken or carried on in a manner which permits unauthorized release into the air or ground. Hazardous or noxious liquids shall not be manufactured or stored in any manner which permits unauthorized seepage into the ground, release into sewers or open waters, or evaporation into the air. Manufacture or storage of hazardous solid matter shall not be undertaken or carried on in any manner which permits unauthorized mixture of such matter with the soil, runoff into sewers or open waterways, or introduction into the air (e.g., windblown dust). Production, storage, handling, or use of hazardous wastes or other hazardous materials shall be separated from residential or other sensitive uses by an adequate buffer. (Code 1971, § 15.670.030)
A. Application. During the initial study, the director will evaluate, to the extent feasible, conformance of proposed or expanded industrial facilities to the industrial performance standards set forth in this chapter. The director may require the project applicant to submit such evidence as is needed to make an objective determination of the effects of the project. The information which may be required to protect the public health and the environment from significant hazards may include, but is not limited to:
1. Plans of construction and development.
2. A description of machinery, processes, and products.
3. Measurements of the amount of, or rate of, emission of any dangerous and objectionable materials.
4. Specifications for the mechanisms and techniques used or proposed to be used in restricting the emission of any dangerous or objectionable materials as set forth in these regulations.
B. Expert Services. The director may require the applicant to solicit the advice of a qualified engineer or expert consultant regarding measures to bring the project into compliance with the performance standards. Such engineer(s) or consultant(s) shall be a person or firm mutually agreeable to the director and the applicant. The cost of the consultant’s or engineer’s services shall be borne by the applicant. Failure to submit such data required by the director within a specified time period shall render the application for other city licenses or permits incomplete and no further action need be taken thereon. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 58, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes development and operational standards for the Dining Establishments: Fast Service, Drive-Up use type. (Code 1971, § 15.675.010)
Uses classified within the Dining Establishments: Fast Service, Drive-Up use type, as defined in Chapter 24.115, shall be required to meet all the following development and operational standards; provided, that where a more restrictive standard is required by any other provision of this zoning ordinance, the more restrictive standard shall apply:
A. Front Setback. A front setback of not less than 20 feet is required;
B. Rear Setback. A rear setback of not less than 20 feet is required;
C. Side Setback. Side setbacks of not less than 10 feet are required for each side yard; provided, that in any instance where the proposed use is located adjacent to property used for residential purposes, a side setback of not less than 20 feet shall be required between the fast service drive-up restaurant use and the residential use;
D. Drive-Up Lanes. Drive-up lanes shall be designed and maintained as follows:
1. Drive-up lanes and order and pick-up stations shall not be oriented toward any adjacent properties located in a residential zone or any adjacent properties used for residential purposes.
2. Drive-up lanes shall not be located closer than 20 feet to any property line in order to minimize any adverse air quality impacts on nearby properties.
3. Drive-up lanes shall be oriented to minimize any potential adverse effects of speaker box noises, automobile engine noises, gas fumes, or the glare of approaching vehicle lights on adjacent properties.
4. Drive-up lanes shall be of sufficient length to accommodate, on the site, at least three waiting vehicles at a pickup station (approximately 60 feet) and five waiting vehicles at an order station (approximately 100 feet) without blocking access to parking or ingress or egress to adjacent streets.
5. Two separate internal customer traffic routes, one for drive-up customers and one for parking, sit-down customers, shall be provided. Each of these traffic routes shall be designed to minimize cross traffic between vehicles entering the site for parking and vehicles utilizing the drive-up facilities.
6. Where the proposed fast service drive-up restaurant use is developed as an integral part of a shopping center or other commercial complex, drive-up lanes shall not be closer than 30 feet to any building other than the fast service drive-up restaurant providing the drive-up lane;
E. Internal Circulation. On-site traffic circulation and parking shall be developed in a manner that minimizes conflicting traffic movements between ingress and egress lanes. In order to maximize the efficiency of the internal circulation system, access widths greater than those required by Chapter 24.415 may be required and a one-way internal traffic system may be required. Access lanes may be required to be demarcated with lines or Bott’s dots;
F. Parking. Off-street parking spaces shall be located so as to minimize conflicts with drive-up lanes and on-site traffic circulation. In addition, at least two of the required parking spaces shall be located near the drive-up lane order area to provide a place for vehicles to be parked as their occupants wait for their orders to be processed;
G. Landscaping. A minimum width of 10 feet of landscaping shall be provided adjacent to all elevations of the building except for walkways, drive-up lanes, or approved service accesses. A minimum width of five feet of landscaping shall be installed and maintained around the perimeter of the site, unless otherwise provided in this zoning ordinance;
H. Lighting. Ground-mounted light fixtures shall have a maximum height of 20 feet. Such light fixtures and all other lighting provided in conjunction with the use shall be shielded to prevent splash of light onto adjacent properties. The director may require photometric analysis to confirm compliance with this standard;
I. Trash Storage Areas. Trash storage areas shall be designed and integrated into the building and site so as to minimize adverse impacts on adjacent sites and streets. The design of such trash storage areas shall provide for easy access without interfering with pedestrian or vehicular traffic on site;
J. Restrooms. All restrooms shall be accessible from inside the building only; and
K. Arcade Games. No arcade games shall be permitted either inside or outside the building. (Code 1971, § 15.675.020; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 59, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes development and operational standards for the review of outdoor dining uses in the public right-of-way in commercial, industrial or parks zones. (Code 1971, § 15.677.010)
“Outdoor dining uses in the public right-of-way” means any uses classified within the Dining Establishments: Full Service use type which have areas in or on a public right-of-way. (Code 1971, § 15.677.020)
No person may establish an outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way unless a director’s permit is first approved therefor pursuant to Chapter 24.505. The standards set forth in Section 24.477.040 shall apply to the operation, development, or use of any proposed or existing outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way and to any expansion of, or change to, a proposed or existing outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way that is commenced in a commercial, industrial or parks zone pursuant to a director’s permit on or after the effective date of this chapter. (Code 1971, § 15.677.030)
No director’s permit for an outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way may be approved unless all of the following development and operational standards are met in addition to the findings and requirements of Chapter 24.505:
A. No director’s permit for an outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way may be approved for a proposed use in a street or alley.
B. To provide for adequate pedestrian circulation, outdoor dining uses in the public right-of-way shall maintain a minimum of four feet of clearance between dining furnishings and any curbline, street furniture or above ground utilities. A minimum of 50 feet of clearance shall be maintained between dining furnishings and the centerline of intersecting perpendicular driveways, alleys or streets to provide for adequate vehicle sight, unless a lesser distance is determined by the director to be adequate for the protection of the public safety.
C. Outdoor dining uses in the public right-of-way shall not be required to provide any additional parking spaces for their outdoor dining area.
D. Tables and chairs used for outdoor dining shall be of substantial materials. Tables shall be a maximum of three feet in diameter if round and three feet along the longest side if rectilinear. All such furnishings shall be stored indoors after hours of operation.
E. In addition to whatever signage may be permitted for the dining establishment use by the sign ordinance, and notwithstanding any provisions of Chapter 24.420 to the contrary, one portable sign, such as a menu board/chalk board or “A” board sign, shall be permitted; provided, that said sign is attractively designed, maintains adequate pedestrian and vehicle sight clearance per subsection B of this section, does not block the visibility of display windows or signage of any adjacent business, is stored indoors after hours of operation, and is limited to no more than 10 square feet in area. Additional signage on umbrellas may also be permitted. The director shall have design review authority for signs used in conjunction with outdoor dining uses and shall carry out such design review authority in conjunction with the overall review of the outdoor dining use pursuant to Chapter 24.505.
F. No outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way, including furnishings and signs, shall block visibility of display windows or signage of adjacent businesses, unless written consent of any affected adjacent business owner to block visibility is obtained by the applicant and provided to the director.
G. The outdoor dining use operator shall maintain the outdoor dining area in a clean and safe condition at all times, including properly disposing of all trash generated by the operation.
H. Approval of a director’s permit for outdoor dining in the public right-of-way shall be valid for an initial one-year period. Permittees may apply for an unlimited term permit renewal, unless a limited term is deemed appropriate by the director. Applications and renewals shall be subject to an application fee of $50.00, or fee as may otherwise subsequently be set by amendment of city council Resolution No. 92-44, to include a separate fee for outdoor dining uses in the public right-of-way.
I. The outdoor dining use operator shall provide an executed city hold harmless waiver and proof of liability insurance to the satisfaction of the city risk manager. (Code 1971, § 15.677.040)
The city council may further adopt a public right-of-way rental fee by resolution. (Code 1971, § 15.677.050)
Applications for a director’s permit for an outdoor dining use in the public right-of-way shall be filed by the operator of the dining use, or by an agent, trustee or attorney for the operator, pursuant to the provisions of Section 24.500.030 and Chapter 24.505. (Code 1971, § 15.677.060)
This chapter establishes development and operational standards for the review of assembly uses in industrial zones. (Code 1971, § 15.680.010)
Assembly uses are those uses classified within the following use types:
Auction Sales.
Community Meeting.
Day Care Centers.
Education Services: Commercial.
Education Services: General.
Recreation Services: Indoor Entertainment.
Recreation Services: Indoor Sports and Recreation. (Code 1971, § 15.680.020)
The standards set forth in Section 24.480.040 shall apply to the operation, development, or use of any proposed or existing assembly use and to any expansion of or change to, a proposed or existing assembly use that is commenced in an M-1, M-2, or M-P-D zone pursuant to a use permit on or after April 23, 1992. (Code 1971, § 15.680.020)
No use permit for an assembly use may be approved unless all of the following development and operational standards are met in addition to the findings and requirements of Chapter 24.520:
A. The applicant shall submit written verification from the fire department that there are no incompatible hazardous occupancies located on, or immediately adjacent to, the subject site. For purposes of this chapter, “hazardous occupancies” means any uses which are subject to the provisions of Chapter 14.50, Sections 14.50.110 et seq., Hazardous Material Storage, as it may be amended from time to time, or its successor regulation. If a hazardous occupancy is already present on, or on a site adjacent to, the site proposed to be occupied by the assembly use, or if the proposed assembly use is to be located in a multi-tenant building, then all of the following requirements which apply, singly or in combination, must be met:
1. If the site proposed to be occupied by an assembly use is already occupied by a hazardous occupancy, written verification from the fire department shall be submitted by the assembly use applicant stating that there is no conflict between the two uses. If the fire department determines a conflict exists or would exist and the applicant for the assembly use chooses to pursue occupying the site, the assembly use applicant shall be required to assure that any and all changes, alterations, or other mitigation measures required by the fire department to lower the risk factor to the assembly use are carried out prior to the assembly use’s occupation of the site and continuously maintained thereafter for the duration of the assembly use.
2. If the site proposed to be occupied by an assembly use is immediately adjacent to a site occupied by a hazardous occupancy, written verification from the fire department shall be submitted by the assembly use applicant stating that there is no conflict between the two uses. If the fire department determines a conflict exists or would exist and the applicant for the assembly use chooses to pursue occupying such a site, the assembly use applicant shall be required to assure that any and all changes, alterations or other mitigation measures required by the fire department to lower the risk factor to the assembly use are carried out prior to the assembly use’s occupation of the site and continuously maintained thereafter for the duration of the assembly use.
3. When an assembly use is located, or proposed to be located, in a multi-tenant building, an agreement that adequately provides for limitation of any subsequent hazardous occupancies on the site to hazardous material users that meet fire department standards shall be executed between the property owner, applicant, and the city. The required agreement shall adequately provide for the site’s continuing compliance with this chapter and shall include, at minimum, a provision that, if the property owner elects to thereafter lease a portion of the site to a hazardous occupancy, at any time during which the site continues to be occupied by an assembly use, the property owner shall be required to assure that there will be no conflict between the existing assembly use and the proposed hazardous occupancy. Further, the property owner shall agree to notify the city planning division and any on-site assembly use when a hazardous occupancy has leased, or is otherwise occupying, a portion of the site that is occupied by an assembly use. In order to obtain occupancy clearance for any such later proposed hazardous occupancy, written verification from the fire department must be submitted to the planning division stating that there is no conflict between the two uses. If the fire department determines a conflict exists or would exist and the property owner chooses to lease to the hazardous occupancy, the property owner shall be required to assure that any and all changes, alterations, or other mitigation measures required by the fire department to lower the risk factor to the assembly use are carried out prior to the initiation of the hazardous occupancy on the site and continuously maintained thereafter for the duration of the assembly use.
B. The applicant shall submit an emergency evacuation program which includes monthly drills and training of key personnel for the proposed assembly use. Said program shall be submitted for review and approval by the planning commission as a part of the use permit application. (Code 1971, § 15.680.040; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 60, 12-13-21)
This chapter establishes development and operational standards for the Recycling Services use type category. (Code 1971, § 15.685.010)
Use types within the Recycling Services use type category, located in any zoning district permitting such use type, shall be required to meet the following development and operational standards in addition to all other requirements imposed pursuant to this zoning ordinance or any other provision of law:
A. Recycling Services: Consumer Recycling Collection Points. Recycling Services: Consumer Recycling Collection Points uses shall be so located on a site that they do not occupy or displace required parking spaces or required landscaped areas. No more than six collection bins, containers, or reverse vending machines, not to exceed a total of 200 square feet in area, may be located on any one site.
B. Recycling Services: Recycling Transfer. In addition to all terms and conditions of the use permit authorizing the use, Recycling Services: Recycling Transfer uses shall be designed to provide for adequate mitigation of noise, odor, and similar physical impacts. Adequate landscaping, walls, fences, or other screening shall be incorporated into any such facility to visually screen the facility from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way.
Use of a site for Recycling Services: Recycling Transfer purposes shall be limited to the collection, sorting and temporary holding of recycled materials. Such recycled materials may remain on the site for no more than 30 days.
In the M-P-D zone, Recycling Services: Recycling Transfer uses must be conducted within a completely enclosed building, except for ancillary open storage not to exceed 10 percent of the total area of the site.
C. Recycling Services: Scrap Operations. In addition to all terms and conditions of the use permit authorizing the use, Recycling Services: Scrap Operations uses shall be designed to provide for adequate mitigation of noise, odor, and similar physical impacts. All such uses shall be screened from view from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way and shall be enclosed by a solid fence or wall a minimum of eight feet in height. No materials shall be stored above the height of the required solid fence or wall enclosure. Landscaping shall be provided to aesthetically modulate the required solid fence or wall from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way. (Code 1971, § 15.685.020)
It is the purpose and intent of this chapter of the San Buenaventura Municipal Code to regulate the location of adult businesses, which tend to have judicially recognized adverse secondary effects on the community, including, but not limited to, increases in crime in the vicinity of adult businesses; degradation of the city’s commercial and industrial base; increases in vacancies in residential areas in the vicinity of adult businesses; interference with residential property owners’ enjoyment of their properties when such properties are located in the vicinity of adult businesses as a result of increases in crime, litter, noise, and vandalism; and the deterioration of neighborhoods. Special regulation as to the location of these businesses is necessary to prevent these adverse secondary effects and the blighting or degradation of the neighborhoods in the vicinity of adult businesses while at the same time protecting the First Amendment rights of those individuals who desire to own, operate or patronize certain adult businesses. (Code 1971, § 15.692.010; Ord. No. 2017-011, § 2, 8-7-17)
This chapter establishes regulations governing the establishment and operation of adult-oriented businesses as defined in this chapter. This chapter provides for the regulation of adult businesses by allowing the concentration of adult-oriented businesses only in certain areas of the city in order to, among other things, minimize deleterious effects on adjoining properties zoned for residential uses and other sensitive uses and otherwise further the purpose and intent set forth in Section 24.492.010. (Code 1971, § 15.692.020)
The words and phrases included in this chapter shall employ the definitions found in Chapter 6.900 et seq. entitled “Adult Business Licenses and Operating Regulations” unless it is clearly apparent from the context that another meaning is intended.
In addition to those definitions set forth in Section 6.900.015, the following definitions shall apply to this chapter:
“Day care center” means such a facility as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 1596.76, and includes any child day care facility other than a family day care home and includes infant centers, preschools, extended day care facilities and school age child care facilities, which involves the supervision of more than 14 children under 18 years of age for a period less than 24 hours per day. “Day care center” does not include any adult day care facility.
“Park” means the land and easements owned or leased by the city of San Buenaventura which, by ordinance, resolution, regulation or agreement, are dedicated to or operated by the city for purposes of public recreation be it active or passive but does not include trails, bikeways or the like. The term shall include the buildings, parking lots, streets and sidewalks within the territorial boundaries establishing the park.
“Religious institution” means a stand-alone structure where people regularly attend to participate in or hold religious services and incidental religious education, but not including private schools as defined in this section. Any storefront religious institution that does not occupy the majority of a multi-tenant facility is not included in this definition.
“Residentially zoned property” means any property within the city carrying a zoning classification that allows residential use as of right or allows for residential use with a planned development permit when no other use permit is required.
“School” means any child or day care facility, or an institution of learning for minors, whether public or private, offering instruction in those courses of study required by the California Education Code and maintained pursuant to standards set by the State Board of Education. This definition includes nursery school, kindergarten, elementary school, middle or junior high school, senior high school, or any special institution of education for grades K through 12, but it does not include a vocational or professional institution of higher education, including a community or junior college, college, or university, nor does it include tutoring centers such as Kumon or Mathnasium. (Ord. No. 2017-011, § 2, 8-7-17)
Adult-oriented businesses may be established, subject to all other provisions of this chapter and this title, only in M-1 or M-2 zones. For purposes of this chapter, the “establishment” of any adult-oriented business shall include the locating and opening of such a business as a new business, the relocation of such business, the conversion of an existing business location to any adult-oriented business use, or the expansion or intensification of an existing adult-oriented business use. (Code 1971, § 15.692.040)
A. Adult businesses, as defined in Chapter 6.900, shall be:
1. Located exclusively in the M-1 or M-2 zones.
2. Distanced 500 feet from any residentially zoned property. The distance between the adult business and the residentially zoned property shall be measured from the closest exterior wall of the adult business and the nearest property line included within the residential zone, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures.
3. Distanced 500 feet from any park, day care center, religious institution or school. The distance between the adult business and the noted sensitive uses shall be measured from the closest exterior wall of the adult business and the nearest property line of the noted sensitive uses, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures. The sensitive uses called out in subsections (A)(2) and (A)(3) of this section shall be referred to collectively as “the sensitive uses.”
4. Distanced 200 feet from another legally authorized adult business. The distance between the adult businesses shall be measured from property line of one adult business to the nearest property line of the other adult business, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures.
B. The sites of all sensitive uses that exist as of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter shall permanently remain as designated on the map and list of sites both of which are included as exhibits to the staff report. Any subsequent establishment of a sensitive use shall not eliminate any potential adult business site(s) which meets the locational requirements of the ordinance as of its effective date.
C. Any person violating or causing the violation of any of these locational provisions regulating adult businesses shall be subject to the remedies of Section 24.492.130. (Code 1971, § 15.692.050; Ord. No. 2017-011, § 2, 8-7-17)
Editor’s note(s): Section 5 of Ord. No. 2015-009, adopted September 14, 2015, repealed Section 24.492.060, supplemental application required, and derived from Section 15.692.060 of the 1971 Code.
Editor’s note(s): Section 5 of Ord. No. 2015-009, adopted September 14, 2015, repealed Section 24.492.070, which pertained to supplemental application requirements, and derived from Section 15.692.070 of the 1971 Code.
Editor’s note(s): Section 6 of Ord. No. 2017-011, adopted August 7, 2017, repealed Section 24.492.080, which pertained to adult-oriented business standards, and derived from Section 15.692.080 of the 1970 Code.
Editor’s note(s): Section 6 of Ord. No. 2017-011, adopted August 7, 2017, repealed Section 24.492.090, which pertained to the time frame for review and consideration of the supplemental application by the director, and derived from Section 15.292.090 of the 1970 Code.
Editor’s note(s): Section 5 of Ord. No. 2017-011, adopted August 7, 2017, repealed Section 24.292.100, which pertained to the time frame for review of building permits, and derived from Section 15.692.100 of the 1970 Code.
It is further the intention of the city council that, insofar as the proposed establishment of an adult-oriented business use requires a business tax certificate for operation, the determination by the collector whether a business tax certificate shall be issued for the adult-oriented business should be made in a timely manner in accordance with the rights of the applicant while remaining consistent with the provisions of this chapter, the zoning ordinance, and all other applicable provisions of law. Therefore, the collector shall issue any such business tax certificate no later than 21 days following the date on which the applicant demonstrates compliance with the licensing requirements set forth in Chapter 4.155 (Sections 4.155.110 et seq.). (Code 1971, § 15.692.110)
A. Any adult business lawfully operating on June 23, 1994, that is in violation of this chapter is hereby declared a legal nonconforming adult business. A legal nonconforming adult business may be permitted to continue, but any such nonconforming business shall be subject to the nonconformity regulations set forth in Chapter 24.465.
B. An adult business shall not be rendered a nonconforming use based upon location of any of the sensitive uses as noted in Sections 24.492.050(A)(2) and (A)(3) after the acceptance of a completed adult business regulatory permit application. (Code 1971, § 15.692.120; Ord. No. 2017-011, § 3, 8-7-17)
A. Any owner, operator, manager, employee or independent contractor of an adult business violating or permitting, counseling or assisting the violation of any of these provisions regulating adult businesses shall be subject to any and all civil remedies, including license revocation. All remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and not exclusive. Any violation of these provisions shall constitute a separate violation for each and every day during which such violation is committed or continued.
B. In addition to the remedies set forth in subsection A of this section, any adult business that is operating in violation of these provisions regulating adult business is hereby declared to constitute a public nuisance and, as such, may be abated or enjoined from further operation. (Ord. No. 2017-011, § 4, 8-7-17)
The city council of the city of San Buenaventura finds, having reviewed land use studies concerning the effects of firearm and ammunition sales in other cities including, but not limited to: Sacramento, California; Los Angeles, California; Sunnyvale, California, that the violence and harm caused by and resulting from both the intentional and accidental misuse of firearms constitutes a clear and present danger to the populace, and find that sensible firearm safety measures provide some relief from that danger and are of benefit to the entire community.
It is not the intent of the city council of the city of San Buenaventura to establish community standards on gun control or to restrict free expression, but to enact a content-neutral ordinance which provides appropriate areas where firearm and ammunition sales can be operated without endangering nearby properties and the public.
It is further the intent of the city council of the city of San Buenaventura that firearm and ammunition sales shall exhibit the same high standards of site planning, architecture, landscape, and exterior design required of all commercial or industrial developments, while minimizing general public view of firearm and ammunition related materials or activities. (Ord. No. 2019-001, § 9, 3-18-19)
This chapter establishes regulations governing the establishment and operation of firearm and ammunition sales as defined in this chapter. This chapter provides for the regulation of firearm and ammunition sales by allowing the concentration of firearm and ammunition sales only in certain areas of the city in order to, among other things, minimize deleterious effects on adjoining properties zoned for residential uses and other sensitive uses and otherwise further the purpose and intent set forth in Section 24.494.010. (Ord. No. 2019-001, § 9, 3-18-19)
Words and phrases used in this chapter shall be defined as follows:
“Ammunition” means any cartridge or encasement containing a bullet or projectile, propellant, or explosive charge, and a primer that is used in the operation of a firearm.
“Day care center” means such a facility as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 1596.76, and includes any child day care facility other than a family day care home and includes infant centers, preschools, extended day care facilities and school age child care facilities, which involves the supervision of more than 14 children under 18 years of age for a period less than 24 hours per day. “Day care center” does not include any adult day care facility.
“Firearm” shall mean any device, designed to be used as a weapon or modified to be used as a weapon, that expels a projectile by the force of an explosion or other form of combustion.
“Firearm and ammunition sales” means the selling, leasing, or transferring of any firearm or firearm ammunition in quantity, in series, in individual transactions, or in any other manner indicative of trade; or the preparation for such conduct as evidenced by the securing of applicable federal or state licenses; or the holding of one’s self out as engaging in such conduct. Only conduct or activities which constitute a regular and substantial course of conduct shall qualify for purpose of this section.
“Firearms dealer” means any person, corporation, partnership or other entity engaged in the business of selling, leasing, or otherwise transferring any new or used firearm or ammunition, which person or entity has obtained a law enforcement permit to sell, lease, or transfer firearms or ammunition.
“Park” means the land and easements owned or leased by the city of San Buenaventura which, by ordinance, resolution, regulation or agreement, is dedicated to or operated by the city for purposes of public recreation be it active or passive but does not include trails, bikeways or the like. The term shall include the buildings, parking lots, streets and sidewalks within the territorial boundaries establishing the park.
“Regular and substantial course of conduct” means:
1. Devoting more than 20 percent of the total display area to the display of firearms and/or ammunition; or
2. Deriving at least 50 percent of gross receipts from the sale, trade, display, or presentation of services and/or products pertaining to firearms and/or ammunition; or
3. Having 10 percent or more of its stock in trade consisting of firearms and/or ammunition.
“Religious institution” means a stand-alone structure where people regularly attend to participate in or hold religious services and incidental religious education, but not including private schools as defined in this section. Any storefront religious institution that does not occupy the majority of a multi-tenant facility is not included in this definition.
“Residentially zoned property” means any property within the city carrying a zoning classification that allows residential use as of right or allows for residential use with a planned development permit when no other use permit is required.
“School” means any child or day care facility, or an institution of learning for minors, whether public or private, offering instruction in those courses of study required by the California Education Code and maintained pursuant to standards set by the State Board of Education. This definition includes nursery school, kindergarten, elementary school, middle or junior high school, senior high school, or any special institution of education for grades K through 12, but it does not include a vocational or professional institution of higher education, including a community or junior college, college, or university, nor does it include tutoring centers such as Kumon or Mathnasium. (Ord. No. 2019-001, § 9, 3-18-19)
Firearm and ammunition sales may be established, subject to all other provisions of this chapter and this title, only in M-1, M-2, and M-P-D zones. For purposes of this chapter, the establishment of any firearms sales shall include the locating and opening of such a business as a new business, the relocation of such business, the conversion of an existing business location to any firearm and ammunition sales use, or the expansion of an existing firearm and ammunition sales use. (Ord. No. 2019-001, § 9, 3-18-19)
In the M-1, M-2, and M-P-D zones, where the firearm and ammunition sales regulated by this chapter are permitted, no firearm and ammunition sales may be established:
A. Within 500 feet of any daycare center, as defined in Section 24.494.030. The distance between the firearm and ammunition sales business and the daycare center shall be measured from the closest exterior wall of the firearm and ammunition sales business and the nearest property line of the daycare center, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures;
B. Within 500 feet of any park, as defined in Section 24.494.030. The distance between the firearm and ammunition sales business and the park shall be measured from the closest property line of the park and the closest exterior wall of the firearm and ammunition sales business, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures;
C. Within 500 feet of any religious institution, as defined in Section 24.494.030. The distance between the firearm and ammunition sales business and the religious institution shall be measured from the closest exterior wall of the firearm and ammunition sales business and the nearest property line of the religious institution, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures;
D. Within 500 feet of any residentially zoned property, as defined in Section 24.494.030. The distance between the firearm and ammunition sales business and the residentially zoned property shall be measured from the closest exterior wall of the firearm and ammunition sales business and the nearest property line included within the residential zone, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures;
E. Within 500 feet of any school, as defined in Section 24.494.030. The distance between the firearm and ammunition sales business and the school shall be measured from the closest exterior wall of the firearm and ammunition sales business and the nearest property line of the school, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures; or
F. Within 200 feet of another legally authorized firearm and ammunition sales business. The distance between the firearm and ammunition sales businesses shall be measured from property line of one firearm and ammunition sales business to the nearest property line of the other firearm and ammunition sales business, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures.
G. The sites of all uses that exist as of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter shall permanently remain as designated on the map and list of sites both of which are included as exhibits to the staff report. Any subsequent establishment of a use shall not eliminate any potential firearm and ammunition sales business site(s) which meets the locational requirements of this chapter and the ordinance adopting the same as of its effective date. (Ord. No. 2019-001, § 9, 3-18-19)
A. Any firearm and ammunition sales business lawfully operating on the date the locational standards for firearm and ammunition sales businesses set forth in Section 24.494.050 become effective is hereby deemed a nonconforming use. A nonconforming use may be permitted to continue, but any such nonconforming use shall be subject to the nonconformity regulations set forth in Chapter 24.465, excepting that amortization shall not apply.
B. A firearm and ammunition sales business lawfully operating as a conforming use shall not be rendered a nonconforming use by the location, subsequent to the grant or renewal of a business license for that firearm and ammunition sales business, of a church, synagogue, mosque, or temple, or any other noncommercial establishment operated by a bona fide religious organization, public or private school, educational facility, preschool, nursery, day care center, residential zone, or residential use within 500 feet of the firearm and ammunition sales business. This subsection applies only to the renewal of a valid business license and does not apply when an application for a business license is submitted after a business license has expired or has been revoked or otherwise terminated. (Ord. No. 2019-001, § 9, 3-18-19)
This chapter establishes siting, development, and operational standards for Hazardous Waste Facility use types. (Code 1971, § 15.695.010)
All uses classified within the Hazardous Waste Facility use type shall be required to meet the following siting, development, and operational standards:
A. Siting Standards. All uses classified within the Hazardous Waste Facility use type shall be permitted only when located, developed, and operated in conformance with the hazardous waste facility siting criteria listed in the comprehensive plan safety element technical appendix.
B. Development and Operational Standards. In addition to the terms and conditions of the use permit authorizing the use, all uses classified within the Hazardous Waste Facility use type shall be designed to provide for adequate mitigation of noise, odor, risk of upset, release of hazardous substances, ease of emergency access, and other similar factors. All uses classified within the Hazardous Waste Facility use type shall be operated within a completely enclosed building. (Code 1971, § 15.695.020)
This chapter establishes development and operational standards for the review of Wireless Telecommunications Facilities use. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
The provisions set forth in this chapter are to:
A. Provide for the siting and development of wireless telecommunications facilities to serve city of Ventura residents, businesses, industry, schools, and other institutions and to set forth specific permit regulations for those facilities.
B. Promote orderly development and ensure that wireless telecommunications facilities are compatible with surrounding land uses in order to preserve the unique visual character of the city.
C. Provide a public forum to ensure a balance between public concerns and private interests in establishing wireless telecommunications facilities.
D. Protect the visual character of the city from the potential adverse effects of wireless telecommunications facilities and prevent visual blight within or along the city’s scenic corridors and ridgelines through careful design, siting, landscaping, and various innovative camouflage techniques.
E. Avoid potential damage to adjacent properties from tower/monopole failure through careful engineering and siting of such structures.
F. Maximize the use of any existing wireless telecommunication tower or monopole and the use of well-camouflaged sites to minimize the need to construct new towers or monopoles within the city.
G. Maximize and encourage the use of minor camouflaged wireless telecommunications facilities or co-location with existing wireless telecommunications facilities structures as a primary option rather than construction of new single-use towers or monopoles.
H. Protect the visual and other environmental resources of Ventura. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Prior to the installation of Wireless Telecommunications Facilities use types, the type of permit required shall be:
A. Wireless Telecommunication Facilities, Mini. A zoning clearance must be obtained prior to the installation of a Wireless Telecommunications Facilities, Mini use type as defined in Section 24.115.3460(A).
B. Wireless Telecommunication Facilities, Minor. A director’s permit pursuant to Chapter 24.505 shall be obtained prior to installation of a Wireless Telecommunications Facilities, Minor use type as defined in Section 24.115.3460(B).
C. Wireless Telecommunication Facilities, Major. Depending on the requirements applicable to the underlying zoning district in which a Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Major use type as defined in Section 24.115.3460(C) is proposed to be located, a use permit or planned development permit, or both, shall be obtained pursuant to Chapters 24.520 and 24.535, prior to the installation of the wireless telecommunication facility, major. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 61, 12-13-21)
In addition to any requirements established for the submittal of an application, including materials, plans and fees, the applicant may be required to submit one or more of the following as determined desirable by the community development director to make the required findings:
A. The name, address, telephone number and title of the officer, agent or employee responsible for the accuracy of the applicant’s materials and who will serve as a contact for the city regarding the siting of new wireless telecommunications facilities in the city.
B. A project description fully describing the proposed facility, including a description of proposed lighting and noise-generating equipment, and the projected useful life of the facility.
C. A site plan of the proposed project including existing and proposed walls and fences, proposed lighting and access to the facility.
D. A landscape plan showing all existing vegetation and identifying landscaping that is to be retained on the site and any additional vegetation that is proposed to screen the facility from adjacent land uses and public views.
E. If ground mounted, a topographic map showing existing and proposed contours, including access.
F. A narrative and map description of all the other applicant’s existing and proposed wireless telecommunications facilities within the city.
G. Visual impact assessment, including existing site photos and photo simulations from a minimum of four vantage points. The photo simulation is to be an accurate representation that includes a worst case impact on the view from the public realm and shall encompass a radius of at least 1,000 feet from the proposed site. The assessments shall consider views from public areas as well as from nearby private residences.
H. An alternate site analysis presenting various locations considered, which would minimize the number, size, and adverse visual impacts of facilities necessary to provide telecommunication services to the public. When the decision-making authority determines that an alternate location is more desirable, the burden of proof shall be on the applicant to show that the alternate location is not feasible or reasonable for signal access.
I. Retention of an appropriate technical consultant, by the city, at the applicant’s expense to verify the need for any requested administration variance.
J. Such other information as the director may reasonably require. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Regardless of the zoning district in which wireless telecommunications facilities are proposed to be located, the following development and operational standard shall be met:
A. Sufficient entry-deterrent measures shall be incorporated into the facility design, if needed, to reduce the potential for trespass and injury.
B. Mobile or immobile equipment not used in direct support of a wireless telecommunications facility shall not be stored on the site of a wireless telecommunications facility, unless repairs to the facility are being made.
C. The use of any portion of a wireless telecommunications facility for signs or advertising purposes is prohibited, unless it is part of the camouflage design or primary structure upon which the wireless telecommunications facility is affixed.
D. Accessory facilities (i.e., vaults, equipment rooms, utilities and equipment enclosures) shall be constructed out of nonreflective materials (visible exterior surfaces only) or shall be placed in underground vaults if feasible.
E. Ground-mounted accessory facilities which cannot be practically placed in underground vaults, such as security lighting or screening walls, shall be no taller than six feet in height unless approved otherwise by the decision-making authority and shall be designed to be compatible with a structure or facility typically found in the area and zone where it is located. Existing vegetation removed by construction of support utilities shall be replaced. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
In addition to the requirements of Chapter 24.545, Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Major use types as defined in Section 24.115.3460(C) shall incorporate the following design elements to the greatest extent possible:
A. The height shall be the minimum necessary without compromising reasonable reception or transmission.
B. The design, finish, colors and texture shall be nonreflective and blend with the surrounding natural and/or human-made environment.
C. Screening of the facility by existing and/or proposed structures and landscaping to the extent possible without unduly compromising reception when not of a camouflage design.
D. Fencing, landscaping, and other screening shall be integrated and compatible with surrounding improvements.
E. If it is necessary, painted components shall be repainted with “flat” (nongloss) paint to maintain continuous coverage at all times. The color selected shall be one that will minimize the visual impact to the greatest extent feasible. Facilities that will be primarily viewed against soils, trees, grasslands or sky shall be painted or repainted colors matching these landscapes during the predominant season.
F. All utilities servicing the facilities shall be placed underground unless existing overhead lines currently servicing the site will be used to service the facilities. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Wireless telecommunications facilities shall be located so as to minimize their visibility and the number of separate, individual, distinct facilities required. Unless specified otherwise as part of a required permit, all of the following standards shall be followed in the siting of wireless telecommunications facilities:
A. Wireless telecommunications facilities shall be located on a site in such a manner that they do not occupy or displace the minimum required parking spaces or minimum required landscape areas.
B. Wireless telecommunications facilities shall be installed so that they are not visible from any scenic drive or scenic approach as identified in the community design element of the comprehensive plan unless sufficiently screened or camouflaged.
C. Wireless telecommunications facilities and their appurtenances shall not be situated between the primary building on the parcel and any public or private street adjoining the parcel unless sufficiently screened or camouflaged.
D. Wireless telecommunications facilities located in hillside areas of high visibility shall be sited below the ridgeline or otherwise designed to mitigate their impact on the ridgeline profile and are sufficiently screened or camouflaged.
E. Wireless telecommunications facilities shall not be installed on an exposed ridgeline, in or at a location readily visible from Highway 101, Highway 33 or the 126 Freeway, a public trail, public park or other outdoor recreation area unless it is placed underground, depressed, or located behind earth berms or blends with the surrounding existing natural and human-made environment in such a manner as to be camouflaged.
F. Wireless telecommunications facilities shall not be installed in the floodplain (FP), coastal bluff (CB), or sensitive habitat (SH) overlay zones.
G. Wireless telecommunication facilities shall not be installed in the coastal zone unless the requirements set forth in Section 24.515.070(C) have been met.
H. Wireless telecommunications facilities shall not be installed at a location where special painting or lighting will be required by the FAA regulations, unless technical evidence acceptable to the decision-making authority is submitted showing that this is the only technically feasible location for this facility. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
To the extent feasible, wireless telecommunications facilities shall be designed to promote site sharing and co-location. Accordingly, wireless telecommunications facilities shall comply with the following standards:
A. Accessory facilities, including, but not limited to, poles, towers, parking areas, access roads, utilities and equipment buildings, shall be shared by the site users.
B. The facility shall make available unutilized or underutilized space for co-location of other wireless telecommunications facilities, including space for those entities providing similar, competing services.
C. All new Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Major shall be designed to accommodate co-location.
D. Application permits required for Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Major shall include the following in addition to the information as applicable:
1. Documentation identifying the total capacity of the structure, including the number and types of antennas that can be accommodated over the life of the project; and
2. A written statement of willingness to lease space on the proposed support structure to other users or a written explanation why the subject facility is not a candidate for co-location. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Major and freestanding Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Minor shall be limited to the maximum height allowed by the underlying zone in which the facility is to be located. Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Mini or Minor located on or attached to a building or structure shall be subject to the following height restrictions:
A. The height shall not exceed that building’s height limit as determined by the city’s zoning ordinance.
B. The height shall not exceed the height of the building or structure that is legally nonconforming to height.
C. Notwithstanding any provision of this section or Chapter 24.405 to the contrary, if the height of any Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Mini or Minor exceeds the overall height limitations of the zone district within which it is sited, or exceeds the legally nonconforming height, that facility shall require approval of an administrative variance. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Building-mounted Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Mini shall meet the existing legal or legally nonconforming setbacks of the structure or building to which they are attached. Freestanding Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Minor and Wireless Telecommunications Facilities: Major shall be limited to the same setbacks as those required by the underlying zone in which the facility is to be located. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Exterior lighting for wireless telecommunications facilities shall be limited to the following:
A. A manually operated or motion-detector controlled light above any accessory structure which shall be kept off except when personnel are actually present at night.
B. The minimum tower lighting required by FAA regulations.
C. Lighting shall be shielded or directed to the greatest extent possible in such a manner as to minimize the amount of light that falls onto nearby properties, particularly residences.
D. Requirements of subsection A or C of this section may be waived by the decision-making authority if the wireless telecommunications facilities is designed as a light pole. In such instance, lighting intensity, direction, and shielding shall be the same as other pole-mounted lights in the vicinity, the design of which has been duplicated for construction of the wireless telecommunications facilities. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
All ground-mounted wireless telecommunications facilities shall be installed in such a manner to maintain and enhance existing vegetation and shall include additional suitable landscaping to screen the facility to the extent feasible. To that end, the following shall apply to all ground-mounted wireless telecommunications facilities:
A. All areas disturbed during project construction, other than the access travelway and parking shall be revegetated with plants compatible with the surrounding area.
B. Landscaping shall be required to screen new access grading from public viewpoints. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
All wireless telecommunications facilities shall be constructed and operated in such a manner as to minimize the amount of disruption caused to nearby residents, businesses and users of nearby recreational areas such as public parks and trails. Operation of backup generators and batteries shall be limited to power outages or testing and maintenance purposes only. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Off-street parking spaces for wireless telecommunications facilities shall be provided as follows:
A. One parking space shall be provided in close proximity to each facility, unless:
1. The wireless telecommunications facilities is affixed to a building or structure and the minimum number of parking stalls have been provided on site in accordance with the zoning ordinance, or any nonconforming parking is legally nonconforming as a result of previous zoning ordinance standards or construction prior to zoning ordinance standards, and is not required to conform to current standards; or
2. On-street parking is available immediately adjacent to the facility, so that service vehicles can access and maintain the site from the on-street parking; or
3. The wireless telecommunications facilities proposed would be co-locating with an existing facility, and parking has already been provided for the existing wireless telecommunications facilities.
B. If parking is required, sufficient turn-around space shall be provided on site, so that service vehicles are not required to back out directly onto streets. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
In addition to the findings required for approval of a director’s permit, use permit, planned development permit or design review approval, prior to approval of a wireless telecommunications facility, the decision-making authority shall make the following additional findings:
A. The proposed site results in fewer or less severe impacts than any alternative sites that have been considered;
B. Special design considerations have been incorporated into or applied to the wireless telecommunications facilities to ensure that the facility will not result in an adverse visual impact to the surrounding properties or public views;
C. The proposed wireless telecommunications facilities will be substantially screened from the view of surrounding properties and public view or will otherwise be substantially camouflaged;
D. All applicable development standards for wireless telecommunications facilities have been met, or an administrative variance has been granted. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
The director may approve minor additions or reconfigurations to existing or approved wireless telecommunications facilities as allowed in Sections 24.570.090 and 24.505.020; provided, that the addition or reconfiguration does not significantly alter the appearance of the facility. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
Exceptions to dimensional requirements specified within this chapter, as limited through Section 24.535.070, may be granted through issuance of a minor variance. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 61, 12-13-21)
All wireless telecommunications facilities legally operating on the effective date of this chapter, but not complying with the provisions of this chapter, shall be allowed to continue their present usage as a legal nonconforming use and structure and shall be treated as a legal nonconforming use and structure in accordance with Chapter 24.465. A wireless telecommunications facilities that has received approval from the city in the form of either a building permit or discretionary permit, but has not yet been constructed or placed in operation prior to the effective date of this chapter, shall be considered an existing wireless telecommunications facility so long as such approval is current and has not expired. New construction, other than routine maintenance to an existing wireless telecommunications facility, shall comply with the requirements of this chapter. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
If, after becoming operational, a wireless telecommunications facility has been out of use for 12 continuous months, the facility and all appurtenant structures shall be deemed abandoned. If the director determines that the facility has been abandoned, the applicant may be required to remove all equipment from the premises within 60 calendar days of receipt of written notice from the city to abate and restore the site to its original preconstruction condition. If such facilities are not removed within 60 days, the city may remove the facility at the last operator’s expense. For facilities located on city property, this removal requirement shall be incorporated within the terms of the lease. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
No approval granted under this chapter is intended to confer, or shall be construed to confer, any right, privilege, license or franchise to occupy or use the public rights-of-way of the city for delivery of telecommunication services or for any other purposes. (Ord. No. 2000-04, § 61, 1-24-00)
This chapter is adopted pursuant to the municipal affairs provisions of the City Charter for the purpose of establishing procedures for identifying, designating and preserving historic landmarks or points of interest that were the site of a historic event, that are connected with the life of an important person, or that contain a building, structure, or other object that is architecturally significant, representative of a type, period or particular method of construction, or is associated with a significant builder, architect, designer or artist. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
Unless the contrary is stated or clearly appears from the context, the following definitions shall govern the construction of the words and phrases used in this chapter:
“Historic district” means a geographically definable area possessing a significant concentration, linkage or continuity of site, buildings, structures and/or objects united by past events, or aesthetically by plan or physical development, regardless of whether such a district may include some buildings, structures, sites, objects, or open spaces that do not contribute to the significance of the district.
A historic district can generally be distinguished from surrounding areas (1) by visual change such as building density, scale, type, age, or style; or (2) by historic documentation of different associations or patterns of development. The number of nonsignificant properties a historic district can contain yet still convey its sense of time and place and historical development depends on how these properties impact the historic district’s integrity.
“Landmark” means any real property such as building, structure, or archaeological excavation, or object that is unique or significant because of its location, design, setting, materials, workmanship or aesthetic feeling, and is associated with:
1. Events that have made a meaningful contribution to the nation, state or community;
2. Lives of persons who made a meaningful contribution to national, state or local history;
3. Reflecting or exemplifying a particular period of the national, state or local history;
4. Embodying the distinctive characteristics of a type, period or method of construction;
5. The work of one or more master builders, designers, artists or architects whose talents influenced their historical period, or work that otherwise possesses high artistic value;
6. Representing a significant and distinguishable entity whose components may lack individual distinction; or
7. Yielding, or likely to yield, information important to national, state or local history or prehistory.
“Point of interest” means any real property or object:
1. That is the site of a building, structure or object that no longer exists but was associated with historic events, important persons, or embodied a distinctive character of architectural style;
2. That has historic significance, but was altered to the extent that the integrity of the original workmanship, materials or style is substantially compromised;
3. That is the site of a historic event which has no distinguishable characteristics other than that a historic event occurred there and the historic significance is sufficient to justify the establishment of a historic landmark. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
A. The director may require applications for any development proposal involving buildings or structures over 40 years of age that are not designated or have not been identified in a previous historic resources survey adopted by the city council to provide a historic resources assessment report (or “Phase I”) prepared by a city-designated historic preservation professional and funded by the applicant. The director will base this decision on the following considerations:
1. The building or structure appears to retain historic integrity; and
2. There is evidence that the building or structure embodies the distinctive characteristics of an architectural style or type, or is associated with someone on the city’s list of significant architects and builders; or
3. There is evidence that the building or structure is associated with important historical events or persons.
B. If the director determines a building or structure is a potential historic resource, then historic design review is required based on Section 24.545.030(A)(3) subject to the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards and Guidelines for the Treatment of Historic Properties and any other applicable historic resource design guidelines. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 48, 12-13-21)
The city council shall have the sole authority to declare landmarks or points of interest and to remove such designations. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
Unless otherwise provided in this chapter, the procedures for historic preservation applications and decisions will adhere to Section 24.500.060 as it relates to initiation, decision-making authority, notice and hearing, appeals, failure to comply with conditions and amendments. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 49, 12-13-21)
Editor’s note(s): Section 49 of Ord. No. 2021-017 , adopted December 13, 2021, amended Section 24.455.140 in its entirety to read as herein set out. Former Section 24.455.140 pertained to notices and derived from Ord. No. 2005-004, adopted May 2, 2005.
Designation of a landmark or historic point of interest is not intended, and shall not be construed, to infringe upon the rights of a private property owner to make any and all reasonable uses of such landmarks consistent with the purpose of this chapter. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
An application to designate a landmark, point of interest, or historic district shall include sufficient materials to justify the potential designation, to the satisfaction of the director. Applications to create historic districts shall require proposed architectural and development standards. The historic preservation committee will review applications for designation of landmarks, points of interest and historic districts at a public hearing. The committee shall, by resolution, recommend to the city council that, pursuant to the standards set forth in this chapter, a subject be declared a landmark or point of interest or otherwise acquired or made such by application by any person, entity, group, or body.
However, the property owner’s consent must be obtained prior to any such recommendation.
A. Landmarks and Points of Interest. The city council’s action on the historic preservation committee’s recommendation shall be by resolution, and subject to all of the following findings:
1. The landmark or point of interest shall meet the definitions of “landmark” or “point of interest.”
2. The landmark or point of interest shall have significance to the people of the city.
3. The landmark or point of interest shall not require the expenditure by the city of any amount of money not commensurate with the actual or aesthetic value of the subject to be preserved.
Resolutions approving a landmark or point of interest designation will include a legal description of the property involved including lot and block number and the name of the property owner and will be duly recorded by the city clerk in the county recorder’s office.
B. Historic District. For applications to establish a historic district, the planning commission shall receive the historic preservation committee’s recommendation, hold a public hearing, and adopt a resolution forwarding a recommendation to the city council. The city council shall consider the recommendation pursuant to Chapters 24.340 and 24.540. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 50, 12-13-21)
From the time the application is made for potential designation of a landmark until the time the city council either declares, or decides not to declare, that property a landmark, the time period involved not to exceed the time period specified in this chapter for the city council to begin consideration thereof, and including any continuances, it shall be unlawful for the property owner or any other person to carry out or to cause the defacing, demolishing, altering, or removing of, or constructing of any additions to, the proposed landmark and any such act shall constitute a misdemeanor. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 50, 12-13-21)
A. The city council may, but is not required to, convene a public hearing within 90 days from the date of adoption by the planning commission of a resolution recommending the declaration of a landmark or point of interest.
B. The city council may continue the public hearing, or, following the close of the public hearing, may continue its consideration of the proposed declaration of a landmark a point of interest, for a period of time deemed reasonable and appropriate by the city council taking into account, among other things, the continuing development prohibitions imposed on the property by this chapter. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
If the city council does not convene a public hearing, it shall consider the planning commission’s recommendation at the next available regularly scheduled city council meeting. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
The city council’s action on the planning commission’s recommendation shall be subject to the following standards:
A. The landmark or point of interest shall be substantially in accordance with the definitions of “landmark” or “point of interest.”
B. The landmark or point of interest shall have significance to the people of the city.
C. The landmark or point of interest shall not require the expenditure by the city of any amount of money not commensurate with the actual or aesthetic value of the subject to be preserved. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
A. If the city council decides to declare any real property or object to be a landmark or point of interest, such declaration shall be by city council resolution and may be based upon the planning commission’s recommendation.
B. Resolutions approving a landmark or point of interest designation will include a legal description of the property involved including lot and block number and the name of the property owner and will be duly recorded by the city clerk in the county recorder’s office. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
It shall be unlawful for the property owner or any other person to carry out, cause, or to permit the demolition, including demolition by neglect, or relocation of a designated historic landmark without approval by the city council at a public hearing. Any such act shall constitute a misdemeanor and:
A. The owner shall pay to the city the greater of $10,000 or the appraised value of the landmark before demolition occurred minus the appraised value after such action; and
B. No building permits shall be issued for new development on the property for a period of five years from the date of demolition. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 52, 12-13-21)
Notwithstanding other provisions of this article, the demolition or relocation of a historic landmark shall not constitute a misdemeanor as prescribed in Section 24.455.510 if prior approval of the action was received from the historic preservation committee or, on appeal, from the planning commission or, on appeal, the city council. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
It shall be unlawful for the property owner or any other person to carry out or to cause the defacing, altering, or reconstruction of, or the construction of additions to, or any other changes to, the exterior of a designated historic landmark or property that has been identified as eligible in a historic resources survey adopted by the city council, without prior design review approval pursuant to Chapter 24.545. Any such act without design review approval shall constitute a misdemeanor and shall be abated by reconstructing or restoring the property to its original condition prior to the performance of work. All plans prepared for such required reconstruction or restoration must obtain design review approval.
If restoration or reconstruction is not possible, the owner shall pay to the city the greater of $10,000 or the appraised value of the landmark before defacing, altering, or reconstruction of, or the construction of additions to, or any other changes to, occurred to the exterior of a designated historic landmark minus the appraised value after such action. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 53, 12-13-21)
Notwithstanding other provisions of this article, exterior changes to a landmark shall not constitute a misdemeanor if the property owner or other person obtained prior design review approval in accordance with this title. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
Decisions of the design review committee pursuant to this article shall be appealable pursuant to the procedures set forth in this title. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05)
The city council may make any reasonable arrangements to preserve landmarks. These may include establishment of a private or public fund for preservation of historic landmarks or contractual agreements with property owners for the maintenance and preservation of facade easements or public access to the structure. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 54, 12-13-21)
A. Upon declaration of a landmark or point of interest by the city council, the director may determine which landmarks or points of interest shall be marked with uniform and distinctive markers and specify the form thereof, subject to consent of the owner.
B. The director shall maintain and make available to the general public a list of all such declared landmarks or points of interest. (Ord. No. 2005-004, § 3, 5-2-05; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 54, 12-13-21)
The removal of a designation shall follow the same procedure as the designation, except the city council’s action on the historic preservation committee’s recommendation for removal of designation shall be by resolution, and subject to one of the following findings:
A. The landmark or point of interest does not substantially conform with the definitions of “landmark” or “point of interest,” based on information that was not available at the time of the original designation;
B. The landmark or point of interest no longer has significance to the people of the city;
C. The landmark or point of interest requires the expenditure by the city of an amount of money not commensurate with the actual or aesthetic value of the subject to be preserved.
Resolutions removing a landmark or point of interest designation will include a legal description of the property involved including lot and block number and the name of the property owner and will be duly recorded by the city clerk in the county recorder’s office. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 55, 12-13-21)
This chapter is adopted pursuant to the municipal affairs provisions of the City Charter for the purpose of establishing regulations and standards for locating and operating businesses that are engaged in the sale of alcoholic beverages within the territorial jurisdiction of the city. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
The city council finds that hospitality, entertainment, recreation, and related businesses are a significant part of the city’s economy, and that alcoholic beverage sales are often important to the operation of these businesses. However, inappropriate conduct within and around these businesses caused by inebriated patrons often creates environments that jeopardize the continued success of these businesses and seriously affects the health, safety and general welfare in surrounding areas, particularly residential neighborhoods. In addition, patrons that leave these businesses after consuming excessive amounts of alcoholic beverages or purchasing alcoholic beverages for consumption at some other place often cause serious health and safety problems on the city’s streets and highways, or at their home or other destinations.
The regulations and standards adopted by this chapter are intended to reduce problems arising out of the operation of businesses engaged in the sale of alcoholic beverages, including, but not limited to, public inebriation, batteries, assaults, domestic abuse, driving under the influence of alcoholic beverages, and other traffic violations, littering, loitering, noise, obstruction of pedestrian traffic, interference with children on their way to and from school, interference with shoppers using the streets, and defacement and damaging of public and private property.
The regulation and standards adopted by this chapter seek to accomplish that objective by requiring the owners and operators of alcohol establishments, as defined in this chapter, to secure a use permit in the manner provided herein in order to lawfully engage in the sale of alcoholic beverages from premises located in the city after the effective date of this chapter; and by requiring such persons to manage such premises in accordance with the requirements of such use permit, including the operational standards and any training requirements incorporated as conditions of the use permit.
In addition, the regulations adopted by this chapter provide for the city council to adopt an annual permit fee to be imposed on all alcoholic beverage establishments issued a use permit pursuant to this chapter for the purpose of providing the revenues necessary to fund the costs incurred by the city police department to monitor and enforce the provisions of this chapter, including, but not limited to, compliance with the requirements and conditions of the use permits issued pursuant to this chapter, and to formulate and implement programs that promote the responsible consumption of alcoholic beverages by persons patronizing city businesses engaged in the sale of alcoholic beverages. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
The definitions hereinafter set forth in this section shall govern the meaning and construction of the words and phrases used in this chapter except where the context of such words or phrases clearly indicates a different meaning or construction.
“Alcoholic beverage” means a fermented or distilled beverage including alcohol, spirits, liquor, wine, beer, and any other liquid or solid that contains one-half of one percent or more of alcohol by volume and that is fit for beverage purposes either alone or when diluted, mixed, or combined with other substances.
“Alcoholic Beverage Control (ABC)” means the California State Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control.
“Alcoholic beverage establishment” means the business premises of any holder of a license, permit, certification or authorization by ABC to make, produce, manufacture, sell, give, or provide alcoholic beverages. Reference to an alcoholic beverage establishment shall include any immediately adjacent area that is owned, leased, licensed, rented, or controlled by the permittee. It shall also include any facility or building, or a portion thereof, which is rented out for special event functions wherein alcoholic beverages are made, sold, or provided on the premises. A nonretail license establishment is not an alcoholic beverage establishment.
“Alcohol server” shall have the same meaning as California Business and Professions Code Section 25680 as it may be amended from time to time.
“Deemed approved establishment” means any legal nonconforming alcoholic beverage establishment in existence and lawfully operating in the city immediately prior to the initial effective date of this chapter and in conformance with the standards set forth in Chapter 24.465.
“Nonretail license establishment” means the business premises of any holder of a license, permit, certification or authorization by ABC categorized as a nonretail license by ABC. However, the following ABC license types when the establishment is permitted by ABC to have direct consumer contact shall be considered an alcoholic beverage establishment and shall not be a nonretail license establishment: Type 01 – Beer Manufacturer, Type 02 – Winegrower, Type 23 – Small Beer Manufacturer, and Type 74 – Craft Distiller.
“Undue concentration” shall have the same meaning as California Business and Professions Code Section 23958.4 as it may be amended from time to time. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. The community development department, under direction of the community development director, shall be responsible for issuing the use permits required by this chapter, and carrying out such other responsibilities expressly delegated to the community development department by the provisions of this chapter.
B. The police department, under direction of the police chief, shall be responsible for monitoring compliance by the owners, operators and employees of an alcoholic beverage establishment with the provisions of any use permit issued pursuant to the provisions of this chapter, including any use permit issued to a deemed approved establishment, and for initiating appropriate enforcement action in the event of noncompliance with or any use permit issued pursuant to this chapter.
C. The finance and technology department, under direction of the chief financial officer, shall be responsible for collecting all annual permit fees imposed pursuant to the provisions of this chapter. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. Except as otherwise provided herein, no person shall establish a new alcoholic beverage establishment without first obtaining a use permit in the manner provided by this chapter.
B. Any modification to an existing use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment, including changing the alcoholic beverage establishment’s type of ABC alcohol license or the modification of any condition in the existing use permit for the alcoholic beverage establishment, shall require the processing of a new use permit application in compliance with this chapter.
C. A use permit shall not be required for a special event function, provided all of the following criteria are met:
1. The person, group, business, or organization sponsoring the event obtains all permits required by any other applicable city regulation in order to lawfully conduct the special event; and
2. The person, group, business, or organization sponsoring the event obtains the appropriate temporary license or authorization from ABC for each of the dates the event will be held. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
An application for a new alcoholic beverage establishment use permit or to modify a use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment shall be in the form prescribed by the community development director, shall contain all of the information required by Section 24.500.030, and shall also include all of the following additional information:
A. The name of the person(s) or entity(ies) applying for an alcohol license from ABC;
B. The type of ABC license the applicant is seeking for the alcoholic beverage establishment;
C. The name of the proposed alcoholic beverage establishment;
D. The true and complete name and address of each lender or shareholder with a five percent or more financial interest in the proposed business or any other person to whom a share or percentage of the income of the alcoholic beverage establishment is to be paid;
E. The name and address of all existing schools, churches, hospitals, parks, playgrounds or other alcoholic beverage establishments within 300 feet of the proposed alcoholic beverage establishment as measured from the closest exterior wall of the proposed alcoholic beverage establishment and the nearest property line of the above referenced uses, along a straight line extended between the two points, without regard to intervening structures;
F. The alcoholic beverage establishment’s proposed operations and training plan; and
G. An application for modification of an existing use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment shall identify the requested modification(s) to the conditions and, where applicable, the new type of ABC alcohol license. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
An application for a new use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment or a modification of a use permit for an existing alcoholic beverage establishment, or any modification of a deemed approved establishment, shall be accompanied by an application fee in an amount established by resolution of the city council, based on the estimated costs of reviewing and acting on such applications. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. The director of community development or their designee shall consider each application for a use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment, provided such use permit is for an alcoholic beverage establishment within the time and in the manner provided for by Chapter 24.520.
B. The decision-making authority may approve issuance of the use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment only if all of the following findings can be made in an affirmative manner:
1. The proposed alcoholic beverage establishment conforms to the general plan and is consistent with the purposes and requirements of this zoning ordinance;
2. The proposed alcoholic beverage establishment will not contribute to an undue concentration of alcoholic beverage establishments in the area, unless a finding of public convenience or necessity is made;
3. The proposed alcoholic beverage establishment will not detrimentally affect nearby neighborhoods considering the distance of the alcoholic beverage establishment to residential buildings, churches, schools, hospitals, playgrounds, parks, and other existing alcoholic beverage establishments;
4. The proposed alcoholic beverage establishment will be compatible with existing uses, or the general character of the surrounding vicinity, and be consistent with the public health, safety, or welfare, due to hours of operation, generation of pedestrian or vehicle traffic, lighting, noise, vibration, odor, security, or other factors; and
5. The proposed alcoholic beverage establishment is not located in what has been determined to be a high-crime area, or where a disproportionate number of police service calls occur, unless it can be shown that the proposed alcoholic beverage establishment will not significantly add to the crime rate of the area or contribute to a disproportionate number of police service calls. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19; Ord. No. 2021-017, § 57, 12-13-21)
A. Approval of an application for a use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment shall be subject to the operational standards and training requirements set forth in Article 4 of this chapter.
B. Approval of an application for a use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment may also be subject to other additional conditions determined to be necessary or desirable to ensure that the particular use authorized by the permit will be established, operated, and maintained in accordance with the findings required by Section 24.460.240, including, but not limited to, conditions that:
1. Require the exterior areas of the premises and adjoining parking lots to be illuminated in a manner that provides adequate lighting for alcoholic beverage establishment patrons while not disturbing surrounding residential and commercial areas;
2. Require litter and trash receptacles are placed at convenient locations both within and outside the alcoholic beverage establishment and are emptied on a daily basis;
3. Prohibit fixtures or furnishings that encourage loitering and nuisance behavior;
4. Reduce opportunities for patrons to congregate and obstruct neighboring properties and public rights-of-way; and
5. Otherwise maximize opportunities for surveillance and control of the premises and areas around the perimeter of the premises. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Any applicant or other person aggrieved by a decision granting or denying an application for a use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment may appeal the decision within the time and in the manner required by Chapter 24.565. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Every owner of an alcoholic beverage establishment issued a use permit pursuant to the provisions of this article shall post a copy of all operational standards, training requirements and any special conditions of the permit in at least one prominent place within the interior of the alcoholic beverage establishment where it will be readily visible and legible to the employees, and make available a copy upon request to a city official. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. Except as otherwise provided herein, any alcoholic beverage establishment lawfully operating prior to the initial effective date of this chapter pursuant to an ABC license that authorizes the retail sale of alcoholic beverages for on-site or off-site consumption shall be issued a use permit pursuant to this chapter and shall thereafter be a deemed approved establishment that may continue to lawfully operate under such use permit provided the operation is conducted in compliance with the operational standards and any applicable training requirement set forth in Article 4 of this chapter, and has paid the annual permit fee required by Article 5 of this chapter.
B. Reserved.
C. Any modification of a deemed approved establishment or the discontinuance of a deemed approved establishment for six or more months shall require approval of a new use permit in compliance with this chapter. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Within 30 days following the initial effective date of this chapter, the community development director shall:
A. Notify the owner of each deemed approved establishment within the city of the establishment’s deemed approved status, and provide the owner with a use permit authorizing the establishment to lawfully continue its operation in the manner required by this chapter;
B. Provide the owner of the deemed approved establishment with a copy of the provisions of this chapter and call the owner’s attention to the requirement that the deemed approved establishment be operated in accordance with the operational standards set forth in Article 4 of this chapter; and
C. Provide the owner of the deemed approved establishment with a copy of the permit fees adopted by the city council in accordance with Article 5 of this chapter, and advise the owner of the amount and due date of the deemed approved establishment’s annual permit fee. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Every owner of a deemed approved establishment shall post a copy of all of the operational standards set forth in Article 4 of this chapter in at least one prominent place within the interior of the establishment where it will be readily visible and legible to the employees, and make available a copy upon request to a city official. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
All new and existing alcoholic beverage establishments shall be operated in conformance with the following operational standards:
A. Compliance With the State’s Alcoholic Beverage Control Act. All alcoholic beverage establishments shall be operated in strict compliance with the state’s Alcoholic Beverage Control Act, together with the conditions of any license issued by ABC to the establishment pursuant to that Act.
B. Nuisance Conditions. Reasonable steps shall be taken to discourage and timely correct objectionable conditions that constitute a nuisance on or about the alcoholic beverage establishment. “Reasonable steps” shall include calling the police in a timely manner, preventive design features, and requesting those engaging in such activities to cease those activities, unless personal safety would be threatened in making that request.
C. Litter and Graffiti. The exterior of the alcoholic beverage establishment, including the immediately adjacent area that is owned, leased, rented, or otherwise under the control of alcoholic beverage establishment, shall be maintained free of litter and graffiti at all times. The owner or operator should provide for daily removal of trash, litter and debris from the premises and on all abutting public sidewalks within 20 feet of the premises. Graffiti shall be removed within 48 hours following receipt of written notice of violation from the police department.
D. Mode of Alcoholic Beverage Sales. Alcoholic beverage sales from drive-up or walk-up service windows shall be prohibited. This provision shall also apply to alcoholic beverage sales to persons in watercraft.
E. Signs.
1. All signs required by the Alcoholic Beverage Control Act shall be posted as required by the ABC.
2. Temporary Signs. The placement of a temporary sign on a window or the transparent portion of any door of an alcoholic beverage establishment requires a director’s permit issued in the manner provided for by Section 24.420.050, shall be allowed on the first floor only, shall not cover more than 40 percent of a window or transparent portion of the door, and may be used for no more than 90 days each calendar year.
3. Permanent signs on a window or transparent portion of a door require design review in the manner required by Section 24.420.060.
F. Consumption Outside of Establishment Prohibited. The operator of the alcoholic beverage establishment shall not cause or permit the consumption of alcoholic beverages purchased at the establishment in any parking lot, property or public right-of-way adjoining the establishment.
G. Limit on Purchasable Quantity. The sale of beer or malt beverage products in bottles or cans greater than 32 ounces in volume is prohibited; however, this standard is not intended to restrict the sale of alcoholic beverages in kegs or other kinds of food-safe sealable refillable transport containers designed for the transportation of beer or malt beverage products, such as growlers (up to 64-ounce glass or metal sealable container) for only off-site consumption.
H. Noise Restriction. Any entertainment provided at the establishment shall be carried out in a manner authorized by a dance hall or entertainment permit issued pursuant to Chapter 10.450, and shall not be audible more than 50 feet from the boundary of the property containing the establishment unless otherwise expressly authorized by the permit. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. New Alcoholic Beverage Establishments. All persons that own or are employed in the operation of a new alcoholic beverage establishment that is issued a use permit in the manner provided for by Article 2 of this chapter or Chapter 24.520, and that are personally engaged in the sale or service of alcoholic beverages, or that supervise or otherwise control the sale or service of such beverages, shall successfully complete a certified training program in responsible methods and skills for selling and serving alcoholic beverages within 90 days of employment.
B. Existing Alcoholic Beverage Establishments. All persons that own or are employed in the operation of an existing alcoholic beverage establishment that is issued a use permit in the manner provided for by Article 3 of this chapter, and that are personally engaged in the sale or service of alcoholic beverages, or that supervise or otherwise control the sale or service of such beverages, may be required to undergo a certified training program in responsible methods and skills for selling and serving alcoholic beverages as part of a decision and order issued in a proceeding to revoke or modify the permit.
C. Certified Programs. To qualify to meet the requirements of this section a certified program must meet the standards of the California Coordinating Council on Responsible Beverage Service (CCC/RBS) or other certifying/licensing body designated by the state of California.
D. Expiration. Beginning July 1, 2021, this section shall no longer be applicable to alcohol servers provided state law requires alcohol server certification, such as Business and Professions Code Section 25682, as it may be amended from time to time. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Commencing in October 2005, and in September of each even-numbered year thereafter, the city council shall establish an annual use permit fee that shall be imposed on each alcoholic beverage establishment issued a use permit pursuant to the provisions of this chapter or Chapter 24.520, including any alcoholic beverage establishment issued a use permit pursuant to Article 2 of this chapter and any deemed approved establishment issued a permit pursuant to Article 3 of this chapter. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
The annual permit fee imposed on an alcoholic beverage establishment operating under a use permit issued in the manner provided for by this chapter or Chapter 24.520 shall be established by resolution of the city council and shall be based on:
A. The category of the ABC license issued to the alcoholic beverage establishment;
B. The estimated annual costs of the police services necessary to monitor and enforce the operational standards and other use permit conditions and requirements for all alcoholic beverage establishments within that license category;
C. The estimated annual costs of the finance and technology department to bill and collect the annual permit fee; and
D. The alcoholic beverage establishment’s pro rata share of such costs. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. All annual permit fees imposed on an alcoholic beverage establishment operating under a use permit issued in the manner provided for by this chapter shall be due and payable immediately upon receipt, and shall be delinquent if not paid on or before the thirty-first day of December of that year.
B. In the event a permittee operating an alcoholic beverage establishment fails to pay the annual permit fee on or before the delinquency date, the permittee shall also pay a delinquency penalty in an amount equal to 10 percent of the amount of the permit fee for each month or portion thereof subsequent to the delinquency date that the permit fee remains unpaid; provided, however, that the total amount of such delinquency penalties shall not exceed 100 percent of the permittee’s annual fee. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A. On or after the effective date of this chapter it shall be unlawful for any person to operate an alcoholic beverage establishment:
1. Without a valid use permit issued in the manner provided by Article 2 of this chapter or Chapter 24.520; or
2. In violation of any requirements and conditions of any use permit issued pursuant to Article 2 of this chapter or Chapter 24.520, including, but not limited to, any operational standards and training requirements established by this chapter and incorporated into such permit.
B. On or after January 1, 2006, it shall be unlawful for any person to operate a deemed approved establishment in violation of the operational standards set forth in this chapter and incorporated into a permit issued to the establishment pursuant to Article 3 of this chapter. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A person violating any provision of this chapter may be assessed a civil penalty in the manner and in the amount provided for by Chapter 1.50. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A person violating the provisions of this chapter shall be guilty of a criminal violation that is punishable in the manner provided for in Chapter 1.150 if:
A. The person operates an alcoholic beverage establishment without a use permit required by this chapter or Chapter 24.520.
B. The person has been issued a use permit for an alcoholic beverage establishment in the manner provided by this chapter or Chapter 24.520, and causes or permits the establishment to be operated in violation of the requirements or conditions of the use permit. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
A use permit issued to any alcoholic beverage establishment in the manner provided by this chapter or Chapter 24.520 or deemed approved establishment may, for sufficient cause, be revoked or modified in the manner provided for by Section 24.570.100. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
All alcoholic beverage establishments within the city shall be regularly inspected by the police department to determine whether the establishments are being operated in compliance with the provisions of this chapter, including, but not limited to, any of the requirements and conditions of the use permit issued to such establishments in the manner provided by this chapter or Chapter 24.520. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)
Where the police department determines that an alcoholic beverage establishment is being operated in violation of the provisions of this chapter including, but not limited to, any of the requirements and conditions of the use permit issued to such alcoholic beverage establishment in the manner provided by this chapter or Chapter 24.520, the department will cause a notice of violation to be issued to the permittee that describes the nature of the violation, the corrective action to be taken, if any is possible, and the time within which the corrective action must be completed. However, the issuance of a notice of violation shall not be a condition precedent to the assessment of a civil penalty, revocation or modification proceedings, or a criminal prosecution as provided for by this article. (Ord. No. 2019-006, § 2, 6-10-19)